A 574520

PUIKLON&amp;

PUBLISHER
EOPATI' LIEATR

Nt
V

"Oak

f- V 5MA ov Wir"w p "Oy 0
now*N ~ ' ' -, j, -. N

Wo"',
oil

7;'~)

zupplement

TO
THE DOMESTIC PRACTICE
OF
HOM(EOPATHY,
BEING A
COMPANION TO THE VARIOUS WORKS THEREON.
BY
GEORGE LENNOX MOORE,
LICENTIATE OF THE FACULTY OF PHYSICIANS AND SURGEONS.

LONDON:
HENRY TURNER &amp; CO., 77, FLEET STREET, E.C.,
AND 74, NEW BOND STREET, W.
MANCHESTER:
41, PICCADILLY, AND 15, MARKET STREET.
1867.

PRINTED BI 3. 3,. &amp;D]Ã½A1D, B3ARTHOLOMEW-, CLIOSE.

TO THE
THOUSANDS OF FAMILIES IN THIS COUNTRY,
WHO BELIEVE IN THE TRUTH,
BECAUSE
THEY HAVE EXPERIENCED THE BENEFIT, OF HOM(EOPATHY,
^s Work,
WHICH IS DESIGNED TO ENLARGE THE SPHERE
AND TO INCREASE THE USEFULNESS OF ITS OPERATION,
IS MOST RESPECTFULLY ADDRESSED
BY
THE AUTHOR.

PREFACE.
IN publishing this volume, the Author has several
objects in view: to fill a void in the literature of
Homoeopathy; to supply a desideratum that has long
been experienced by every practitioner and family; to
render the domestic practice of the best healing art
more complete and efficient than it has hitherto been;
and to bring within a small compass a variety of
information, collated from various sources, which
every one who wishes " God-speed" to Homoeopathy
ought to know and to have at the finger's end.
The Author expresses his acknowledgments for
many valuable hints and some information to the
works of Thompson, Combe, and others which do
not require separate mention. He trusts that the
work will prove acceptable and useful to those for
whose special behoof it has been indited.
MANCHESTER; May 5, 1858.

2 F

CONTENTS.
PART I.
CHAPTER I.
THE GENERAL FEATURES OF HOM(EOPATHY.
1. Its discoverer Hahnemann-His experiments on the action of
drugs-His discovery of the principle that "like cures
like"-His labours and character.
2. Its law of cure-The action of medicinal substances in health
-Examples of the homoeopathic action of drugs from an
allopathic work.
3. Its dose-Smallness of dose not essential to homoeopathypower of small doses.
4. Its separate medicine - Evils of mixing different drugs
together-importance of giving medicines singly.
5. Its followers-Not quacks, but educated, liberal-minded men
-Their general character-Their vocation.
6. Its success-statistics of mortality from allopathic and
homoeopathic treatment-Superiority of the latter in several
violent diseases.
7. Its advantages-numerous reasons given to show in what
respects homoeopathy is superior to the ordinary treatment.
8. Its preferableness to the medical man and to the patientReasons why both prefer it.
9. Its tests-Rules to judge good from bad practice-Homceopathy shown to be good practice.

viii

CONTENTS.

10. Its diet-Ignorance on this point-Regulation of diet necessary sometimes-Restriction no essential part of homoeopathic treatment-Medicines will act in spite of digressions
from dietary rules.
11. Its remedies-List of 389 medicines used in homoeopathic
practice-Their abbreviated, synonymous, and common
names............ 1-31
CHAPTER II.
DOMESTIC PRACTICE.
Circumstances under which non-professional assistance may be
advantageously and safely rendered-When a medical man
is alone competent to act.
Forms of Remedies: Internal Medicines-Tinctures, globules,
pilules, and triturations-Relative dose of each-How to
drop the tinctures-Attenuation of the medicines-Their
preservation-Their administration-How to give them to
troublesome children-Their genuineness-Homoeopathic
preparation of camphor-In what diseases it is requiredHow to take it.
External Medicines-Arnica-Its different forms-Tincture,
how to make-How, and in what cases, to use it-Calendula,
how and when to use it-Rhus, how and when to use itCantharides, how and when to use-Causticum, how and
when to use-Hamamelis virginica, how and when to useHelianthus annus, how and when to use-Aconite, how and
when to use-Cotton, flour, and curd-soap in burns and
scalds-Poultices, their uses-How to make the bread,
bran, oatmeal, bread and suet, carrot, fig, and linseed-meal
poultices-Spongio-piline - Fomentations - Dry heat, by
means of flannel, plates of iron, hot bricks, salt-bags, etc.Baths........... 32-45

CONTENTS.

CHAPTER III.
SICK-ROOM, NURSES, ETC.
Importance of proper nursing-Its influence on the patientThe sick-room as regards position-Beds and beddingFurniture of the sick-room, chairs, tables, and the likeTemperature of the sick-room-Ventilation of the sick-room
-Importance of this in infectious diseases-Meaning of the
words infection and contagion-Infectious and contagious
diseases-How such diseases may be warded off-Circumstances which favour their extension-Disinfectants, meaning of the word-Sources of infectious matter-Natural
disinfectants-Importance of attention to them in health
and in disease-Cleansing of the sick apartment and of
clothes of an invalid-Artificial disinfectants: chlorine,
how liberated, chloride of zinc, M'Dougall's disinfecting
powder, charcoal, etc.
Attendants on the sick-Qualifications of a hired nurse-Her
duties-How the nurse should attend to the patient-On
the diet of the sick-Necessity of regulating the food in
illness-General examples given of this in several classes of
disease-Food and its preparation-Arrow-root, as a jelly,
a pudding, a custard, and blanc-mange-Artificial asses'milk-Cold broth-Essence of beef-Beef tea-Beef marrow bones-Bread panada-Whey-Butter-milk wheyBarley water-Cocoa-Chocolate-Soup and cream of latter
-Grit gruel-Gravy soup-Isinglass jelly-Homceopathic
invalid cakes - Linseed tea - Macaroni pudding-Rice,
milk, and mucilage-Mashed carrots and turnips-Oatmeal
gruel, porridge-Sago-Mucilage of sago-Tapioca-Mucilage of tapioca-Toast water-Water-Other drinksBandages and bandaging - Uses of bandages - Different

CONTENTS.

kinds of bandages-The roller, how to make and applyRoller for hand, lower arm, foot, leg, knee, armpit, and
finger-Arm-sling-Head bandage... 46-76
CHAPTER IV.
DOMESTIC MANAGEMENT OF DISEASE AND OF ACCIDENTS.
Insanity-Meaning of the word-How brought on-Treatment
best in an asylum-Suggestions to be observed in home
management.
Hypochondria-Characteristics-Medicinal and hygienal treatment.
Hysteria-Hysterical fit-Causes-Treatment during and after
the fit.
Fainting-Causes-Treatment of nervous fainting.
Apoplexy and Epilepsy-Treatment of the fits until a medical
man arrives.
Burns and scalds-Domestic treatment by means of soap, flour,
cotton, and spirits of wine-Liniment of linseed oil and
lime-water-Clothes on fire, what to do to extinguish flames.
House on fire-How to escape.
Cuts and wounds-Treatment of.
Profuse bleeding from arteries and veins-How to distinguish
them-How to restrain the flow of blood.
Sprains and strains, their treatment-Bruises and contusions,
their treatment.
Suspended animation, or apparent death-Meaning of the phrase
-Causes of-From drowning-Caution to inexperienced
bathers-How to float and prevent sinking-Treatment of
the drowned-Hall's "ready method "-From hungerTreatment of apparent death from this cause-From carbonic acid gas-Its sources-Symptoms of poisoning byPrecaution in going into a well or vault containing this gas

CONTENTS.

-From sulphuretted hydrogen-Treatment of apparent
death from these two gases-From intoxication-Treatment
of-From hanging-Treatment of-From poisoning-Poisons divided into narcotics, irritants, and acro-narcoticsExamples of each class-Symptoms produced by-Treatment of poisoning by the class of narcotics, and by arsenic,
corrosive sublimate, the mineral acids, oxalic acid, the
caustic alkalies, copper salts, fish, mushrooms, etc.-Emetic
of mustard-In cases of criminal poisoning, secure
bottles, etc.......... 77-99
CHAPTER V.
MANAGEMENT OF PREGNANCY AND REARING OF INFANTS.
Pregnancy not necessarily fraught with danger-Sympathetic
disorders incidental to--Diet and dress of the pregnant
female-Evils of tight lacing-Exercise required--Precautions as to social habits and general health-InfancyApartment in which the child is born-Washing and dressing it-Nature and shape of its clothing-Its food-Milk
its natural and best sustenance--Evils of giving other kinds
of food-As to the time and frequency of giving milkInfluence o6f mother's health on milk, and of milk on child
-Mother's milk a model food-Its composition and destination-Hand-feeding-Best analogue of human milkHow prepared and how to be given-Sleep of infantsSpoon food-Time of weaning-Precautions required-Food
needed - Excessive quantities injurious - Cleanliness -
Clothes require frequent changing-Body must be washed
in tepid water-Exercise-Must be judiciously adapted to
the child's age, etc.-Rough usage hurtful-Open-air exercise best-How to help the infant to walk-The mental and
moral training of the young...... 100-117

Xii

CONTENTS.

PART II.
ON HEALTH.
Definition of health-Characteristics-Perfect health rareDifference of health either original or acquired-Original
difference from temperament, idiosyncrasy, constitution,
hereditary predisposition, and age.
Temperaments-Sanguine, bilious, phlegmatic, nervous, melancholic, athletic-Their respective characteristics-Different
classes of disease which affect members of each temperament. Idiosyncrasy-Constitution, consumptive and apoplectic-Hereditary predisposition, meaning of-Hereditary diseases-Age-Diseases of infancy, puberty, adult and
old age.
Acquired differences of health-An enumeration of the causes.
Means of preserving health by personal cleanliness, exercise,
sleep, clothing, diet, and ventilation.
Personal cleanliness indispensable to health-Secures the performance of the functions of the skin-Uses of the skinWater is the means employed-Cold bath, in the forms of
plunge and shower baths, cold ablution, sea bathing-Effects
produced by cold water so applied-Ill consequences sometimes follow-Signs of beneficial action of cold bathingCold water as a remedial agent-The warm, tepid, and hot
baths-Their uses-How to guard against cold after a warm
bath-Hot bath to be used with caution-Cleanliness of
hair, teeth, and nails-Hair wash-Cleanliness of clothing,.
etc.
Exercise-Active and passive-Effects of exercise-Influence of
partial muscular exertion in producing deformity-Evils of
deficient and of excessive exercise-Rules by which exercise

CONTENTS.

xiii

ought to be regulated-May be advantageously joined with
recreation-Exercise of the chest.
Sleep-Condition of body and mind in-Causes which interfere
with-Excess as injurious as want of.
Clothing-Should not be tight, but moderate, warm, clean, and
well aired-Wet clothing hurtful-Should be suitable
rather than fashionable-Also adapted to the season and
state of weather.
Ventilation-Different means by which the air is contaminated
- Artificial and natural ventilators-Principle of ventilation.
Diet-Nature of food-Rules to be observed as to food-Periods
of taking, etc.
Evils of smoking, chewing, snuffing, opium eating, drinking
spirits, etc........ 118-144
PART III.
ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY.
General description of the organs of the human body-Definition of anatomy and physiology-The body divided into
solids and fluids-Into head, trunk, and extremities, and
into organs of motion, organs of digestion, etc., and organs
of sense.
Organs of motion include bones, muscles, and nerves.
Structure, composition, shape, and uses of bones-Division of
skeleton into the bones of the head, the trunk, and the
extremities- The teeth, and their uses-The cavities of the
chest and belly.
Muscles-Their uses-Divided into voluntary and involuntary.
Nervous system-Divided into cerebro-spinal and sympatheticThe brain and its coverings, viz., dura mater, pia mat ( I:
and arachnoid-The lesser brain, the medulla oblongs;

xiv

CONTENTS.

spinal cord, and the spinal and cerebral nerves--Functions
of the cerebro-spinal, and sympathetic systems.
Digestion-Definition of-Stages of-Prehension-Mastication
-Action of the teeth-Chemical composition of salivaThe salivary glands-Action of the saliva-DeglutitionChymification-The stomach-Its situation and coveringThe gastric juice, and its action on food-Chyme-Chylifaction, food separated into chyle and excrement-Chyle
absorbed by villi in intestines-Defecation-Excrement
ejected by anus-Foods divided into nitrogenized and
non-nitrogenized-Their respective destinations.
Circulation-Chyle and lymph vessels-The course of chyleIts ultimate discharge into the blood-current.
Circulatory organs of blood-Arteries, veins, capillaries-Heart,
its structure and position-Its two functions in the great
and little systems of circulation of the blood. Blood-Its
composition and character-Differences of arterial from
venous blood.
Respiration-Organs engaged in, viz., muscles, trachea, and
lungs-Structure and action of two latter-Inspiration and
expiration-Number of cubic feet of air respired per minute
-Respiration purifies blood, generates heat, and exhales
water, etc.-The atmosphere or air-Its composition-Its
relations to man.
Secretion-Definition of-Distinction between secretion and
excretion-Organs of this function-The secretions of the
lungs, the kidneys, the skin, and the liver-Excrermentitious
matters-True secretions.
Organs of the senses-Meaning of the word senses-Organs of
sense. The skin composed of cuticle, rete mucosum, and
cutis vera-Their respective structures and relationsAppendages of the skin, nails, hair, glands, and ductsUses of the skin-Perspiration, sensible and insensibleSkin continuous with mucous membrane-Sympathies between both in disease-The tongue-Its structure-Its
uses-Taste, definition of-Conditions essential to.

CONTENTS. XV
The ear-Its structure-Sound-Definition of.
The eye-Composed of membranes and humours-Description
of each-Eyelids-Lachrymal glands-Tears, their usesVision-Nature of light-Young's theory-Sources of light
-Importance of light to health.
The nose-Its structure-Its nerves-Functions of the noseOlfaction-Odours, etc....... 145-188
A Dictionary of Medical Terms...... 189-205
List of duly qualified Medical Men practising Homceopathy in
Great Britain......... 206-220
Index............ 221-224

HOM(EOPATHY.
PART I.
CHAPTER I.
THE GENERAL FEATURES OF HOM(EOPATHY.
ITS DISCOVERER-ITS LAW OF CURE-ITS DOSE-ITS SEPARATE
MEDICINE-ITS FOLLOWERS-ITS SUCCESS-ITS ADVANTAGES
-ITS PREFERABLENESS-ITS TESTS-ITS DIET-AND ITS
REMEDIES.
I. ITS DISCOVERER.-Samuel Hahnemann, who discovered, or, perhaps more accurately, worked out the
principle of homoeopathy, was born in Germany in
the year 1755. After going through the usual preliminary education of a youth, he began, and indeed
continued, the study of medicine under considerable
difficulties. As a means of gaining subsistence, he
undertook the translation of Dr. Cullen's work on
Materia Medica into his native tongue. While thus
engaged, his attention was attracted to the great and
deserved reputation enjoyed by Cinchona or Peruvian
Bark in curing agues. He resolved to ascertain the
effects which this medicine produces when introduced
r" B

HOM(EOPATHY.

into the healthy body. He discovered that bark
occasioned a condition of the body similar to ague.
In this he is borne out by Dr. Routh, an opponent of
homceopathy, who states that "bark certainly produces symptoms, as alleged by homceopathists, very
like those of ague." Hahnemann now carried his
investigations further, and, assisted by a few devoted
followers, experimented upon the actions of a considerable number of medicinal agents. The result
was, that he laid down the principle, that like diseases
are to be treated by like remedies. His researches
stand forth as a proof of his unflagging industry,
energy, and perseverance. He died in 1843, at Paris,
in the eighty-ninth year of his age. Hahnemann was
honourable, conscientious, and generous, although the
great and undeserved persecutions and ridicule to
which he was subjected, throughout a long, laborious,
and useful life, imparted some intolerance of spirit
and acerbity of disposition which were not natural
features in his character. He published several works,
expounding his discoveries of the actions of medicines
on the healthy body, and his doctrines respecting
chronic and other diseases.
II. ITs LAW or Cus,.-Hahnemann, as we have
said, was the first person who undertook systematic
and complete experiments upon the consequences
following the administration of medicinal substances
to the healthy body. His successors are now following in the same track. Too much importance cannot
be attached to the accurate and trustworthy determining of the specific action of drugs in health,

ITS GENERAL~ FEATURES.3

because upon this point hinges the selection of a
medicine to cure disease. It was formerly the custom
to ascertain in what way the sick frame was affected
by substances whose medicinal properties were little
or altogether unknown. This is a fallacious method
of experimentation, because it is impossible to discriminate between the results produced by the drugs,
especially if several be mixed. together, and the
changes consequent upon the progress or the abatement of the disease. It is, moreover, an inhumane
and guilty proceeding to give large doses of substances whose actions are unknown, to the already
over-afflicted body. The homeEÃ½opathist, on the other
hand, first experiments upon his own body in health,
and having carefully ascertained the changes wrought
by medicines, he is enabled to oppose the disease of
his patient in accordance with the great and essential
characteristic of homceopathy, viz., that those medicines
which produce certain effects in health are the best
curative agents for similar symptoms of disease. Every
medicine produces phenomena peculiar in some respects to itself, and the changes which its presence
occasion are manifested by symptoms or sufferings.
Thus, when the berries of Belladonna, or deadly
nightshade, are eaten, the sufferings produced are,.
general fever, headache, sore throat, and scarlet rash.
Now, similar symptoms very frequently accrue from
the operation of natural causes, and the disease is
known as scarlet fever. The medicinal and the
natural diseases are not the same but like, and,
following out the principle of homceopathy, Bella

HOM(EOPATHY.

donna is the most appropriate remedy to give, not
when the child has eaten the berries, but when it has
been exposed to contagion, or to some other cause of
scarlet fever. According to experience, we know
Belladonna to be the most successful means of restoring and of retaining health under such circumstances.
The reader will now perceive the difference between
Belladonna curing scarlet fever (like curing like), and
Belladonna curing its own effects (same curing same).
Illustrations might be adduced in abundance, in support of the relation which subsists between medicinal
and natural diseases, and to show that the most reputed remedies of thepld school owe their efficacy to
their acting upon the homceopathic principle. The
following quotation, however, will suffice; it is extracted from a work written by Dr. Routh against
homceopathy. He states that " the experiments of Magendie have shown that tartar emetic, in doses of six
to eight grains, will produce, amongst other lesions,
pneumonia, if not rejected by vomiting. Every day's
experience proves the efficacy of large doses of tartar
emetic in curing pneumonia and other diseases of the
lungs. Arsenious acid, long continued, will produce
a variety of cutaneous eruptions. The advantage of
arsenic in many of these diseases is, on the other
"hand, well recognised. Certain peculiar eruptions
which occur after taking mercury have been described
as produced by it, and which closely resemble those
against which mercury is a specific. Here, then, are
instances of the occasional" (Dr. Routh might have said
invariable) "truth of this law" (viz., the homoeopathic).

ITS GENTERAL FEATUItES.

III. ITS DosE.-In the practice of homoeopathy,
the quantity of medicine administered in sickness is
extremely small, in comparison with the considerable
doses which it is the custom of the old method to
introduce into the body. Hence it has been inferred,
that the cures and relief which are acknowledged to
occur cannot be due to the action of minute doses,
but rather to the influence of diet, faith, imagination,
etc. It is necessary here distinctly to state, that the
dose of the medicine does not constitute homoeopathy,
but is merely a subordinate feature of a system
which differs from all its predecessors or contemporaries in having a law to guide its operations. The
question of the dose has excited considerable discussion. ' Some homeopathic practitioners are in the
constant habit of prescribing not only appreciable but
ponderable quantities of medicinal substances, and
yet they are true to their creed, for the medicines are
chosen in accordance with the sole characteristic of
our system, viz., the fundamental principle of like
curing like. Others, again, use the higher potencies,
in which the medicines are extremely attenuated and
supersensible. The superiority of the one practice
over the other resolves itself into a question of personal experience, and can never be satisfactorily
decided until our investigations into, and knowledge
of, the actions of drugs, both in health and in disease,
become more complete and accurate than they are
now.
But a more important question concerns the
general reader. Have small quantities of drugs-so

HO6M(EOPATHY.

small that they possess no sensible properties, no
taste, smell, or colour-the power to oppose a virulent
and dangerous malady, and to bring the sufferer
through anxiety, pain, and danger, to health and
vigour? The personal experience of every homoeopathic practitioner and family answers in the affirmative. The strongest argument, then, adducible in
support of this statement is the undeniable fact, that
not in one isolated case only, but in hundreds of
thousands, the administration of infinitesimal quantities of a medicinal substance has been followed, in the
relation of cause to effect-not of mere coincidenceby a speedy and permanent restoration to health from
the most fatal and painful afflictions.
IV. Irs SEPARATE MEDIcINE.-In the "good old
times," medical men used to combine and mix up
immense quantities of several-in one instance as
many as fifty-different substances, into one single
medley of contrarieties. In our own more enlightened
age, the absurdities of our forefathers are becoming
more recognized, and the adherents of the old practice of physic are gradually abandoning the usage
alluded to, for the more justifiable method of simplicity
of prescription. The objections, however, to the admixture of even two different substances are insuperable.
It is impossible to discover the pure drug action or the
restorative tendencies of the body, the share each
ingredient of the compound possesses in improving or
in aggravating the symptoms, or the interference
which they severally occasion to the full and specific
action of the individual medicaments. Homceopathy,

ITS GENERA.L FEA.TURES.

on the other hand, discards all complex and unwieldy
machinery, and gives a single remedy by itself. By
this means, the medicine, which is chosen according to
the resemblance between its known action in health
and the symptoms of the disease, produces the desired
and anticipated effects, its action being undisturbed
and unqualified by the contrary properties of drugs
combined together.
V. ITS FoLLoWERs.-The practitioners of homceopathy are frequently stigmatized as "humbugs,"
"quacks," "charlatans5" "rogues," etc. These genteel epithets are bandied about by the members of the
old school, from whose ranks sprung up the very men
to whom the above opprobrious appellations are really,
truly, and solely applicable. But homoeopathic medical men can afford to hear and to read of such nicknames being applied to them. If examined, it would
be discovered that they possess at least average
intelligence, and have had the straightforward honesty
to embrace a contemned system because they believe
it to be the truest and the best. Many of them have
seceded from the old school in order!to embrace the
new one, and to work on in their noble and holy calling, under the influence of conscientious motives and
rectitude of purpose. They have espoused homceopathy
for no mean or contemptible object. They are, almost
without exception, regularly educated to the profession; have pursued the usual routine of study, and,
having passed the required examinations, are attested
qualified to practise the healing science and art.
Many of them hold responsible posts in connection

SHOMCEOPATHY.

with several European courts; upwards of thirty are
professors to continental universities; all are engaged
in the great work of relieving human affliction, pain,
and sorrow, by the gentlest and most expeditious
means within their knowledge and command. They
offer every inducement to the honest investigation of
the claims of their medical faith; they invite the
sceptical to witness the treatment adopted; they do
not act secretly and for individual benefit, for in all
their proceedings of a medical nature they act fairly,
publicly, and above-board. Is it not a mistake to call
such men quacks and humbugs? Do our opponents
merit the distinction of being noticed? In homoeopathy there are, of course, as in every other practical
work, mean, ignorant, and dishonest men. We must,
therefore, distinguish between the faithful and the
faithless practisers of the homceopathic law; between
those who infringe and those who respect the established usages of professional etiquette; and, lastly, the
law itself must be separated from its practitioners.
VI. ITS SuccEss.-The most important question
touching homoeopathy refers to the results of its practical operation. Admitting the certain fact that no
system of treatment whatever can possibly avert
ultimate death, is homceopathy superior to every other
known means in prolonging life, in curing disease, and
in relieving suffering? To avoid the imputation of
partiality, it will be proper to quote from a work
written against homceopathy by an allopathic authority,
who will, therefore, be unlikely to speak too highly in
its favour. Dr. Routh, in his work entitled "The

ITS GENERAL FEATUIES.

Fallacies of Homceopathy," gives the following results
of the two modes of treatment:1. In inflammation of the lungs, Dr. Routh states
that, in the allopathic hospital of Vienna, twenty-three
patients out of every hundred die; whilst in the homwopathic hospital in the same city, only five patients die
out of every hundred.
2. In pleurisy thirteen patients out of every hundred die in allopathic hospitals; whilst only three in
the same number die in homeopathic hospitals.
3. In inflammation of the bowels, thirteen out of
every hundred die in allopathic hospitals; whilst only
four in every hundred die in homwiopathic hospitals.
4. In dysentery, allopathic hospitals lose twentytwo out of every hundred; whilst homenopathic hospitals
lose only three in the same number of patients.
Again, the following statistics of the treatment of
epidemic cholera in 1854, extracted from the printed
documents of the House of Commons, will establish
the superiority of the homoeopathic treatment. In
cholera cases generally, the number of deaths under
allopathic treatment was forty-five in every hundred;
under homceopathic treatment, only seventeen in every
hundred. In the more severe form of the disease,
attended with collapse, or sinking of the life-powers,
sixty-nine in every hundred died under allopathic
treatment,; but only thirty in the same number under
the homoeopathic. To the foregoing indubitable facts
might be added the testimony of many eminent medical men, the experience of every practitioner of homceopathy, and the willing acknowledgments of many

HOMCEOPATHY.

families who have participated in its advantages and
successes.
VII. ITs ADvANTAGES.-We shall have occasion,
further on in this work, to enumerate the numerous
favourable circumstances attaching to homceopathy;
but in this place we shall epitomize its more important advantages. They are:-The law of cure, which
teaches the immutable and universal relation subsisting between medicinal and natural diseases; the guide,
furnished by this law, to the selection of the most
appropriate medicine; the administration of the medicines separately and distinctly; the rejection of all
cruel and debilitating appliances-such as bleeding,
blistering, setoning, issuing, salivating, and the like;
the permanent and complete cure of the disease, so
that the invalid does not suffer from its after effects;
the exemption from the present and prospective evils
of taking large doses of medicinal substances, whose
retention within the body and subsequent action upon
it may prove more dangerous and painful than the
original disease; and, lastly, the very decided and
superior success attending' homoeopathic practice-an
advantage which an invalid will not unjustly regard as
more important than all the others put together.
VIII. ITS PREFERABLENESS.- Homoeopathy concerns both the medical man and the patient; the one
who exercises the apparatus, and the one upon whom
it is exercised. There are several reasons why both
prefer hommeopathy, to any other known healing
system.
1. The medical man prefers homoeopathy, firstly,

ITS GENERAL FEATURES.

Because, in confronting the disease, it furnishes him
with a safe and unerring guide in selecting the best
remedy. His knowledge of the specific action of
drugs, derived from his own investigations or from
the researches of his professional brethren, and his
acquaintance with the symptoms or outward manifestation of the diseases he is called upon to treat, enable
him to determine, with certainty and precision, what
particular remedy most closely resembles the sufferings of his patient. Having thus chosen a medicine
on the principle of like curing like, he has no misgivings as to the result of its operation, provided the
disease be not incurable in its nature. Secondly, it
enables him to be prepared for the treatment or the
prevention of any new disease that may appear,
although he may not have seen a single example of it.
The possession of its leading symptoms will alone be
required, to enable him to choose that medicine to cure
the complaint, which produces similar symptoms in
health. By this means Hahnemann gave directions
for the treatment of cholera in 1831, and, although he
had not seen a single case, his recommendations were
attended with the greatest success in curing that fell
pestilence. Thirdly, Because he can administer the
homoeopathic remedies and witness the proofs of their
efficacy in circumstances-such as lock-jaw and other
diseases-which would preclude the possibility of
giving the large doses of the old school. Fourthly,
Because he knows, from past experience, that homoeopathy is all-sufficient in the most desperate maladies,
such as cholera and other acute diseases, in which

HOME OPATHY.

some decisive and effective measures of relief must be
immediately resorted to, else the patient will die.
Pftily, Because he has no need to torment his patient
-perhaps an infant or a child-with nauseous drugs,
and to torture him with cruel and painful applications.
The simplicity and gentleness of the homceopathic
means of cure are no slight recommendation in its
favour to the sensitive feelings of the humane physician. His duty does not consist in drug-giving and
pain-inflicting, but in curing his patient by whatever
measures he considers the best-and the simpler the
better. Sixthly, Because the dose of medicine being
small and exactly adapted to the diseased part, and to
it only, he need not fear that his patient will afterwards suffer from the effects of retained drugs. It is
well known that arsenic, mercury, and other medicinal substances may be taken for a considerable time,
in comparatively large quantities, without any apparently injurious consequences supervening; but, at a
period more or less remote, they begin to disturb the
healthy functions, alarming symptoms appear, and
death is not unfrequent. Seventhly, Because homceopathic remedies operate curatively in the so-called
incurable diseases which have resisted all other tried
medicines of the old school. Thus, constipation is
generally cured by homceopathy, whilst the aperients
of the old system make bad worse. The same general
remark is applicable to many other complaints.
Eighthly, Because when homeopathy cannot cure, not
on account of inadequacy, but in consequence of the
impossibility of the diseased part being restored to

ITS GENERAL FEATURES.

health, owing to structural change, it can effectually
alleviate suffering and assuage pain. Thus, although
it cannot cure consumption-" a disease which medicine never cured"-yet it can relieve the cough, nightsweats, and purging.
2. The patient prefers homceopathy for several
reasons, which may be summed up in a few words,
being chiefly a recapitulation of the chief advantages
of the system. They are the following:-He recovers
more quickly, thoroughly, and permanently; he is not
pained and exhausted by severe measures; he has not
a large doctor's bill to pay when he recovers; and he
is more likely to be restored to health from any disease.
IX. ITS TESTS.-Some may consider the general
public inadequate to adjudicate on the general merits
of homoeopathy, in consequence of not knowing the
professional bearings of the disputed points. This is,
doubtless, true to a considerable extent; still, nonprofessional people fall ill, and are universally disposed
to entrust themselves to that mode of treatment which
can restore them to health the most expeditiously,
economically, and permanently. In this respect they
are more immediately interested than even their medical attendant. In the absence, then, of the necessary
knowledge and opportunities which can alone enable
those who have not received a medical training to
judge correctly of the comparative value of homoeopathy, we shall furnish them with five excellent and
appropriate rules. They are given by Dr. Hooker,
the author of a prize essay against homceopathy. He
says:

HOMCEOPATHY.

"Good practice differs from its opposite in five
particulars"1. It has fewer fatal cases, in proportion to the
whole number that come under treatment.
"2. It has fewer bad cases, because it does not
convert light cases into grave ones, and succeeds, in
many cases, in arresting disease at its very commencement.
"3. The patients have commonly a shorter sickness.
" 4. They are in better health after they have
recovered, less apt to have bad results left behind,
and less liable to disease in future.
"5. He who pursues 'good practice,' has a less
number of patients, and a smaller amount of sickness
in the same number of families."
These particulars are so truly and strictly applicable to homoeopathy, as every person at all conversant
with the system will perceive, that they might have
been written for the express purpose of proving that
it is "good practice." The reader can decide for
himself whether the above rules apply to allopathy,
and whether it deserves to be called " good practice,"
or the reverse. The conclusion will not be far from
truth.
X. ITS DIET.-Ignorant people entertain very
opposite and erroneous notions respecting the homceopathic diet. Some consider the cures, which cannot
be gainsaid, to be attributable to dietary restrictions; others maintain that repletion of food works
the oracle. Of course, both are wrong. Homoeopathy,

ITS GENERAL FEATURES.

in regulating the diet of the invalid in accordance with
the disease-its nature, progress, and stage-is but following out an essential necessity. The appetite is generally a correct index of the wants of the system, and he
who can obey, without overstepping its desires, will
not, as a rule, be doing much wrong. There are cases,
however, marked by slight self-control in the patient,
and by depraved or excessive desire for food, in which
it is of the utmost consequence to attend to dietary
regulations. The nature and quality of the food, and
the various circumstances under which it is partaken,
also merit the strictest attention, both as means of
retaining health, and as passive agents in quelling
disease. In every homceopathic domestic work, tables
are given of certain foods which are " allowed " and
"forbidden." If the reader will refer to these, he
will find the prohibition placed upon substances which
are known to possess medicinal or stimulating properties. Their exclusion, therefore, from the diet of
the patient is required in order that the medicines
given to cure the disease may not have their action
disturbed, modified, or antidoted by any preventable
influence. The author of this work, although deferring to the almost universal practice of homceopathic
writers in commenting upon the diet, is convinced,
from his own observation, that the medicines appropriate to the disease will generally exert their pure
and desired action, even though the patient confess to
very wide transgressions as to habits of eating and
drinking. Many patients may smoke and snuff, indulge in onions and strong drink, and take potions of

HOMCEOPATHY.

drugs in secret, and yet these substances do not seem
to materially affect the curative action of the medicine
chosen homaeopathically. Poor people, who cannot
choose their food, who are no less glad to eat what
they can get, than to get what they can eat, and to
whom a pipe of 'bacca and a cup of strong tea are
true luxuries in the midst of want and distress,
recover from their diseases after much the same
fashion as their better-to-do brethren higher up the
social ladder, who can resort to a varied repast.
Infants, and the lower animals, are also curable when
diseased, although the infant can take only one kind
of food, viz., milk; the horse, grass or bran, etc.
These facts show that change of diet alone cannot
account for the cures which occur in homoeopathic
practice; and that the medicines of our system will
act under circumstances apparently the most unfavourable.
It is however advisable, when under homoeopathic
treatment, to abstain from using all other drugs and
domestic medicines, such as pills, senna, rhubarb,
etc.
XI. SOME OF ITS REMEDIES, with their abbreviations, synonyms, and common names:1. Absinthium. Abs. Artemesia absinthium. Wormwood.
2. Acalipha Indica. Acaliph. Indian acalipha.
3. Aceti acidum. Acet. ac. Acidum aceti. Acetic acid.
4. Aconitum napellus. Acon. Aconite. Monkshood. Blue
Wolfsbane. Helmet-flower.
5. Actca racemosa. Act. rac. Black Cohosh.
6. Actceaspicata. Act. spic. Herb Christopher. Baneberry.
Cohosh.

ITS GBENERAL FEATURES.

7. ZEthusa cysnapium. IEth. cyn. Garden hemlock. Fool's
parsley.
8. Agave Americana. Agav.. Mague. American aloe.
9. Agaricus muscarius. Agar. Amanita. Bug-agaric. Toadstool.
10. Agnus castus vitex. Agnus c. Vitex agnus. Chaste-tree.
11. Alcohol sulphuris. Alch. sulph. Sulphuret of carbon.
Carburet of sulphur.
12. Allium cepa. Allium c. Red onion.
13. Allium sativa. Allium s. Garlic.
14. Alces gummi. Alce. Aloes. Alce.
15. Alumen. Alum. Oxide of Aluminium. Alumine. Argilla
pura. Pure clay, pure earth.
16. Ambra grisea. Ambra. Ambergris.
17. Ammoniacum gummi. Ammoniac. Gum ammoniac.
18. Ammoniumn carbonicum. Am. c. Carbonate of ammoniaSal volatile.
19. Ammonium causticum. Am. caust. Caustic ammonia.
Solution of ammonia.
20. Ammonium muriaticwm. Am. m. Muriate of ammonia.
Hydrochlorate of Ammonia. Sal ammoniac.
21. Anphisbeana vermicularis. Amphisb.
22. Anacardium orientale. Anac. Malacca bean. Cashew nut.
23. Anagallis arvensis. Anagal. Scarlet pimpernel. Red chickweed. Poor man's weather-glass.
24. Andira inermis. And. inerm. Yaba.
25. Angelica. Angel. Garden angelica. Angelica archangelica.
26. Angusturce cortex. Angust. Angustura bark. Galipea
officinalis. Cusparia bark. Bark of Bonplandia trifoliata.
27. Anisum stellatum. Anis. Aniseed. Star aniseed.
28. Anthrakokali. Anthrak. Anthracite coal. Lithanthrakokali simplex.
29. Antimonium crudum. Ant. c. Crude antimony. Sulphuret of
antimony. Sulphureti stibi. Stibium sulphuretumnigrum.
30. Antimoninum Tartaricum. Ant. tart. Tartarus emeticus.
Tart. em. Tartar emetic. Tartarized antimony. Tartarus
stibiatum. Potassio tartarate of antimony.
C

HOMCEOPATHY.

31. Apis mel. Apis. Honey-bee.
32. Apocynurn cannabinum. Apoc. cann. Indian hemp,
American-Indian hemp.
33. Apocynum androscemifolium. Apoc. andros. Bitter root,
Wandering milkweed. Dog's-bane.
34. Aquilegia vulgaris. Aquil. Columbine.
35. Arctium lappa. Arct. 1. Common burdock. Clotbur.
36. Argentum metallicum. Argent. Argentum foliatum. Silver.
37. Argentum nitricum. Arg. nit. Nitrate of silver. Crystallized nitrate of silver.
38. Aristolochia milhomens. Arist. Snake-root.
39. Armoracia officinalis. Arm. Cochlearia armoracia. Horseradish.
40. Arnica montana. Arn. Arnica. Mountain arnica.
Leopard's-bane.
41. Arsenicum album. Ars. Acidum arseniosum. Arsenious
acid. White arsenic. Arsenic.
42. Arsenicum citrinum. Ars. cit. Arsenicum tersulphuretum.
Tersulphuret of arsenie. Auripigmentum.
43. Arsenicum metallicum. Ars. met. Metallic arsenic.
44. Artemesia vulgaris. Artem. Radix parthenii. Mugwort.
45. Arum maculatum. Arum. Common arum. Wake Robin,
Cuckoo-pint.
46. Asafcetida. Asaf. Ferrula assafcetida. Devils-dung.
47. Asarum Europcaum. Asar. Asarabacca. Hazelwort. Wild
spikenard.
48. Asclepia incarnata. Ascl. inc. White hemp.
49. Asparagus officinalis. Aspar. Asparagus.
50. Astacusfluviatilis. Astac. fl. Cancer astacus. Craw-fish
51. Asterias rubens. Ast. rub. Red star-fish.
52. Athamanta oreoselinum. Athamant. Mountain Parsley.
53. Atriplex Olida. Atrip. Stinking goosefoot.
54. Aurum metallicum. Aur. Aurum foliatum. Gold.
55. Aurumfulminans. Aur. fulm. Fulminating gold.
56. Aurum muriaticum. Aur. mur. Muriate of gold. Deutochloride of gold.

ITS GENERAL FEATURES.

57. Aurantia amara. Aurant. Bitter orange.
58. Baptista tinctoria. Bapt. tinct. Wild indigo.
59. Baryta carbonica. Baryt. c. Carbonate of barytes.
60. Baryta murnwiatica. Baryt. m. Muriate of barytes. Hydrochlorate of barytes. Chloride of barium.
61. Bebern cortex. Beber. Bark of the beberu. Greenheart-tree.
62. Belladonna. Bell. Atropa belladonna. Deadly nightshade.
63. Bellis perennis. Bellis. Daisy.
64. Benzoic acid. Benz. ac. Acidum benzoicum. Benzoic
acid. Flowers of Benzoin.
65. Berberis vulgaris. Berb. Barberry.
66. Bismuthi magisteri m. Bism. Nitrate of bismuth. Magistery of bismuth. Pearl white. Spanish white.
67. Blatta Americana. Blatt. Kakeilat Americana. American
cockroach.
68. Borax veneneta. Bor. Borax. Boras. Natrumboracicum.
Biborate of soda. Tincal.
69. Bovista. Bov. Lycoperdon bovista. Puff-ball. Devil's
snuff-box.
70. Branca ursina. Brauc. Heracleum sphondillum. Bear's
breech. Cow's parsnip.
71. Brayera antiselmintica. Brayer. Kousso.
72. Bromium. Brom. Bromine.
73. Brucea Anti-dysenterica. Bruc. ant. d. Angusturaea spurea.
False angustura.
74. Bryonia alba. Bry. White Bryony. Wild Hops. Wild
vine. White vine.
75. Bufo sahytiensis. Bufo. sat.
76. Cakinca radix. Cahinc. Cainca. Cabinca root. Snowberry.
77. Caladium seguinwnz pers. Calad. Poisonous pedivous.
Dumb cane. Caladium.
78. Calcarea acetica. Calc. ac. Acetate of lime.
79. Calcarea arseniosum. Calc. ars. Arsenite of lime.
80. Calcarea carbonica. Calc. c. Carbonate of lime. Oyster
shell.
81. Calcarea caustica. Calc. caust. Oxide of lime. Quicklime.

HOMOPATILY.

82. Calcarea phospihorata. Cale. phos. Phosphate of lime.
83. Ccdendula officinalis. Calend. Marygold.
84. Camyhora. Camph. Laurus camphora. Camphor.
85. Canchiligua. Canch. Chelomia Chiliensis.
86. Canna angustifolia. Canna ang.
87. Cannabis Indica. Cann. Ind. Indian hemp. Hashish.
Bang. Gunga.
88. Cannabis sativa. Cann. Hemp.
89. Cantharides. Canth. Blistering-fly. Spanish-fly.
90. Capsicum annuunm. Caps. Cayennepepper. Chillipepper.
91. Carbo animalis. Carho an. Animal charcoal.
92. Carbo vegetabilis. Carbov. Vegetable charcoal. Wood
charcoal.
93. Cardtus marianus. Card. mar. St. Mary's thistle. Lady's
or Milk thistle.
94. Cascarilla, Casc. Croton cascarilla. Cascarilla bark.
95. Castoreum. Cast. Castor.
96. ('auloplillumn thalactroides. Caul. thaI. Sqnaw-root.
Pappoose root. Blue cohosh.
97. Causticum. Caust. Canstic.
98. Cedron. Ced.
99. Cervus Brazilicus. Cerv. Brazilian stag.
100. Chamonsilla. Chai. Matrix chamomilla. Common wild
chamomile.
101. Chelidonium majas. Chel. Greater celandine.
102. 6henopodium glaucutm aphis. Chel. g. aph. Louse of the
oak-leaved goosefoot.
103. C'hina officinalis. Chin. Cinchona. Cinch. Yellow Peruvian hark. Bark.
104. Chininnrn sulphuricu'm. Chini. suiph. Sulphate of Quinine.
Quinine.
105. Cicuta virosa. Cic. Water hemlock. Cowbane.
106. Cimicifuga racemosa. Cimif. Macrotys racemosa. Botro.
phius serpentaria. Cohosh. Black Snake-root. Rattleweed.
107. Cince semen. Cina. Cin. Mugwort of Judea. Wormseed.
Artemisia santonica.

ITS GENERAL FEATURES.

108. Cinnabaris. Cinnab. Red sulphuret of mercury. Hydrargyri sulphuretum rubrum. Cinnabar. Vermilion.
109. Cinnamomum. Cinnam. Cinnamon.
110. Cistus Canadensis. Cist. Can. Canadian rock-rose. Hollyrose.
111. Clematis erecta. Clem. Upright virgin's bower.
112. Coccinella sempunctata. Coccin. Ladybird.
113. Cocculus Indicus. Cocc. Indian berries.
114. Coccus cacti. Coccus c. Cochineal.
115.' Cochlearia armoracia. Cochl. Armoracia. Armor. Horseradish
116. Codein. Cod. An alkali from the hydrochlorate of morphia.
117. Coffea cruda. Coff. Coffea Arabica. Raw coffee.
118. Colchicum autumnale. Colch. Meadow saffron.
119. Collinsonia Canadensis. Collinson c. Stone-root.
120. Colocyntlis. Coloc. Bitter ccumber.
121. Coinmocladia dentata. Commocl. Guao.
122. Coniumn maculatum. Con. Spotted hemlock.
123. Convolvolus arvensis. Conv. Bindweed.
124. Convolvolus duartinus. Conv. duart. Morning glory.
125. Copaiba balsamum. Cop. Balsam of copaiba.
126. Corallia rubra. Coral. Red coral.
127. Cornus circinata. Corn. cir. Round-leaved dogwood.
128. Cotyledon umbilicus. Cotyl. Navalwort.
129. Crocus sativa. Croc. Saffron.
130. Crotalus cascavella. Crot. c. Brazilian rattlesnake poison.
131. Crotalus horridus. Crot. h. Rattlesnake poison.
132. Croton tiglium. Croton. Croton-oil seeds.
133. Cubeba3. Cubeb. Cubebs. Cubebe-pepper.
134. Cuprin aceticurn. Cupr. ac. Acetate of copper. Verdegris.
135. Cuprum arseniosum. Cupr. ars. Arsenite of copper.
136. Cuprum carbonicum. Cupr. c. Carbonate of copper.
137. C2uprum metallicum. Cupr. m. Copper.
138. Cuprum sulphuricum. Cupr. sulph. Sulphate of copper.
Blue vitriol.
139. Curari. Curar. Wouralli poison.

HOMEOPA.THY.

140. Cyclanzen Europaum. Cycl. Sow-bread.
141. Qyprinus barbas. Cypr. Barbel. Common barb.
142. Cystisus laburnum. Cist. lab.
143. Daphne Indica. Daph. Indian daphne. Sweet-scented
spurge laurel.
144. Delphinus amazonicus. Delph. Skin of the Amazonian
dolphin.
145. Diadema aranea. Diadem. Diadem spider. Papal cross
spider.
146. Dictamus albus. Dict. White dittany. Bastard dittany.
147. Digitalis purpura. Dig. Foxglove. Purple foxglove.
148. Dolickos pruriens. Dolich. Cowhage.
149. Drosera rotundifolia. Dros. Round-leaved sundew. Rorella.
150. Dulcamara. Dulc. Bitter-sweet. Woody nightshade.
151. Elaps corallinus. Elaps. Vipera coralline. Viper poison.
152. Elator noctilicus. Elat. noct. Firefly of India.
153. Elaterium. Elater. Squirting cucumber. Wild cucumber.
154. Eleis guineensis. Eleis. Palm-tree.
155. Ephedon occidentalis. Eph. occid. Popilote.
156. Eryngium aquaticum. Eryng. Button-snakeweed.
157. Erythroxylon coco. Erythrox.
158. Eugeniajambos. Eugen. Malabar plum-tree. Rose apple.
159. Eupatori m perfoliatum. Euipat. Bone set. Thoroughwort. Thorough-wax. Indian sage. Ague-weed. Joe-pye.
160. Euphorbia officinalis. Euphorb. Officinal spurge.
161. Euphrasia oficinalis. Euphr. Eyebright.
162. Euonynmus Europatum Euon. Spindle-tree. Prickwood.
163. Ferrumn aceticm. Ferr. ac. Acetate of iron.
164. Ferrumn carbonicum. Ferr. carb. Carbonate of iron.
165. Ferrum iodidi. Ferr. iod. Iodide of iron.
166. Ferrum magneticum. Ferr. mag. Mineral loadstone.
167. Ferrum metallicum. Ferr. m. Iron.
168. Ferrum sulpharicum. Ferr. sulph. Sulphate of iron.
Protosulphate of iron.
169. Filix mas. Filix m. Aspidium filix mas. Male fern.
170. Fluoric acid. Fluor. ac. Hydrofluoric acid.

ITS GENERAL FEATURES.

171. Formica rufa. Form. Red ant.
172. Fragaria vesca. Frag. Wood strawberry. Wild strawberry.
173. Gallic acid. Gall. ac.
174. Geranium mnaculatum. Ger. mac. Spotted geranium.
175. Gentiana cruciata. Gent. c. Crosswort gentian.
176. Gentiana lutea. Gent. lut. Gentian bitterwort.
177. Ginseng. Gins. All-heal.
178. Glanderine. Gland. Hippozanine.
179. Glonoin. Glon. Nitro-glycerine.
180. Grannatum. Gran. Punica grannatum. Pomegranate.
181. Graphites. Graph. Plumbago. Carburet of iron. Blacklead.
182. Gratiola officinalis. Grat. Hedge hyssop. Water hyssop.
183. Guaco mikania. Guac. Guaco.
184. Guaiacum officinalis. Guaiac. Resin of Guaiacum.
185. Guano Australis. Guan.
186. Gummigutti. Gummi g. Gutti gummi. Gutti. Gamboge.
187. Gymnocladus Canadensis. Gymn. Can. Chicot. Stumptree. Kentucky Coffee-tree. Fly-poison.
188. Hcmatoxylum Campeachliianum. Hematox. Logwood.
189. Iamnamelis Tirginica. Hamam. Witch hazel of Virginia.
190. Hedysarum ildefonsianum. Hedys. Brazilian burdock.
191. Helianthus annus. Helianth. Sunflower.
192. Heliotrope Peruviana. Heliotrope. Peruvian turnsol.
193. Helleborus niger. Hell. Black hellebore. Christmas rose.
194. Repar sulphuris calcarea. Hep. Liver of sulphur. Sulphuret of lime.
195. HFippomane mancinella. Hippom. Mancinella venenata.
196. Hura Braziliensis. Hura. Assacu.
197. Hydrocyanic acid. Hydroc. ac. Prussic acid.
198. Hyoscyamus niger. Hyos. Black henbane.
199. Hypericum perfoliatum. Hyper. St. John's-wort. Allsaint's-wort.
200. Ignatia amara. Ign. St. Ignatius' bean.
201. lindigo. Indig. Indigofera tinctoria.
202. lodium. Iod. Iodine.

HOMCEOPATHY.

203. Ipecacuanha. Ipec. Cephalis ipecacuanha.
204. Iris versicolor. Iris.
205. Jacoranda caroba. Jacor. c. Bignonia caroba.
206. Jalappa. Jal. Jalap.
207. Janipha manihot. Janip. Jatropha manihot. Manioca
mandi.
208. Jatropha curcas. Jat. c. Barbadoes nuts. Infernal fig.
209. Juglans regia. Juglans. Nux juglans. Walnut.
210. Juncus efusu.s. Junc. ef. Flowering rush.
211. Juncuspilosus. Junc. pil. Haired rush.
212. Kali bichromas. Kali b. Bichromate of potash.
213. Kali bronzatum. Kali brom. Hydrobromate of potash.
214. Kali carbonicum. Kali c. Subcarbonate of potash. Salt
of tartar.
215. Kali chloricum. Kali chlor. Chlorate of potash.
216. Kali hydriodicum. Kali bydriod. HydriodCate of potash.
217. Kali nitricum. Kali nit. Nitrum. Nitre. Nitrate of potash.
Saltpetre.
218. Kalmia latifolia. Kalm. Mountain laurel. Broad-leaved
laurel. Lambkill, Ivy-bush. Spoonwood. Calico-bush.
219. Kreosoturn. Kreos. Creosote.
220. Lachesis. Lach. Poison of the lance-headed viper. Trigonocephalus lachesis.
221. Lactuca virosa. Lact. Poisonous lettuce. Strong-scented
lettuce.
222. Lamium album. Lam. Dead nettle. Blind nettle.
223. Laurocerasus. Laur. Prunus laurocerasus. Cherry laurel.
224. Leduin palustre. Led. Marsh tea. Wild rosemary.
225. Lepidium Bonariense. Lepid. Mastruco.
226. Lobelia cardinalis. Lob. card. Scarlet lobelia. Cardinal
flower.
227. Lobelia inflata. Lobel. Indian tobacco. Emetic herb.
228. Lolium temulentumn. Lol. Cockle-weed. Bearded darnel.
229. Lupulus. Lup. Humulus lupulus. Hop.
230. Lycopodiun clavatum. Lyc. Wolf's-foot. Club-moss.
Wolf's-claw pollen. Vegetable sulphur.

ITS GENERAL OFEATURES. 2

231. Magnesia carbonicum. Mag. c. Carbonate of magnesia.
Subcarbonate of Magnesia.
232. Magnesia mwrias. Mag. m. Muriate of magnesia.
233. Magnesia sulphurica. Mag. s. Sulphate of magnesia.
Epsom salts.
234. Manganum aceticum. Mang. ac. Acetate of manganese.
235. Manganum carbonicum. Mang.c. Carbonate of manganese.
236. Manganunm. Mang. Manganesii oxydatum. Oxide of
manganese.
237. Melastonla ackermani. Melast.
238. Menganthes trifoliata. Menyanth. Buckbean. Marsh
trefoil.
239. Mephitis putorius. Meph. Skunk. American polecat.
240. Mercurialis perennis. Merc. per. Dog mercury. French
mercury.
241. Mercurius acetatus. Mer. ac. Acetate of mercury.
Hydrargyrum aceticum.
242. Mercurius corrosivus sublimatus. Mere. cor. Hydrargyrum muriaticum corrosivum. Bichloride of mercury.
Corrosive sublimate of mercury.
243. Mercurius dulcis. Mere. dule. Chloride of mercury.
Hydrargyrum muriaticum. Calomel.
244. Mercurius iodatus. Mere. iod. Protoiodide of mercury.
Hydrargyrum iodatum.
245. Mercurius solubilis. Mere. sol. Hydrargyrum oxydulatum
nigrum. Black oxide of mercury. Hahnemann's soluble
mercury.
246. Mercurius sulphuricus. Merc. sol. Sulphuret of mercury.
(Etheop's mineral.
247. Mercuries vivus. Mere. v. Hydrargyrum. Mercury.
Quicksilver.
248. Mezeretim. Mez. Daphne mezereum. Mezereum. Spurge
laurel.
249. Millefolium. Millef. Achilla millifolium. Milfoil. Yarrow.
250. Mimosa humilis. Mimos.
251. Morphiumn aceticun. Morph. ac. Morphia.

HOM2aOP6TRY.

252. Moschuts. Mosch. Musk.
253. Murexz purpura. Murex. Purple shell-fish. Tyriandye.
254. Murure leite. Murure.
255. Muriatis acidum. Mur. ac. Muriatic acid. Hydrochloric
acid. Chlorohydric acid. Spirit of salt.
256. Mygale avicularia. Mygal. Bird spider of Texas.
257. Myristica sebifera. Myrist.
258. Myrtis communis. Myrtis c. Myrtle.
259. Naja tripudians. Naja. Poison of the cobra snake.
260. Natrum carbonicum. Nat. c. Carbonate of soda.
261. Natrcm muriaticum. Nat. m. Muriate of soda. Chloride
of sodium. Common salt.
262. Natrurm nitricum. Nat. nit. Nitrate of soda.
263. Natrsm sulphuricum. Nat. s. Sulphate of soda. Glauber's salts.
264. Niccolum carbonicum. Niccol. Carbonate of nickel.
265. Nitri acidum. Nit. ac. Nitric acid. Aquafortis.
266. Nitri spiritus dulcis. Nit. sp. dulc. Nitrous ether. Sweet
spirit of nitre.
267. Nuphar lutea. Nuphar. Yellow water-lily.
268. Nux moschata. Nux mosch. Nutmeg.
269. Nux vomica. Nux v. Strychnos nux vomica. Poison nut.
270. Ocimum canum. Ocim.
271. (Enanthe crocata. (Enanth. Hemlock water dropwort.
272. Oleander. Oleand. Nerium oleander. Rose laurel.
Laurel rose. Rose bay.
273. Oleum animale. 01. an. Animal oil of dippel. Essential
animal oil.
274. Oniscus asellus. Onis. as. Wood-louse.
275. Opium. Papaver somniferum. White poppy. Laudanum.
276. Oxalic acid. Ox. ac. Oxalic acid. Saccharine acid.
277. Pconia oficinalis. Peon. Peony.
278. Panacea. Panac. Mercury of the poor.
279. Paris quadrzfolium. Paris. Herb Paris. True love.
280. Paullinia pinnata. Paulin. (Paullinia sorbilis of Von
Master.) Curruru. Timbo-lippo. Guaratimbo.

ITS GENERAL FEATURES.

281. Petiveria tetrandria. Petiv. Mappa graveolens.
282. Petroleum. Petrol. Mineral oil. Rock oil. Barbadoes
oil. Barbadoes tar.
283. Petroselinum. Petros. Parsley-root. Apium petroselinum.
284. Phellandrium aquaticum. Phel. Water-fennel. Waterhemlock.
285. Phosphorus. Phos.
286. Phosphori acidumn. Phos. ac. Phosphoric acid. Acid of
bones.
287. Phytolacca decandra. Phytol. Poke-weed.
288. Pichurim. Pich. Sassafras nuts. Pichurim-bean laurel.
289. Pimpinella saxifraga. Pimp. Burnet saxifrage. Stonebreak.
290. Pinus sylvestris. Pinus. Wild pine. Pine buds.
291. Platina. Plat. Platinum.
292. Platinum muriaticum. Plat. mur. Muriate of platinum.
Chloride of platinum.
293. Plumbago littoralis. Plumbag. lit. Picao da praia.
294. Plumbum aceticwm. Plumb. ac. Acetas plumbi. Acetate
of lead. Sugar of lead.
295. Plumbumn carbonicuns. Plumb. c. Carbonate of lead.
White lead.
296. Plumbum metallicum. Plumb. Lead.
297. Podophyllum eltatum. Podoph. Hog-apple. May-apple.
Wild-lemon. Duck's-foot.
298. Potlosfoatidus. Pothos. Ictodesfcetidus. Skunk.
299. Prenanthes seipens. Pren. serp.
300. Pruznus padus. Prun. pad. Common bird-cherry.
301. Prunus spinosa. Prun.spin. Wildplum-tree. Sloe-tree.
302. Pulsatilla niger. Puls. Pasque flower. Meadow anemone. Wind-flower. Anemone pratensis.
303. Ranunculus acris. Ran. ac. Upright meadow crowfoot.
304. Ranunculus bulbosus. Ran. b. Bulbous crowfoot. Buttercups.
305. Ranunculusflamula. Ran. f. Lesser spearwort. Crowfoot.
306. Ranunculus repens. Ran. r.

IoMMEOPrATHY.

307. Banunculus sceleratus. Marsh crowfoot. Celery-leaved
buttercup.
308. Raphanus sativus. Raph. Radish. Black garden-radish.
309. Ratanhia. Rat. Rattany root.
310. Besina itu. Res. it.
311. Rheum. Rhm. Rhabarbarum. Rhab. Rhubarb. Rheum
palmatum.
312. Rhododendron chrysantthemum. Rhod. Yellow rhododendron. Dwarf rose-bay.
313. Rhus laurina. Rhus laur.
314. Rhus radicans. Rhus rad. Poison vine.
315. Rhus toxicodendron. Rhus tox. Creeping poison oak.
Poison ivy.
316. Rhus veneneta. Rhus ven. Varnish tree. Swamp sumach.
317. Rhyncospora alba. Rhyn. Whitebeak rush.
318. Ricinus communis. Ricin. c. Castor-oil plant.
319. Rosmarina oficinalis. Rosmar. Rosemary.
320. Rumex crispus. Rumex c. Water-dock. Yellow-dock.
321. Rhus graveolens. Ruta. Garden rue.
322. Sabadilla semen. Sabad. Cevadilla. Indian caustic barley.
323. Sabina.. Sabin. Savine. Juniperis sabina.
324. Sambucus niger. Samb. Elder.
325. Sanguinaria Canadensis. Sang. C. Blood-root. Indian
pucoon. Red-root.
326. Sarsaparilla. Sars. Smilax sarsaparilla. Sarsap.
327. Sassafras. Sass. Laurus sassafras. Sassafras bark.
328. Schrofularia nodosa. Schrof. Brownwort.
329. Secale cornutum. Sec. Ergot of rye. Spurred rye.
330. Sedinha. Sedin.
331. Sedum acre. Sedum. Stone-crop. Small house-leek.
Prick-madam.
332. Selenium. Sel.
333. Sempervivuwm tinctorium. Semp. tinct. Common great
house-leek.
334. Senega. Seneg. Snake-root.
335. Senna. Sen. Cassia senna.

ITS GENERAL FEATURES.

336. Sepia succus. Sep. Inky juice of cuttle-fish.
337. Serpentaria. Serpent. Serpentary.
338. Silicea. Sil. Silex.
339. Solacnum arrebenta. Solan. arreb.
340. Solanum nmacmmosum. Nipple nightshade.
341. Solanum niger. Sol. nig. Black nightshade.
342. Solanum oleraceum. Sol. oler. Gyquinoba.
343. Solanunm tuberosum cegrotans. Sol. tub. ceg. Diseased
potato.
344. Spigelia anthelmintica. Spig. Indian pink. Pink-root.
345. Spiggurus martina. Spigg. Porcupine.
346. Spircea ulmaria. Spir. ulm.. Meadowsweet. Queen of
the meadows.
347. Spongia tosta. Spon. Spongia marina. Toasted sponge.
348. Squilla maritima. Squill. Sea-onion.
349. Stannum. Stan. Tin.
350. Staplysagria. Staph. Staves-acre. Louse-wort.
351. Strammonium. Stram. Datura strammonium. Thornapple.
352. Strontiana carbonica. Stront. Carbonate of strontian.
353. Sulphur. Sulph. Flowers of sulphur. Brimstone.
354. Sumbul. Sumb.
355. Sulphuris acidunm. Sulph. ac. Sulphuric acid. Vitriolic
acid. Oil of vitriol.
356. Symphytumn oqficinalis. Symph. Comfrey.
357. Tabacum. Tabac. Tobacco.
358. Tanacetum vulgaris. Tanac. Tansy.
359. Taraxacunm. Tarax. Leontodon taraxacum. Dandelion.
360. Tartari acidum. Tart. ac. Acidum tartari. Tartaric
acid.
361. Taxas baccata. Taxus. Yew.
362. Tellurium. Tell.
363. Terebinthina. Tereb. Turpentine. Oil of turpentine.
364. Teucerium msarum verum. Teucr. Cat-thyme. Wall germander.
365. Thea Ccesarea. Thea. Thea sinensis. Green tea.

HOMoEOPATHY.

366. Theridion curassavicum. Therid. Black spider of Curacoa.
367. Thuja occidentalis. Thuj. Arbor vita. Tree of life.
368. Tilia Eluropcea. Tilia. Lime blossoms. Lime or Linden
flowers.
369. Tongo. Tong. Tonkin beans.
370. Tradescantia diuretica. Tradesc.
371. Triosteum perfoliatum. Triost. Wild coffee. Horse gentian. White gentian. Fever-wort. Fever-root. Wild
ipecacuanha. Bastard ipecacuanha.
372. Tussilago petasites. Tussil. Butter-bur.
373. Urtica urens. Urtic. Stinging-nettle.
374. Uva ursi. Uva urs. Arbutus uva ursi. Bear's-berry.
Whortle-berry.
375. Vaccinin. Vac. Vaccine lymph.
376. Valeriana officinalis. Val. Valerian.
377. Veratrum album. Verat. White hellebore. Sneeze-wort.
378. Veratrum viride. Verat. vir. Green or American hellebore.
379. Verbascum thapsus. Verb. Yellow mullein.
380. Verbena. Verb. Vervain. Pigeon's herb.
381. Viburinum prunifolium. Viburn. Black haw. Nannyroot.
382. Vinca minor. Vinca m. Lesser periwinkle.
383. Viola odorata. Viol. od. Sweet violet.
384. Viola tricolor. Viol. tri. Jacea. Heart's-ease. Pansy.
385. Zincum metallicum. Zinc. Zinc.
386. Zincum oxydatum. Zinc. ox. Flowers of zinc. Oxide of
zinc.
387. Zincum sulphuricum. Zinc. s. Sulphate of zinc. White
vitriol.
388. Zingiber. Zing. Ginger.
389. Zizia aurea. Ziz. aur. Golden Alexander. Musquashroot.
This arrangement of the medicines proves the
abundance of the curative agents which homceopathy

ITS GENERAL FEATURES. 31
can, when fully and thoroughly studied, apply in subduing disease. It also shows how wrongly those
judge the system, who think they have exhausted its
resources when they have tried it merely under the
guidance of some popular domestic work (however
good within its limit), which gives directions for the
use of only a small number of the remedies at the
command of a really studious homceopathic physician.

CHAPTER II.

DOMESTIC PRACTICE.
THE CIRCUMSTANCES UNDER WHICH NONPROFESSIONAL ASSISTANCE MAY BE SAFELY RENDERED-ALSO THOSE IN WHICH
DOMESTIC ASSISTANCE ALONE IS REPREHENSIBLE-THE
FORMS, DOSES, AND MODES OF PRESERVING AND OF ADMINISTERING THE INTERNAL REMEDIES-AND THE PREPARATION AND USES OF NUMEROUS EXTERNAL APPLICATIONS.
I. THE vocation of the medical man embraces not
only the personal inspection and cure of disease, but
the removal of ignorance respecting the structure and
functions of the human frame, and the best means of
retaining its health. Within the last few years, many
excellent works have been published, which have had
this twofold object in view. Unprofessional individuals are not by any means so ignorant now, as they
formerly were, of the laws which regulate the workings of their corporeal constitution. They are better
able, therefore, to enforce their knowledge, and to
guard against those deleterious influences which are
ever at work undermining the bodily powers by slow
and insidious approaches. Many medical men, holding enlarged views of the nature of their calling, have
seen fit to extend these preparatory instructions to
the treatment of some forms of disease in which
their attendance is not absolutely necessary, or can

DOMESTIC PRACTICE.

not be readily procured. Although, therefore, it is
not intended that medical assistance should be supplanted or superseded, they acknowledge the advantages attending the domestic management of accidents, or of trifling complaints. Danger, however,
may be apprehended from the indiscriminate interference of uneducated persons, in some diseases,
which always demand the skilful assistance of an
accomplished physician. To guard against this as
much as possible, several works have been published
by homceopathic practitioners, in order to place the
resources of the best healing art within the reach and
comprehension of every one concerned. They profess
to convey, in popular and intelligent language, an
amount of knowledge regarding the most common
forms of disease, and the best means of overcoming
them, which ought to be possessed by every head
of a family, by missionaries, clergymen, travellers,
and, in short, by every one who values health and
longevity.
Domestic medicines may be safely and advantageously employed under the following circumstances:1. When a person is suddenly seized by a violent,disease, which runs a rapid course, and might prove
fatal before medical aid arrives.
2. At the beginning of all diseases, in order to
-etard the progress of the complaint, and to ward
5ff danger, until the regular medical attendant can
-mdertake its treatment.
3. In diseases which occur at night, or at any
D

HOM(EOPATHY.

other time, when there may be some difficulty in
finding the physician, and time lost before he can
arrive.
4. In minor affections that are too trifling in their
nature to require medical aid.
5. When the invalid prefers assuming the responsibility of self-treatment, to the disagreeable
alternative of allopathic appliances.
6. When the individual, who may be an emigrant,
missionary, traveller, etc., and therefore exposed to
numerous bodily risks, and far from professional
assistance, is afflicted with disease which requires
prompt attention.
On the other hand, a medical man is alone competent to manage, firstly, all acute diseases, which
run a rapid course, such as cholera, fevers, etc.;
secondly, all inflammatory affections involving important organs; thirdly, all severe accidents, such as
burns, scalds, drowning, etc.; fourthly, all long-standing and complicated diseases, which invariably require much knowledge and skill in the selection of
remedial measures; and, fifthly, to speak in general
terms, without further enumeration of individual
deviations from health, in all cases where life is
jeopardized and death imminent.
II. The medicines employed in domestic practice
are generally selected to correspond to the work consulted, each treatise recommending particular remedies, which the respective authors consider best suited
to the diseases they describe. Some of these works

DOMESTIC PRACTICE.

are adapted to boxes or chests, containing from
twenty-four to a hundred or more different remedies.
The medicines may be divided into two classes,
viz., internal and external.
INTERNAL MEDICINES.-1. Their Forms.-The internal medicines are prepared in four forms, viz.:Tinctures-which contain the active principle of the
drug more or less concentrated; they are seldom
used in domestic practice, but frequently, in acute diseases, by medical men. Pilules-an excellent form
of the medicine, and very convenient for dispensary
purposes. Globules-which are employed chiefly in
domestic practice. And Triturations-in which form
all insoluble substances are prepared up to the third
attenuation.
2. Their Doses.-The dose of the tinctures is from
one-fourth of a drop, to a drop. The drop may be
easily divided into any number of fractional parts, by
mixing it with as many tea-spoonfuls of water, and
taking one spoonful for a dose. The best method of
dropping the tinctures accurately is to place the lip
of the bottle on the cork, which must be held in a
sloping direction; then gently tilt the bottle (as in
the engraving, on the top of next page), when the
tincture will flow down the cork, and drop from the
lower edge; thus a single drop or any number of single
drops may be obtained. The dose of the globules is
three for an adult; one or two for an infant. The
dose of the pilules is one for an adult; one-half for an
infant. The dose of the triturations is from half a
grain to a grain for an adult, and from a quarter to

3HOMCEOPATHY.

half a grain for an infant. The foregoing quantities
apply to all the medicines in these respective forms.
For all practical purposes the following may be considered equivalent proportions:One grain of trituration;
One drop of tincture;
Four pilules; or
Twelve globules.
3. Their Attenuation.-- The word attenuation
means the subdivision of the particles of matter,
either by solution in a fluid, or by crushing. It is
used in our system to express the degree of subdivision of a medicinal substance. The attenuations in
most common use are the 3rd, the 6th, the 12th,
and the 30th; but all the intermediate ones are prepared by, and may be purchased of, any respectable
homoeopathic chemist.
4. Their Preservation.-The medicines will keep
many years if placed in a dry, clean, cool place, from
which all light, especially the sun's rays, is excluded.

DOMESTIC PRACTICE.

Scents or odours injure them, and also contiguity
to the odorous particles of camphor. Earthenware
spoons are the best for measuring, stirring, and
taking the medicines. Those made of metal are
objectionable, but if used should not remain in the
mixture, and ought to be carefully wiped after measuring each dose. The medicines may be mixed with water
in cups, tumblers, or bottles, taking care that they
are perfectly clean, and protected from the entrance
of dust floating in the air, by being corked or otherwise covered. Bottles containing tincture should be
kept standing upright, with the cork screwed tightly
down, to prevent evaporation of the spirit. The water
should be perfectly pure; filtered rain water is the
most exempt from mineral, vegetable, and animal impurities; boiled water allowed to cool is suitable.
5. Their Administration.-The medicines are directed to be taken every half-hour, or every three or
four hours, or night and morning, or at any other
stated period; the frequency of the dose depending
upon the effect desired, and that being regulated
according to the violence of the symptoms. When
two medicines are used, the doses of each have to be
alternated, or taken alternately or in alternation,
which means, the act of following or being followed,
by another medicine, at certain intervals of time and
in regular order of succession. The dose should not be
taken during the hour which precedes nor the one
which succeeds any meal. The patient must never,
under any circumstances, be aroused from his sleep in
order to take the medicine. Children seldom exhibit

HOMCEOPATHY.

any dislike' to take homoeopathic medicines, but
sometimes, when restless and irritable in temper,
difficulty may be experienced in administering it dexterously. In such cases, the child's head and arms
should be held firmly by the nurse, whilst another
attendant gently and gradually inserts the spoon, filled
with the medicine, into the mouth. It should be
placed pretty well back on the tongue; then tilt
the handle up, and the fluid will leave the hollow of
the spoon and pass down the gullet, because the child
has no power to prevent swallowing; or, the medicine
may be administered by simply placing it dry upon
the tongue.
6. Their Genuineness.-It is exceedingly important
to procure the medicines in their purest'and most
genuine form. Unless they be obtained and kept in
this condition, remedial action will be looked for in
vain; disrepute to the system and death to the patient
may be the consequences. The only safeguard, and it
is a good one, is to purchase the medicines from an
educated and respectable chemist, whose whole time
and attention is devoted to the preparation of homceopathic medicines exclusively.
7. The homnceopathic preparation of Camphor merits
separate notice. Being volatile, that is to say, capable of
wasting away on exposure to the atmosphere, it must
be kept apart from the other medicines; a separation
which is more especially requisite, as it counteracts
the action of nearly all the homoeopathic medicines.
It may not be out of place to mention some of the
uses of camphor. It is of service in all cases com

DOMESTIC PRACTICE.

mencing with chilliness and shivering; in giddiness;
pain, weight and pressure, or other sensation at the
pit of the stomach; in cramps or stiffness in the calves
of the legs, or in the muscles of the arms; for sensations of general uneasiness; in sudden loss of strength,
pain in the bowels, and excessive purgings; and,
lastly, at the beginning of most diseases. One drop
ought to be taken on a piece of sugar, or mixed with
a tea-spoonful of water, and repeated every quarter of
an hour until three doses have been taken. In cases
of cholera, two drops may be administered in the same
medium, every ten, fifteen, or twenty minutes, according to the violence of the symptoms and the degree
of amelioration.
III. THE EXTERNAL APPLICATIONs.-These act
directly upon the diseased part, and thus assist the
internal remedies in restoring health. We shall consider each application separately.
1. ARNICA.- This remedy may be applied externally in the forms of lotion, cerate, arnicated balls,
linimnent, opodeldoc, or plaster, etc. The most important and most frequently used of these forms is the
lotion, which is made by adding one part of the mother
Tincture of Arnica to twenty parts of water. It is
applied to the part affected by saturating a linen or
cotton cloth, which must be laid on the surface of
the wound, and covered with oiled silk to prevent the
evaporation of the fluid. Arnica is used in all kinds
and varieties of injuries produced by mechanical violence, such as sprains, falls, contusions, and bruised

HIOMCEOPATHY.

or lacerated wounds; also for corns, chilblains, chapped hands or lips, rheumatism, and after surgical
operations.
Caution.-In some cases of peculiar susceptibility,
Arnica produces a troublesome eruption resembling
erysipelas, especially if the lotion is used stronger
than directed above. Where this is the case, it must
be entirely abstained from, and HJeliantlhus annum or
Calendula used as a substitute.
2. CALENDULA is used in the form of a lotion,
made by mixing one part of the mother tincture with
four parts of water. It may be used, in the same
way as Arnica, in cuts and in all lacerated or other
wounds which will not heal without the formation of
matter. Calendula court-plaster is a convenient application in adjusting and retaining the edges of slight
cuts so as to leave no scar or disfigurement.
3. RHus.-The lotion is made by mixing from five
to ten drops of the strong tincture with a table-spoonful of water. The liniment is, however, the. best form
for applying Rhus. It is used in sprains, rheumatism,
etc., being well rubbed into the part affected.
4. CANTHARIDEs.-This medicine has been found
exceedingly valuable in burns and scalds, especially if
applied immediately after the accident, before any
other applications have been resorted to. Thirty
drops of the tincture at the second attenuation, added
to two table-spoonfuls of olive or of salad oil, should
be smeared upon the injured surface, which is afterwards to be covered with layers of clean cotton wool,
in order to exclude the air.

DOMESTIC PRACTICE.

5. CA.USTICIUM, in the proportion of six drops of
the third dilution to every tea-spoonful of water, and
applied by saturating a linen rag is of service in
burns and scalds when some time has elapsed since
the casualty.
6. HAMAMELIS VIRGINICA is a useful external
application to enlarged (varicose) veins on the leg.
It may be used by saturating pieces of linen with the
lotion, which is made by mixing a table-spoonful of
the mother tincture with four table-spoonfuls of
water; the pieces of linen so saturated are to be placed
upon the distended veins, and the leg is then to be
bandaged from the foot to the knee.
It may also be applied in the same way to piles;
the compress of linen being retained by a bandage
passing between the thighs, and attached in front and
behind to a band encircling the loins.
7. HELIANTHUS ANNUM.-This remedy is useful in
the same class of cases as Arnica, and may be used as
a substitute, where the latter is apt to disagree.
8. ACONITE.-This powerful medicine has been
successfully applied, in the proportion of ten drops of
the strong tincture to a wine-glassful of water, in
various affections, in which the predominant symptom
was excessive and excruciating pain.
9. COTTON, soft and finely carded, is a popular and
very proper application in burns and scalds.
10. FLOUR is another handy substance to apply to
burns or to scalds.
11. CURD SOAP is also employed in similar cases.
The further consideration of these three substances

HOMCEOPANTHY.

will be resumed when the treatment of burns and
scalds is enjoined.
12. PouLTICES. - These well-known applications
serve several useful purposes. They combine both
warmth and moisture, the effects being to assuage
pain, to relax tense structures, to promote the formation of matter, and to hasten its approach to the surface of the skin. Several kinds are used, and will
now be described. They are:(1.) The bread poultice, which is best made according to the instructions of Dr. Epps, who orders old,
stale bread, rubbed into fine small crumbs, which
should have boiling water poured on to them; they
should then be boiled together in a saucepan for
one or two minutes, constantly stirring; add a little
butter or lard at the last. It is to be laid on a piece
of cotton or linen rag, and applied to the part requiring it.
(2.) Bran poultice, according to Druitt:-" Make
a flannel or linen bag of the size requisite to cover the
part affected, and fill it loosely with bran. Pour boiling water on this, till it is thoroughly moistened, put
it into a coarse towel and wring it dry. Then apply
it as soon as it is cool enough."
(3.) Bread and suet poultice, prepared according to
Druitt as follows:-" By mixing equal parts of breadcrumbs and mutton-suet, grated very fine, with a little
boiling water, and stirring them in a saucepan over
the fire, till they are thoroughly incorporated. It is a
very admirable soft poultice for parts that are excoriated, or that threaten to slough during long illnesses."

DOMESTIC PRACTICE.

(4.) The oatmeal poultice is prepared by gradually
and slowly stirring small quantities of oatmeal into a
pan containing boiling water, until it acquires a thickness sufficient to enable it to be applied, on a rag, to
the affected part.
(5.) The carrot poultice is best made by boiling
the carrots until they become soft, after which they
must be bruised into a pulp, and applied like the others.
It is an excellent application in scrofulous, cancerous,
and other unhealthy sores with little disposition to
heal and attended by offensive discharge.
(6.) The fig poultice, an agreeable, suitable, and
convenient way of relieving the pain, and promoting
the maturation of a gum-boil, is used by applying the
cut surface of an ordinary fig to the part affected.
(7.) The linseed-meal poultice is the one in most
common use and the most esteemed, because it possesses all, or nearly all, the advantages of the others.
The justly celebrated Abernethy orders it to be made
as follows:--He says, "scald your basin by pouring
a little hot water into it; then put a small quantity of
finely-ground linseed-meal into the basin, pour a little
hot water on it, and stir it round briskly until you
have well incorporated them; add a little more meal
and a little more water, then stir again. Do not let
any lumps remain in the basin, but stir the poultice
well, and do not be sparing of your trouble. If
properly made, it is so well worked together that you
might throw it up to the ceiling and it would come
down again without falling im pieces; it is, in fact,
like a pancake. What to do next is to take as much

HOM(EOPATHY.

of it out of the basin as you may require, lay it on a
piece of soft linen, let it be about a quarter of an inch
thick, and so wide that it may cover the whole of the
inflamed part."
Poultices should be moderately soft, and large
enough to cover entirely the part affected; but not
heavy, else the patient will complain of the weight.
They should, generally speaking, be renewed night
and morning; the exceptions to this occurring in
cases attended with much pain and inconvenience in
the adaptation of the poultice. When matter is
issuing from any part of the body's surface, the poultice should be kept applied until the pain has subsided
and the healing process has begun at the bottom; the
poultice being changed, in such cases, every night and
morning for the sake of cleanliness.
(8.) Spongio-piline.--A convenient and elegant method of applying both heat and moisture to the abdomen in colic, to the chest in pleurisy, and to other
parts which require soothing and relaxing. It has
this advantage, that it can be washed clean and used
any number of times.
13. FOMENTATIONS have much the same effect as
poultices, in imparting warmth and moisture to the
part affected. The best form of fomentation is the
application of coarse white flannel, dipped into, and
afterwards wrung out of, boiling water; this is then
to be applied loosely, and as hot as the patient can
bear. The size of the flannel, of which there ought
to be two pieces, to be used time about, will, of course,
depend upon the part on which they are placed. When

DOMESTIC PR1ACTICE. 4

laid over the abdomen in cases attended with severe
pain in that region, the flannel ought to be well
wrung out to prevent the bed becoming wet, and
proving a source of annoyance to the invalid.
14. DRY HEAT, applied by several means, is of great
service in severe and deeply-seated pains. It may be
employed by means of-i. Flannel, which, on account
of its coarse, loose texture, entangles hair between its
fibres, and is besides a substance through which beat
does not quickly pass to other bodies. It should be
applied loosely, and next the skin. 2. Plates of iron,
enveloped in flannel, or the stomach-plate, made purposely to apply in cases of cramp of the stomach.
3. Hot bricks, or bottles filled with hot water, anid
wrapped in flannel. 4. Salt-bags. These several ways
of applying heat have their special recommendations,
and are of easy and convenient use in cramp, and
in apparent death from drowning, etc.
15. BATHS, in the form of cold, or tepid, or hot
water, or of vapour, besides being of very considerable utility in various diseases, are a most important
means of retaining sound and vigorous health. Their
consideration, as remedial agents, will therefore be
deferred until we come to speak about them in reference to their employment in the preservation of
health.

CHAPTER III.

SICK-ROOM, NURSES, ETC.
OF THE FURNITURE, SITUATION, TEMPERATURE, AND VENTILATION OF THE SICK-ROOM-DISINFECTANTS--THE DUTIES
AND QUALIFICATIONS OF NURSES AND OF ATTENDANTS ON
THE INVALID-THE DIET AND MODES OF PREPARING FOOD
FOR THE VALETUDINARIAN.
I. DISEASE and death are our common portions; we
are familiar with, and must sooner or later submit to
their infliction. It is, however, the duty of all to
avail themselves of those means which are calculated to mitigate the severity of the one, and to
temporarily ward off the approach of the other. On
the one hand, they can procure the assistance of the
medical man, who will resort to all the appliances
within his reach and knowledge that can have a
direct influence in subduing disease; and, on the
other hand, they can employ the collateral and most
important agency exercised by those engaged in the
tender office of nursing. The medical man and the
nurse have, in their different spheres, the same object
in view, namely, the restoration of the patient, or, if
that be impossible, the alleviation of his sufferings,
and the promotion of his temporal welfare. Our

SICK-ROOM, NURSES, ETC.

remarks must, however, be exclusively restricted to a
consideration of the various duties which fall within
the immediate province of the nurse. It is scarcely
necessary to say, that the patient's mind is much comforted and his bodily ills relieved by kind and sympa..
thetic attendants; it acquires a repose and placidity
which accord better than irritation and unrest, with
the solemnities of affliction, and the prospective
uncertainties of the individual's existence. But unless the kind efforts, which the illness of a friend
or of a relative is sure to excite, be carefully and
judiciously adapted to the patient's condition and
wants, more harm than good would be done by acting
upon that peculiar irritability of mind which is so
frequent an accompaniment of bodily suffering.
These causes of annoyance to the invalid are frequently ascribable to ignorance, or to officious zeal.
The following remarks may tend to remove the
former, and to moderate the latter; whilst they
may prove not unacceptable to those whose duty or
calling requires them to solace and cheer the pained
and exhausted sufferer.
II. TEa SICK-RooM.-The sick apartment should
be lofty, spacious, and well ventilated, but without
currents of air, in order to ensure a uniform and
medium temperature. For the sake of quietness, it
should not be situated over the kitchen, or facing
into a throng thoroughfare, for the patient may
be annoyed by the constant passage of vehicles and
pedestrians. It should, if possible, face northwards,
so that the entrance of light may not anuoy the

HOM(EOPIATHY.

patient. An open fireplace, and a chimney which
"draws" well, are desirable.
The doors must make no noise, either when opening or closing. The windows should have the upper
sash movable, and the shutters and blinds belonging
to it should be so constructed as to be capable of
admitting or of excluding the rays of light, according
to existing necessities. The patient will sometimes
experience much relief, when the window is directly
opposite to him, by interposing a green curtain.
The floor must be firm and noiseless when trodden
upon; and the paper should be of uniform colour,
and free from all figures or patterns, especially of the
spotted or wavy sort.
The bed should be placed in that part of the room
where the air cannot accumulate, and where the nurse
can conveniently attend upon its occupant; the curtains should be removed, for they exclude the pure,
and confine the impure, air, and thus heat the patient,
hurry his breathing, and otherwise distress him.
The height of the bed must be regulated according
to the requirements of the nurse; it should be carefully and evenly made; there should be no lumps of
feathers, and no part of the surface should be
higher than another, except in special cases, where it
is desirable or necessary to raise a portion of the
patient's body. The material composing the bed will
depend upon the nature of the complaint. In some
cases, hair mattresses are preferable; in others, the
air- or the water-bed. The air-bed consists of an
india-rubber bag, as large as the ordinary bed, divided

SICK-ROOM, NURSES, ETC.

into several compartments, which do not communicate
with one another. It is furnished with stop-cocks,
which regulate the quantity of air introduced by
means of common bellows. The water-bed admits
"water into a trough composed of wood, until it
reaches rather higher than the level of an elastic
waterproof sheet, which is attached to the inner
side. Both these beds adapt themselves to the frequent changes of the patient's position, on account
of their containing elastic fluids. They are well
suited to invalids suffering from a lingering illness, in
whom bed-sores are not unfrequent, in consequence
of the unequal pressure of the ordinary bed upon
some prominent part of the body.
On a table, near the patient, should be placed the
following articles:--his toast and water, or other drink,
in a half-covered cup, with handle and spout, so that
he can at any time allay his thirst without changing
the supine position; his medicines and their corresponding spoons; and any other thing which he frequently requires.
Another table should have the following articles
upon it:-writing paper, pens and ink, with which
to jot down any occurrence affecting the patient's
condition that may be of consequence to communicate
to the medical attendant; with these materials the
prescription can be written, if necessary: two clean
tumblers or cups, a mug of pure, filtered, cold water,
and two earthenware spoons should also be at
hand.
A narrow piece of carpet may be laid along the

HOMcEOPATHY.

floor, by the sides and bottom of the bedstead.
These pieces can be readily taken up whenever the
floor requires sweeping; it must not be washed. If
the apartment be large enough to contain, without
inconvenience, another and smaller bed, the patient
may be occasionally removed to it; the change frequently soothes and affords relief. A reclining or
easy chair, or a couch or sofa, in the sick-room, or
in an adjoining apartment, is a desirable article of
furniture. The patient can then be removed, if practicable, when the bed requires making, or the linen
changing; or when alteration of position is desirable.
Two ordinary bed-room chairs should complete the
appointments of the sick-room. Other articles of
furniture, or anything else that may be required for
the patient's use, must be kept in a room adjoining.
There are two conditions of the sick-room, in
reference to which it is necessary that we should
offer a few observations. They are temperature and
ventilation.
III. THE TEMPERATURE OF THE SIR-nooM.--
This is a matter of no little moment. It is specially
important in chest diseases, for the air, during the process of breathing, is brought into direct contact with
the delicate membrane which lines the air-passages.
In consumption, bronchitis, and other affections of the
lungs, a uniform temperature of about sixty degrees,
according to Fahrenheit's thermometer, should be
maintained. In fevers, attended with hot skin and
rambling, the temperature should be lower, especially
if the apartment be badly ventilated and pent up.

SICK-ROOM, NURSES, ETC.

This is especially necessary in the dwellings of the
poor, who, besides living in rooms so constructed as
to be almost incompatible with the long continuance
of health, have a stupid and mischievous prejudice
against pure air. It is, of course, beyond the scope
of this work to particularise the degree of temperature suitable to every disease; it is the medical man's
province to see that it is suitable to the requirements
of the patient. In some cases it has to be regulated
by the thermometer; in others, it must be adapted
to the feelings of the patient. Great caution must
be exercised not to expose the patient to currents of
air when'attempting to moderate excessive heat; and
also to prevent him encountering extreme and sudden
transitions, either in, or after he has left, the sickroom.
IV. VENTILATION OF THE SICK-ROOM.-Ventilation has for its object the maintenance of a pure atmosphere, in rooms and other places, by the constant
and gradual admission of fresh air, and the displacement of that which has been already breathed or
otherwise contaminated. In this place we can refer
to ventilation only in connection with disease, and
our remarks must necessarily be succinct. Air which
has been frequently respired cannot support animal
life. In the sick and close chamber, it is rendered still more noxious by the various emanations
from the diseased body, and unless it can be removed,
and a fresh supply of pure aii be admitted, not only
will the chances of recovery be fewer, but the attendants are rendered more susceptible of disease. Where

HOMCEOPATHY.

ventilation is defective, the attendants inhale an
atmosphere laden with poisonous matter from the
affected body of the invalid, which, under certain
favorable circumstances, engenders in the sound
frame a disease identical to that already existing in
the patient. To diseases arising in this way, in consequence of the existence of a poison in the air, the
term infectious is applied. Typhus fever, hoopingcough, small-pox, measles, scarlet fever, chicken-pox,
influenza, erysipelas, plague, etc., are examples of
diseases which are propagated from diseased to
healthy individuals by infection. Other diseases are
termed contagious, and depend upon contagion, which,
in its strict acceptation, means the communication of
disease by contact. The diseases produced in this
way include glanders, gonorrhoea, syphilis, itch, purulent ophthalmia, etc. In common language, however,
the words infection and contagion express the same
meaning, viz., the communication of a disease from
a sick man to a healthy one, either by personal contact, or by inhaling the exhalations arising from his
body. The sources of infection will be considered
under disinfectants. The importance of deciding as
to the infectious nature of various diseases is unquestionable. It not unfrequently happens that
friends and even relatives shun the poor invalid
stricken with some dire malady, because they fear
exposing themselves to the influence of a communicable disease. This is especially the case with cholera,
which the ignorant regard as the most infectious of
all diseases. It is, however, satisfactory to say, that

SIOK-ROOM, NURSES, ETC.

the tide of professional opinion flows in the opposite
direction. In all such diseases, the liability to be
seized will be much less if the individual observe due
cleanliness of person and temperate habits, combined
with a good and generous diet, and freedom from
mental depression. But, on the other hand, no circumstances favour the propagation and extension of
infectious diseases so much as the following:-Intemperance; deficient or bad food; long-continued
exposure to moisture and to cold, especially if the
house be damp and badly drained; anxiety, fear of
being attacked by the prevailing disease, care, discontent, and other depressing mental emotions; want
of rest; fatigue, long watching, and defective ventilation. Hence the necessity of nurses having a sufficiency of rest and a generous diet, but without
brandy or other spirit. To those who are more
immediately endangered by exposure to infection,
it will be satisfactory to know that they may calculate, with certainty almost, upon immunity from
the disease by a careful observance of the following
suggestions:-In waiting on the patient, always stand
between the current of fresh air and the patient,
never placing yourself where the contagious matter
can be blown from his body on to your own; do not
incline your body over the patient's; avoid inhaling
his breath; pay strict attention to your own general
health, and evade all the predisposing causes. Be
particular to ventilate the room well; if this be not
attended to, the infectious matter will gain greater
power by being mixed with stagnant air; it will be

54 HOXCE0PA.TIY.

come absorbed by all the porous substances in the
room, and may, in another place and at a future period,
return to full activity in communicating disease to a
healthy district. The substances which entangle and
retain the infectious matter emanating from the
diseased body, comprise feathers, hair, wool, cotton,
and other similarly porous articles. This remark will
furnish a hint to the nurse as to the material of her
apparel. Other means of preventing the injurious
consequences of infectious matter will be considered
in the next paragraph.
V. DIsINFEOTANTS.-Thi5 term is applied to substances wrhich have the power of decomposing noxious
effluvia and infectious matter, so that they are made
incapable of acting injuriously upon the healthy body.
The infectious matter, when absorbed into the system
by the blood in the lungs, is endued with the power
of inducing phenomena of decay, of which it is itself
a product. This matter exists in the atmosphere, and
is derived from the decomposition (or disunion of the
elements) of animal and vegetable bodies. After the
extinction of vitality they are subject to chemical
laws, and are resolvable into various elementary
or compound gases, which are more or less deleterious to living structures. The sources of infection
are various. Thus, it emanates from ponds, stagnant
pools and marshes, where the conjoint influences of
moisture, light, heat, and vegetation favour the liberation of gaseous impurities. Decaying animal and vegetable matter, such as exists in stables, and pig-sties, accumulations~ of manure, cess-pools, water-closets, etc.,

SICK-ROOM, NURSES, ETC.

are fertile causes of infection and disease. These
heaps of rotting matter are allowed to collect in the
immediate neighbourhood of our houses, and cannot
but injure public health. They should be removed
as often as possible; taking the precaution to use
some efficient disinfectant to deodorize or to decompose the hurtful gases. Towns are specially liable
to become involved in the mortality consequent upon
the extension of infectious matter. The air in towns
is made impure by particles of unconsumed carbon;
by the refuse of various manufactures; by the accumulation of organic matter and of pernicious gases,
the result of animal and of vegetable decay in either
living or dead bodies: all these foul impregnations
become concentrated in the unventilated atmosphere
of our large towns. To the foregoing sources of
infection, we must add the poisonous exhalations
given off from the body during disease. Although
man is thus exposed on all hands to direct influences
which operate upon his health in accordance with
unknown laws, yet he can, to a considerable extent,
counteract these injurious vitiations, by availing himself of natural disinfecting agents. Amongst these we
may enumerate ventilation, water, light, heat, and cold.
The mortality from disease would be much diminished,
and general public health much improved, were these
considerations taken into account in the erection of
buildings, so as to ensure complete ventilation, plenty
of light, and the other essentials of a good habitation;
and in the correction of such habits of life as are
known to militate against health. They are also, to a

HOM(EOPATHY.

certain extent, applicable to the sick-room; but the
most efficient disinfectants of an artificial kind will
now be considered. All articles of clothing or of
merchandise, which are imbued or impregnated with
infectious matter, should be subjected to a high heat,
to currents of air, and to soap-and-water washing,
steaming or boiling. The use of various disinfecting
substances to prevent the dissemination of the infectious matter is necessary, both during the course of
illness and after it has terminated. In addition to this,
the furniture and other appointments of the sick-room
should be well washed with soap and water; the walls
re-papered or white-washed, and the wood-work repainted, after illness from infectious diseases.
1. Chlorine.-This powerful disinfectant may be
cheaply procured by thoroughly mixing three parts of
common salt with one part of the binoxide of manganese, and by adding thereto two parts of oil of
vitriol, mixed with two parts of water. Several
chemical changes ensue, the result being the evolution
of chlorine in the form of a greenish, pungent, suffocating gas. It irritates the nose, wind-pipe, and lungs,
and, if breathed in its undiluted state, will destroy
life. When used, the above materials must be placed
on an earthenware dish, and allowed to remain for
several hours within the closed doors of the impure
room. Air must afterwards be freely admitted, to
displace the chlorine. Of course this is applicable
in disinfecting an apartment only after the patient
has been removed.
2. Chloride of Zinc has been much employed in the

SICK-ROOM, NURSES, ETC.

form of Sir William Burnett's Disinfecting Fluid.
It can be purchased of most chemists, full directions
as to its use being given on the bottle.
3. AM'Dougall's Disinfecting Powder.--This is,
perhaps, the most valuable disinfectant that has
hitherto been introduced. It effectually, cleanly, and
rapidly disinfects sick-rooms, damp cellars, stables,
sewers, foul linen, and, in short, all sources of noxious
odours and of infectious matter. It can be scattered
over the surface, or mixed with water, or a disinfectant
gas can be liberated from it, on the addition of a little
oil of vitriol. It has also this important desideratum
to agriculturists, that it does not injure the fructuous
ingredients of manure. The powder is composed of
sulphurous acid, combined with magnesia and with
lime, to form the sulphide of magnesia and lime; of
carbolic acid, procured from the oil of coal tar, combined with lime, to form carbolate of lime: free lime
also enters into its composition.
5. Charcoal.-The carbon which is left after the
submission of wood to destructive heat, atmospheric
air being excluded, is known as charcoal. When
quite fresh, and reduced to a coarse powder, it is
a disinfectant to which the most rigid homoeopathic
practitioner cannot object. It removes stenches, by
its property of absorbing certain volumes of the
noisome gas between its particles, and it also destroys
the peculiar organic matter upon which infection
depends.
VI. ATTENDANTS ON THE SIOK.-The invalid
should not, if possible, be left to the care of a hired

HOMCEOPATHY.

nurse, even though she possess every requisite
qualification for the performance of her onerous
duties. His perturbed mind is calmed, and his pained
body is relieved, by the constant presence of one more
or less intimately connected by the bond of ]indred,
or the ties of association, whose interests are largely
involved in the chances of his recovery. The gentle,
loving, considerate, and self-sacrificing offices which
a wife, a mother, or a sister can perform for his
special behoof and welfare; the tones of endearment
or of sympathy which are poured into his willing ears;
the winning, cheerful, smiling face, which is ever
near him, in moments of anxiety and of foreboding; the delicate attentions and the never-tiring
patience of a good woman;-all these exercise a
very considerable influence upon the invalid, by
inducing him to connect the happy, contented,
healthy days of yore, with the hope and confidence
which still buoy him up regarding his own share
in the events of the future. Who better able than
a wife or a mother to understand the disposition
of her invalided husband or son? to anticipate and
provide for his every want? to control his petulant,
querulous inclinations? to administer the consolations of religion? to receive and carry out the instructions of the medical attendant, and, with all
gentleness, to refuse compliance with desires which
might injure rather than benefit the patient? But a
hired nurse is almost indispensable in cases of severe or
long-continued illnesses, that require constant attention. A person suitable in every respect to manage a

SICK-ROOM, NURSES, ETC.

sick-room is rarely met with. Before engaging the
services of a nurse, inquire as to the possession of the
following qualifications:-Vigorous and unimpaired
health; strength and activity; a happy, cheerful, and
conciliating disposition; an equable temper, capable of
resisting all provocations and grumblings; a kind and
sympathising manner and address; a taste for plain,
neat, clean attire; a prepossessing countenance; a
firm and collected bent of mind; honesty, sobriety,
and other moral traits of character; the middle age,
that is, from twenty-five to fifty; and, lastly, sufficient
general education to enable her to rightly comprehend and to scrupulously apply the instructions of
the medical man, without interposing any practices or
suggestions of her own. This is the general outline
of a model nurse, one that is rather difficult to meet
with in actual practice, but still one that ought to be
found and-prized.
Such a nurse will know in what her duties consist.
There are, however, some who are not learned in
their calling, and to whom the ensuing brief hints
may not misapply.
Nurses-remember that bodily suffering affects the
mind, and that you will but increase the dangerous
nature of the disease which afflicts the invalid, unless you accommodate your services to his requirements. Therefore let your sole thought and aim be
compassionate and assiduous attention to whatever
will enhance his comfort of body and tranquillity of
mind. Be kind, cheerful, and good-tempered, bearing patiently and complacently with his fretful dis

HOM(EOPATHY.

position and capricious desires, which he can scarcely
help or control. If you cannot accede to his wishes,
refuse them firmly but gently, so as to avoid causing
pain and disappointment. Ascertain in what way
you can anticipate and minister to his inclinations,
and avoid objects and topics of his dislike; but do not
be officious in your interference. Be calm and quiet
in manner, voice, appearance, and movement, under circumstances no matter how trivial or momentous, for
his jaded and acutely sensitive frame will be tormented
even by the most trifling incident. Attend to, and as
far as possible believe in, his statements, for he swill
be annoyed if you give him room to doubt your
agreement with him. Permit no disputing amongst
visitors within the patient's hearing; no loud talking,
and silence all whispering. Do not allow visitors to
converse with him when you observe his dislike to it;
under similar circumstances, bridle your own mouth
and hold your tongue. Do not let a rustling dress, a
creaking door or floor, the opening or closing of a
door, the putting on of coal, the removal of furniture,
or any other little matter of the same sort, annoy your
charge a second time. Insist on perfect stillness
being observed, not only in the sick-chamber, but
throughout the house. Do not leave the room for long
at a time, and if the invalid should ring his bell to
require your attendance, answer the summons directly.
Take care that the room is kept well ventilated, in
order to ensure the entrance of pure fresh air and the
removal of all the impurities emanating from the invalid's body. This is especiallyrequisite in fevers, small

SICK-ROOM, NURSES, ETC.

pox, and in all other 1" catching" diseases. Frequently
change his personal and bed linen, and see that it is
removed from the house to be washed as speedily as
can be. Thoroughly air fresh clothing.
And now about yourself. Stick no pins or needles
into your dress, lest they prick the patient. Cook and
eat your meals in another apartment, for his sake and
your own also, that you may obtain some relaxation
and change. Do not, if you can help it, fatigue yourself by sitting up late at night. Abstain, by all
means, from wine, brandy, or other spirits; they will
do you harm. Use some plain and refreshing beverage,
amongst which there is no better or wholesomer
than pure cold water. Live on a good, generous
diet. Walk in the fresh morning air. Attach great
importance to personal cleanliness. Be neat and tidy
in your dress, duties, and arrangements, and you will
be worth having.
"VII. ON THE DIET OF THE SiOK.--In another
place in this work a few remarks are made on diet,
with more especial reference to homceopathy. We
have now to consider its relation to disease, as an
aid to medicine in effecting the restoration of health.
Every experienced physician, no matter to what particular system of medical treatment he may belong,
must acknowledge the influence of dietary regulations and restrictions upon the cure or relief of many
complaints. A necessity exists, in many diseases,
which requires the food to be adapted to the condition
of the patient. We cannot, of course, in this work be
expected to point out the most suitable foods to be

H6OM(EOPATnY.

taken under special circumstances, but the following
illustrative cases may not inaptly or superfluously
confirm the foregoing statements.
Thus, fevers and inflammations, and many other
severe affections, are accompanied by want of appetite and loss of power in the stomach to digest
food. Hence the diet must be restricted, in some
cases, to water solely, for the purpose of slaking thirst;
in others, to barley-water, oranges, gruel, toast-water,
or such other simple materials, which, being of easy
digestion, and containing little nutriment, cannot
aggravate the disease by accelerating the circulation.
Again, in various diseased states of the stomach
itself, the nature, no less than the quantity of the food,
and other collateral circumstances, must be strictly
regulated. Some require arrow-root, sago, rice, gruel,
and other foods of the same class, all solids being rigidly
abstained from; whilst nutritive fluids, such as broths,
soups, and jellies, are indispensable to others.
Again, wasting of the body and general exhaustion
would soon ensue from the excessive and constant
draining of the system, consequent upon those severe
injuries which require much repairing, or which are
followed by profuse discharge, unless the patient be
fed upon the most liberal scale.
Again, after recovery from acute and violent diseases, ere the patient's strength is invigorated, and
while his stomach is yet implicated in the general
weakness, a very cautious and gradual transition must
be made to a richer and more nutritive diet. In such
cases, light vegetable foods, fish, broths, and mutton,

SICK ROOM, NURSES, ETC.

are the kinds of aliment which should be taken. The
return of the natural appetite will afterwards announce
the ability of the stomach to deal with ordinary
alimentary substances.
VIII. FooD, AND ITS PREPARATION FOR THE SICK
AND THE CONVALESCENT.-We now purpose considering the nature, properties, and uses of several
popular and esteeined articles of food, suitable to both
the sick and the convalescent. As a collateral branch
of the subject, we must not omit to mention the best
modes of rendering them palatable to the taker. In
doing so it is very far from our intention to cast any
reproach upon that intimate acquaintance with
domestic duties, which every Englishwoman is pre,
sumed to possess.
1. Arrow-root.-A white, inodorous, light powder,
of pure starch, derived from the root of a plant native
to the Indies. It contains considerable nutriment,
and being easy of digestion is admirably suited to
children and infants; in cases of relaxed bowels, and
to those whose occupation is of a sedentary character.
It may be prepared in the following ways:(1.) As a jelly.-Mix a dessert-spoonful with a sufficiency of water to make it into a soft paste; pour on
half a pint of boiling water or of milk, stirring briskly;
boil for a minute or two; sweeten with lump-sugar.
(2.) As a pudding.-Rub a table-spoonful with a
little cold water; add, stirring, a pint of boiling milk;
also, one egg and three tea-spoonfuls of powdered
white sugar already mixed up together: after mixing
all together, bake or boil.

HOMCEOPATHY.

(3.) As a custard.-To a dessert-spoonful, with a
cupful of cold water, add four well-beaten eggs, and
then half a pint of boiling milk; sweeten and flavour.
(4.) As blanc-mange.-Make a paste with two or
three table-spoonfuls and a little water; add thereto,
continually stirring, one pint and a half of boiling
milk, in which a quarter of an ounce of isinglass has
been previously dissolved; flavour; boil two minutes,
stirring; pour into mould, and let form.
2. Artificial ass's milk.-Dissolve two ounces of
sugar of milk (purchasable of a homoeopathic chemist)
in half a pint of boiling milk; add a pint of skimmed
cow's milk; drink warm, and take exercise.
3. Broth, cold (Liebig's).-Cut half a pound of
fresh lean meat into very small pieces; put into an
earthenware vessel with a pint of cold water; add
a pinch or two of common salt and four drops of
strong, pure muriatic acid; let it stand two hours
in a cool place (no heat must be applied); strain
through a hair sieve without pressure, and again
strain if not clear. There is left a clear, reddishcoloured fluid, of a pleasant, broth-like taste, which
is the most nourishing, blood-restoring food that
can be used. A tea-cupful may be taken two or three
times a day in typhus, after the fever is subdued;
in cholera, or in other diseases attended with exhaustive loss of the animal fluids, or when the stomach
requires highly nutritive but not solid food.
4. Beef, essence of.-According to Druitt, "take a
pound of lean beef, free from fat, skin, and bone; chop
it up; put it into a large earthenware jar with cover;

SICK-ROOM, NURSES, ETC.

cement the edges with flour paste; tie it up tightly
with a cloth; plunge it into a saucepan, and let it boil
for two hours; pour off the liquid essence from the
coagulated muscle; let it stand till cold; skim off
the fat."
5. Beef-tea.-Take of good rump-steak half a
pound; cut it into thin slices; spread them out in a
hollow dish; sprinkle a little salt over them; pour on
a pint of boiling water; cover the dish with a plate;
place it near the fire for an hour; put the sliced beef
and water into a pan; cover it; boil for fifteen minutes;
sieve, to separate the beef-tea from the meat.
6. Beef marrow-bones.--Cut the bones into short
pieces; fill up the holes with a bit of bread or dough;
boil them some hours; serve the bones, encircled by a
napkin, with dry toast.. 7. Bread panada.-Make a tolerably thick pulp
with grated stale bread, soaked in water; cover
up and leave for an hour; add two table-spoonfuls of
milk and a little white sugar; mash them up together;
boil for ten minutes, constantly stirring.
8. Whey.-To each pint of milk add one teaspoonful of liquid pepsine (Wilson and Co.'s is the
best), and place over the fire; as soon as the milk
becomes warm, the curds will separate, and the clear
whey may be poured off.
9. Butter-milk whey.-Pour a quart of boiling water
upon a quart of fresh butter-milk; stir; let it stand
till cool; then pour off the whey from the curds.
10. Barley-water.-Barley is a grain which is extensively grown in this country, and used in the

66 ]HOM'EOPATHtY.

manufacture of ale, beer, and porter. The pearlbarley is made by removing the skin from the grain,
and placing it in a mill, which reduces it to shot-like
particles of a pearly whiteness. Made into a broth, or,
after being well ground, into cakes and loaves, it
forms an important staple article of ordinary diet
amongst the working- classes.
The barley-water is prepared by pouring boiling
water over two ounces of pearl-barley (Robinson's
prepared barley is the best) to wash it; then, after it
has drained away, pour on another quart of boiling
water; boil for ten minutes; strain, flavour with
either currant-jelly or orange-juice.
Barley-water is an excellent diluent in diseases of
the bladder and urinary organs; and is useful in colds,
affections of the chest, and inflammatory complaints.
11. Cocoa is decidedly superior to either tea or coffee
as an article of diet. It is devoid of the principles
existing in the latter two beverages, which act injuriously on the nervous system; it is equally refreshing
and invigorating, and much more nutritious.
Choco late.-Chocolate is prepared by submitting
the shelled bean of the cocoa to pressure between hot
rollers, thus reducing it into a smooth paste, with the
addition of saccharine and farinaceous matters, which
render it more nutritious and palatable.
The soup is made thus:-Take half a pound of
chocolate; scrape; boil in a quart of milk; add the
yolks of four eggs; beat up the whites, and lay on the
surface of the fluid by spoonfuls; sprinkle with sugar;
brown with a salamander.

SICK-ROOM, NURSES, ETC.

The cream is made thus:-Take a quarter of a
pound of chocolate; scrape very fine; add a pint of
milk; let it simmer gently on the fire; having mixed
four ounces of butter with a little milk, and beaten up
eight yolks of eggs with a little sugar, add and mix up
all well together; beat the whites of the eggs; add
them; place in a porcelain dish; when cold, use with
preserves.
12. Grit gruel.-Take three ounces of grits, which
are coarsely broken, huskless oats; wash them well in
cold water; pour the water off; put the grits into
four pints of fresh water; boil slowly until the quantity of fluid is reduced one-half; strain the whole
through a sieve.
13. Gravy soup.-Take a piece of beef from the
rump; detach the beef from the bones; mince it
into small pieces; put some butter into a pan,
in which lay the meat and bones; put into an oven
to brown, but not to burn; when thoroughly browned
add a pint of cold water and some salt; let them stew
a quarter of an hour; add sufficient water to make
the quantity of soup desired; boil slowly for four or
five hours; cool and skim; pass through a sieve.
It may be used either alone, or with rice, macaroni,
vermicelli, or sago.
14. Isinglassjelly.-Take one ounce of fine isinglass;
add half a pint of boiling water; simmer until it is
dissolved; strain through a fine sieve, and let it cool.
Isinglass is dry, inodorous, tasteless, and semitransparent; the best varieties are those that are the
thinnest, the driest, and the most transparent. It is
nutritive, and mollifies irritation. The purest isinglass

HOM(EOPATHY.

is prepared from the air-bladders of the sturgeon,, or
other fish of the same kind, belonging to the rivers of
Russia. It is well suited to deranged stomachs in
children, and when ordinary foods are rejected during
pregnancy.
15. Ilomnoopathic invalid cakes.-Take a tea-cupful
of the finest flour, mix with it some good cream, to
the consistency of a rather stiff paste, roll it as thin
as a wafer, and make into cakes about six inches
diameter, prick them well on both sides, and bake on
the bottom of the oven, not on a tin. This is a good,
wholesome, and nutritious biscuit.
16. Linseed tea.-From one ounce of the seeds
of the common flax plant, allowed to stand for two
or three hours in a pint of boiling water, may be
procured, after straining through a calico or linen
cloth, a drink which soothes the irritation existing in
cough, and in many diseases of the kidneys and bladder.
17. ilacaroni pudding.-Soak some macaroni in
a pint of milk; put both into a deep dish; sprinkle
white ground sugar over the surface; add three eggs
well beaten up; bake slowly in an oven. Macaroni
exists in commerce as pipe-shaped pieces, composed of
fine wheaten flour.
18. Rice.-The rice plant is cultivated over a
considerable portion of the globe in warm latitudes, and is to the Chinese, Hindoos, Malays, and
the inhabitants generally of the East Indies, what
the potato is to the Irish. It is highly esteemed by
Europeans, when made into puddings, etc., and is an
excellent article of food for the invalid.

SICK-ROOM, NURSES, ETC.

The mucilage of rice is prepared thus:-Take an
ounce of rice (Carolina is the best), wash it to
remove impurities; steep for two or three hours in a
quart of lukewarm water; boil slowly for an hour;
strain. In diarrhoea, dysentery, and other diseases of
the bowels, attended with much irritation, it soothes
and shields the tender parts.
The rice milk is made thus:-Mix a table-spoonful
of ground rice with a pint and a half of new milk;
add small pieces of candied lemon-peel; boil for half
an hour; strain.
19. Mashed carrots and turnips.-Peel the turnips
and scrape the carrots; boil them in separate utensils,
in three different waters; squeeze the water out
thoroughly through a coarse cloth; mash them up
together, with the addition of some new milk; add
salt; place before the fire to dry the surface.
20. Oatmeal.-The porridge is made thus:-Have
a pot of water boiling on the fire; scatter the oatmeal
in small quantities, at short intervals, upon it, stirring
constantly; when a tolerably thick mixture is made,
continue to boil for half an hour at least. Oatmeal
porridge is a nourishing article of food.
The gruel is prepared according to the following
directions:-Take a large table-spoonful of oatmeal;
put it into a basin half full of water; rub well together; then let the meal sink to the bottom; pour
off the superincumbent milky fluid; repeat this with
fresh water twice, unite the washing, and boil together until a soft thick mucilage is formed; strain
through a sieve; sweeten according to taste.

HOM(EOPATHY.

21. Sago.-Sago is the medullary matter within
the trunk or stem of several trees of the palm species,
which cover immense tracts of land in the East Indies.
When the flowers are about to bud, the trees are cut
down, the pith extracted and reduced to powder.
This is then moistened with water and rubbed into
small grains, the most valued kind having a pearly
lustre; hence the name pearl-sago. Sago contains
a large portion of starch, and forms a somewhat
nutritive light food for invalids.
The mucilage is made by soaking the sago in cold
water for an hour; pouring off the liquor; adding
fresh water, and allowing it to simmer until it becomes
transparent; and flavouring with orange-juice or
currant-jelly.
22. Tapioca.-Tapioca is prepared from the root of
a plant native to South America. The root contains
a nutritive principle, and a poison so deadly as to
destroy life in a few minutes. The poison exists in
the juice, and is extracted by grating, washing, and
squeezing the roots through a press; whilst the edible
portion deposits in the form of a fine powder, which is
afterwards dried and formed into grains to constitute
the tapioca of commerce.
The mucilage is prepared as directed for sago.
23. Toast-water is an exceedingly agreeable drink
in allaying thirst in feverish diseases. It is made
thus:-Slowly and thoroughly toast hard ship-biscuit
or stale bread; pour on some water that has been
boiled and cooled; let them stand together for an
hour, and then decant the fluid from the bread.

SICK-ROOM, NURSES, ETC.

24. Water.-This natural beverage is the best
adapted to the patient's requirements. The " cooling"
sensation which follows a draught of cold water, when
the patient has a hot and dry skin, is exceedingly
pleasant, acceptable, and salutary. All water ought
to be filtered before drinking.
25. Tea, coffee, brandy, wine, ale, porter, beer, sodawater, lemonade, and other similar drinks, must, generally speaking, be abstained from, unless the medical
attendant enjoin their use.
IV. BANDAGES AND BANDAGING.-Bandages.They consist of strips of linen, flannel, unbleached
calico, India-rubber, or indeed of any fabric that can
be split up and joined together end to end, in lengths
varying from one to several yards, and in breadth
from one to six or seven inches, according to the part
requiring them and the use to which they are put.
Bandages are used to keep dressings on wounds;
to restrain bleeding; to retain dislocated and fractured
parts in apposition; to support distended veins and
dropsical swellings; to disperse accumulations of fluid
around joints or in the extremities; and to uphold the
abdomen during or after pregnancy.
The bandages most frequently used are the following:1. The Boller.-Take a piece of calico, of the
required length and width, and commencing at
one end, roll it evenly, as represented in the next
engraving. In applying it, begin at the hand
or the foot, drawing rather tightly at first, but relaxing it gradually the higher you reach; do not make

H OMCEOPATHY.

it painfully tight, or tighter at one place than
another; as you turn it round the limb, change it
from one hand to the other; unfold only a little at
once; each fold should be
overlapped by the one
above it, about one-third
of its width; as the limb
increases in thickness, the
roller has to be doubled
back upon itself at each
turn, as shown in the
engravings.
(1.) Roller for the Hand.
--Pass the roller, which
should be about two inches
broad, round the hand and
the wrist like the figure of
8, the thumb being, of
course, left out, and turn
it two or three times round the wrist, as shown in
the engraving.

(2.) For the Lower Arm.-Carry the last bandage

SICK-ROOM, NURSES, ETC.

higher up the limb, and twist it back upon itself at
each turn.

(3.) For the Foot.-Begin on the foot just behind
the clefts of the toes, carry it over the instep, round
the ankle, and back again to encircle the foot, the
heel being excluded, as in the following cut.

(4.) For the Ley.-Carry the last bandage higher
up the leg, turning it upon itself as the limb becomes
thicker, that it may press equally.
(5.) For the Knee.-Pass the roller round the joint

HOM(EOPATHY.

like the figure of 8, leaving the kneepan out, as
depicted below.

2. Bandlae for the Armpit.-Poultices or dressings may be retained to the armpit by applying the
middle of a handkerchief, with folded corners; then
bring each half over the top of the shoulder; one end

crossing the front and the other end the back of the
chest, to be tied together under the other armpit.
3. Finger Bandage.--Roll a narrow strip of calico
round the finger, tear up the free end into tails of

SICK-ROOM, NURSES, ETC.

equal breadth, turn them in opposite directions, and
tie in the manner depicted below.

4. Arm Sling.-Fold a common handkerchief cornerwise, spread out its middle broad portion to reach

from elbow to wrist, carry one end across the front of
the chest and over the opposite shoulder, and tie both

HOM(EOPATHY.

together over the other, as the preceding cut shows
how.
5. Head Bandage.-In order to keep dressings,
etc., on the head, apply the four-tailed bandage, which
is made by splitting up a piece of linen four and
a half feet long, and eight inches wide, down the
middle, at each end, leaving the middle portion
whole; this part is then to be put on the head, the
two front tails being carried backwards round the
back of the head, and round the neck, where they
may be tied in front, and the other two being
brought directly downwards, and knotted under the
chin, as shown in the cut.

//K ^,&lt;p
II 2
/ /i

CHAPTER IV.

ON THE DOMESTIC 2MANAGEMENT OF DISEASE,
AND OF ACCIDENTS.
THE BEST MODES OF GOVERNING THE INSANE, THE HYPOCHONDRIACAL, AND THE HYSTERICAL-THE TREATMENT IMMEDIATELY DEMANDED IN SUDDEN SEIZURES OF ILLNESS-THE
HOME MANAGEMENT OF NUMEROUS CASUALTIES, ETC. ETC.
I. INSANITY.-This term is employed to denote
derangement of the intellect, or, as it is otherwise
called, unsoundness of mind. There are many varieties
of insanity, which it would serve no useful purpose
to enumerate here. The manifestations of mental
aberration seldom appear before the fourteenth year;
after this period, the liability increases up to the
fortieth. It is a hereditary malady; one that can
be transmitted from parent to offspring, from ancestor to descendant. In some cases there is a natural
tendency to become affected. Insanity is brought on
by derangement of the uterine organs; drunkenness;
irritation in the bowels; diseases of, and injuries
inflicted upon, the brain, etc. Deposed intellect is
a pitiable spectacle, and no efforts should be spared
to effect its restoration. When, therefore, the
patient can be sent to an asylum, the relatives

HOM7EOPATHY.

should make every endeavour to keep him there
until a cure is wrought. He can there receive
skilful and* experienced treatment adapted to the
peculiarity of his case; his attention is attracted to
new objects that have no connection with the subject
of his illusions; old associations are broken up, and
new thoughts begin to be awakened. But when the
means of the lunatic's friends are so limited that
they cannot afford to maintain him in an asylum,
and are compelled to keep him at home, they will
do well to act in conformity with the following
suggestions:1. Never leave the lunatic by himself for ever so
short a time, especially if he have shown any tendency
to commit violence or suicide. 2. Gentle early walking,
besides the adoption of every means which can preserve his general health, will exercise a beneficial influence on his mind. 3. A stranger should be his
constant attendant; friends and relatives should see
him as seldom as possible. 4. Never ridicule, or
oppose, or contradict any of his assertions, or attempt
to convince him of his mistakes; if you do, you will
most probably irritate his temper, and confirm, perhaps aggravate, his derangement. 5. Avoid all reference to the subject of his illusions, but, on the
contrary, try to interest him on some opposite topic.
6. Endeavour to amuse or to instruct him according
to his taste, capacity, and inclination. 7. Employ
him in some simple and customary manual occupation.
8. By every available resource, divert his attention
from his delusive meditations.

MANAGEM#ENT OF DISEASE AND ACCIDENTS. 79
II. HYPOCHONDRIA.-This is a disease characterised. by symptoms of deranged stomach, combined with
depression of spirits, apprehension of coming evil,
great dread of death, and mistaken notions of one's
opinions and remarks.
The treatment consists in the administration of
such medicines as will cure or relieve the stomach
complaint; but the greatest dependence must be
placed on change of air, scene, society, and occupation, so as to withdraw the attention of the invalid
from his own affairs to some more pleasing or
engrossing object of contemplation. Light reading,
conversation, amusement, and slight employment in
the garden, are of service. The friends or attendant
of the invalid should be obliging, kind, and not disposed to ridicule his disagreeable grumblings. He
should sleep on a hair mattress; never lie in bed after
waking in the morning; daily wash himself all over
immediately after rising from bed, succeeded by
friction with a rough towel, or the horse-hair brush,
and have regular, moderate, and gentle out-of-door
exercise.
III. HYsTERIA.-This affection of the nervous
system assumes many different forms, and is characterised by various symptoms, the best known being the
assemblage of phenomena named the hysterical fit.
This disease, in its pure form, is peculiar to the female,
and is connected, in a way not easily explained, with
the periodical changes of the female organization.
Wayward, irritable women are most prone to hysteria;
also, those who lack self-government, who are pam

RHOMiOPATHY. a

pered with luxurious living, and whose education has
appealed more to the feelings than to the intellect.
Strong passions and mental emotions, such as anger,
grief, anxiety of mind, etc., predispose to its occurrence.
When the female is in delicate health, or afflicted with
any debilitating complaint, the proclivity to be seized
is augmented. It is apt to be induced, in susceptible
constitutions, by the representation on the stage of
violent mental emotions; and also by witnessing its
paroxysms in another female. It is a fertile cause of
much domestic unhappiness, alienates the affections
of friendship, and not unfrequently terminates in
melancholy, epilepsy, and deranged.mind.
The treatment of the fit is the following:-Place
a folded napkin or a piece of cork between the teeth,
to prevent the tongue being bitten; see that the head,
or any other part of the body, is not injured; remove
the collar, neckerchief, ribbon, or other article of
attire or of ornament which usually adorns the neck
of females; loosen tight stays and all other impediments to the breathing, and never allow the patient
to be pinched up in them again; dash or sprinkle
a little cold water upon the face and the chest;
speak to the patient in a loud and authoritative voice,
etc. etc.
The treatment after the fit concerns attention to
the general health. If the hysteria can, as is frequently the case, be ascribed to some bodily disease,
a medical man had better be consulted as to the most
appropriate medical treatment. When the patient is
inclined to be stout, a vegetable must be substituted

MANAGEMENT OF DISEASE AND ACCIDENTS. 81
for the animal diet; but, if there be both weakness
and excitement, generous food is demanded. Amongst
the other auxiliary restorative means may be enumerated-daily walking exercise in the mornings in
the open air; cold affusion, or the cold or the tepid
shower-bath; change of air and of scene; cheerful
society; the avoidance of all mental excitements,
arising from jealousy, grief, anxiety, etc.; the substitution of hair mattresses for soft and luxurious beds;
abstinence from the customs of folly made fashionable
by those in place, power, and wealth; moral culture;
engaging in religious exercises and observances; and
in deeds of active benevolence, etc.
IV. FAINTING.-Fainting is produced by violent
mental emotions, such as sudden joy, great grief, etc.;
by loss of blood, in which case fainting is a natural
effort to stem the flow of the life-fluid; by severe
pains, some poisons, odours, etc.
The treatment varies, of course, with the cause.
None but a medical man is competent to interfere in
the faintings induced by bleeding and by disease of
the heart; but in the purely nervous form, where the
swoon does not persist for more than a few minutes,
and is unattended with danger, his attendance may
be dispensed with. In such cases, then, place the
patient on his back on the floor; admit plenty of fresh
air by opening the windows and the door; loosen all
tight clothes, especially from the neck; sprinkle cold
water on the face and the hands; cautiously irritate
the nostrils with the fumes of hartshorn, and speak
loudly close to the ear. A little wine or brandy
G

82 HOMEOPATHY.
diluted with water may be poured into the mouth, if
the power of swallowing is not in abeyance.
V. FITS OF APOPLEXY AND OF EPILEPSY OR
FALLING SICKNEss.-These dangerous diseases require the immediate attendance of a medical man.
Until he arrives convey the patient, with his head
raised, into a spacious, airy room, with opened windows and door to admit plenty of fresh air; place him
in a nearly sitting posture, or simply elevate his head
considerably above the level of his body; remove his
neckerchief or stock, his collar, shirt neck-band, and
braces; loosen the stays and other tight garments of
the female; take off the shoes, and immerse the feet
and legs in hot water; if necessary, insert a piece of
cork or wood, or a folded napkin, between the teeth to
prevent injury to the tongue, which not unfrequently
happens in falling sickness; wipe away froth from the
mouth and nostrils; let no intrusive spectators crowd
the room, etc.
VI. BURNS AND ScaLDS.-" In all severe accidents
of this nature a medical man should be procured without delay, because he alone is qualified to apply means
to avert the immediate danger consequent upon the
shock to the nervous system produced by the injury,
and also to control the subsequent fever and profuse
discharge of matter which successively supervene.
"The principle of treatment depends upon the
thorough exclusion of air and of cold; these may be
attained by various means:" 1. By white Castile soap, made into a lather with
tepid water, and spread upon linen after the manner

MANAGEMENT OF DISEASE AND ACCIDENTS. 83
of a plaster. Prick any blisters that may have arisen,
but do not remove the skin; then put the application
over the whole extent of the burn, renewing it in a
few hours should the pain return. 2. By flour thickly
spread over the injured place-a popular and capital
application. 3. By soft and finely carded cotton
spread on in thick layers-objectionable on account
of giving lodgment to the matter. 4. By spirits of
wine warmed by placing it in a tea-cup, and the latter
in boiling water; imbue a piece of linen rag with the
spirit, lay it on the injured surface, and cover both
with oiled silk or a thin layer of gutta percha."*
A liniment composed of equal quantities of linseedoil and lime-water, and a few drops of the second
dilution of cantharides, has been found exceedingly
efficacious. Soak a piece of lint in the liniment, lay
it over the whole extent of the injured surface, having
previously pricked the blisters, and cover both with
some soft cotton wool.
In addition to these local remedies, others are
mentioned in the chapter on external applications.
Burns may be caused either by the clothes or
the dwelling being on fire; a few words on these accidents may, therefore, not be out of place.
VII. CLOTHES ON FIRE.- Many sad accidents
arise from this cause, which, if they do not end in
death from fright and shock, torment the survivor by
agonizing torture and ugly blemishes. And yet a little
presence of mind would in every instance save life. Pay
"* Moore's " Popular Guide to Homceopathy," page 122.

HOM(EOPATHY.

attention, then, to the oft-repeated advice-smother
the flames by sitting down when the skirt of the
gown takes fire; lie on the floor, and roll yourself
over repeatedly until the flames are extinguished;
roll around the person in flames either a rug, a carpet,
a table-cloth, a cloak, or a blanket, anything, in short,
that can keep out air, which is essential to burning. Do not fan the flames into increased vigour by
running about the room, and, least of all, into the open
air, but drop down on the floor at once, and, as before
stated, roll yourself over and over again and thus
smother it out.
VIII. HousE ON FIRE.-Life is often destroyed
or placed in jeopardy by this accident. If you cannot
make your escape by the street door owing to the
stair being burned down, or by the roof of the house,
you must attempt the descent from the lowest and
safest front window. Do not let all your senses leave
you and throw yourself out on the hard pavement, for
you will run the risk of being smashed without receiving any countervailing recompense. Instead of doing
that, throw the bed and mattress out, and then, if you
have to follow them, they will break your fall; or
you may, in their absence, throw yourself into an outstretched blanket or sheet, held firmly at the corners
by four or six individuals. A wiser and safer plan,
where it is available, is for you to knot firmly and very
securely together the ends of several sheets or blankets;
then fasten one end of this long rope to a bed-post,
or to some other substantial fixture; and, having
gathered together all the inmates of the house, you

MANAGEMENT OF DISEASE AND ACCIDENTS. 85
will see them safely down before you attempt to lower
yourself. In collecting the members of your household together on so trying an occasion, you may have
to pass through dense smoke before reaching the
rooms in which they are perhaps asleep. In doing
this, crawl along the ground on hands and feet, having previously divested yourself of any loose cotton
garment and wrapped yourself up in any tight woollen
ones, the latter being less combustible; also put a
damped towel, silk handkerchief, stocking, or flannel,
more or less over your face and head, in order to protect you from the flames and to enable you to breathe
by excluding smoke. In going from one room into
another, never forget to close the doors after you, and
enter as few of the apartments as you can help. This
is more especially needful when you have assembled
your family together in one of the front rooms, which
will be comparatively free from smoke if the door be
kept closed.
IX. CuTs on WOUNDS.-" Treatment:-1. Stop
the bleeding by applying ice or cold water; exposing
the injured place to cold air; compressing the bleeding part with the finger; or by laying upon it a pad
of lint soaked in arnica lotion, and retained, if necessary, in its position by a bandage. Should these
measures fail to arrest the flow of blood, send for a
medical man, as it is possible a blood-vessel may be
wounded, and will require tying. (See " Profuse
Bleeding," next page.)
" 2. SRemove all dirt, gravel, splinters, clots of blood,
and such other bodies, by means either of the finger

HOMCEOPATHY.

and the thumb, by using a sponge and water, or by
simply pouring cold water on the cut.
"3. Bring the sides of the wozund together, and keep
them so by strips of arnica plaster, leaving spaces between each slip to let the matter escape. Stitches are
indispensable in wounds to which plasters are inadequate, and in injuries to certain parts of the
body where it is of consequence to prevent disfigurement.
"4. Guard against inflammation in the injured
part, and keep down the fever that is prone to attend
severe cuts, by.sending the patient to bed, keeping
the hurt place in perfect rest, feeding on a low diet,
and by removing all bandages and strips of plaster,
and using poultices instead, if pain and swelling supervene. If there be much pain, restlessness, sleeplessness, hot skin, etc., give three globules of Aconitzm
every four hours until relieved; if no such symptoms
are present, give the same dose of Arnica until the
cut is healed up. Calendula lotion must be used
when the wound is slowly healing from the bottom,
and is attended by much discharge of matter."*
X. PRoFUsE BLEEDING. - When an artery is
wounded, the blood is bright red in colour, and discharged in jerks, corresponding to the beating of the
pulse. Unless some immediate steps be taken to
stanch the flow of blood, the patient may die. You
may effect this in two ways: first, by pressure; compress firmly and constantly with your finger or
* Moore's "Popular Guide to Homoeopathy," page 120.

MANAGEMENT OF DISEASE AND ACCIDENTS. 87
thumb if the wound be a small one, and situated over
bone which will not yield to the force you apply; or
you may place your finger directly over the place
whence the blood wells. But where the wound is
large, involving a leg or an arm, and the bleeding
profuse, you may tie a handkerchief round the limb,
about an inch and a half above the wound; place a
stick underneath, and twist.
Sometimes dark blood issues in a slow and continuous stream from enlarged (varicose) and distended
veins in the leg, especially if there be an ulcer over
the current. Pressure on the gory place will generally
stem the venous tide.
XI. STRAINS AND SPRAINS.-Unless in the severe
forms of these casualties, a medical man is scarcely
needed. The treatment consists in giving the limb
perfect repose, in raising it on a pillow above the level
of the body, in fomenting it until pain is relieved and
swelling reduced, in afterwards using Arnica lotion as
already directed, and in substituting.hus liniment,
which, with the aid of the friction used in applying it,
will reduce any remaining enlargement, and give tone
and strength to the maimed part. Lastly, careful
bandaging is serviceable.
XII. BRUISES OR CONTUSIONs, inflicted by a blunt
instrument, vary in degree, and, if severe, invariably
require medical attention. In the slighter cases, such
as a black eye, the application of Tincture of arnica is
very efficacious. If the limbs be bruised, they must
enjoy complete rest.
XIII. SUSPENDED ANIMATION, OR APPARENT

8HOMCEOPATHY.

DEATH.-Under this head we shall have occasion to
describe several common forms of accidents which
endanger life.
By suspended animation we mean that condition
of the body in which the phenomena of life are more
or less suspended, or arrested, by some interference
with the process of breathing. The hindrance being
overcome, respiration is resumed, and the other manifestations of life return. This state arises from
drowning, hanging, lightning, and other causes, which
deserve separate mention.
1. Drowning.-The human body is frequently submerged in water by accident, as during bathing, when
a person is seized with cramp, or incautiously ventures
into streams of unknown depth. A bather must be
told that the bottom of a stream is really lower than
it appears to be, so that he must make some allowance
ere he heedlessly plunge in out of his depth. Water
is also a common means of committing suicide or
murder, and many lose their lives in consequence of
shipwrecks. Human life, then, is frequently imperilled by being placed in deep water. Every individual ought to be able to swim, for this ability may
be instrumental in saving his own or a fellow-creature's
life; but when life is endangered under such circumstances, and the person cannot swim, the slightest
presence of mind in carrying out the following suggestions will enable him to keep his head above water
for a considerable time, until assistance arrives. Every
one does not possess the power of retaining self-possession in seasons of danger and of emergency; but

MANAGEMENT OF DISEASE AND ACCIDENTS. 89
the recollection of the preservative means that ought
to be adopted will contribute to a calm and collected
deportment in times of jeopardy, when, on the other
hand, the ignorant person would be lost in alarm and
excitement. Remember, therefore, that if you are in
deep water and unable to swim, you will buoy yourself
up by keeping your head still, and thrown slightly
backwards; on no account whatever throw your arms
out of the water, for if you do your body will sink;
do not flounder about, but endeavour to control yourself by a determined effort of your will, and keep
yourself as quiet and still as possible. By the observance of these simple rules, you will not exhaust
your strength by useless and perilous struggling, and
your mouth and nostrils will be held above the water's
surface sufficiently high to enable you to breathe.
But if the individual is not drowning, but drowned,
act upon the following advice:-Send for a medical
man instantly; do not lose time; do not be flurried;
do not use the body roughly by rolling it about, or by
hanging it up with the heels aloft; do not rub it with
salt; do not inject tobacco into it, but quickly remove
the body to the nearest house, the head and shoulders
being raised. The room must be well ventilated, and
free from smoke; exclude all curious, useless, impeding intruders; and let each person be attentive to
his or to her allotted duties. You must have two
objects in view-restore warmth and resume the
breathing. To restore warmth, remove wet clothes;
rub the body dry; place it in bed betwixt warm
blankets, the head and shoulders being rather higher

HOMEOPATHTY.

than the trunk; lay hot bricks, or bottles filled with
hot water, in the armpits, between the thighs, against
the feet, and on the pit of the stomach; use friction
with the hand; or, if convenient, immerse the body in
a bath of water no hotter than your hand can tolerate. Heat must be cautiously and gradually applied,
otherwise it will do more harm than good.
To resume the breathing, you must inflate the
lungs with air in the following way:-Wipe away all
the frothy mucus which bubbles from the nose and
mouth, and which fills the throat; then let one person
introduce the pipe of a common bellows into one
nostril, the other one and the mouth being shut up;
then let him gradually and gently blow the bellows,
and fill the lungs with air. An assistant is, at the
same time, standing on the other side of the body,
pressinig with one hand the prominence on the throat
called Adam's apple, in a direction downwards and
backwards, in order to facilitate the current of air
towards the windpipe, and to prevent its passage down
the gullet into the stomach. With the left hand he
gently presses down the chest after it has heaved
with the bellow's air, the nostrils and mouth being of
course opened. This operation, and all the other
means of resuscitation, are to be persevered with for
several hours, until either life returns and the breathing
is performed naturally, or until no signs of reanimation
appear. When sighing, gasping, beating of the heart,
etc., announce returning life, continue your exertions
with greater vigour and good-will to relume the
waning vital spark.

MANALGEMENT OF DISEASE AN]) ACCIDENTS. 91
Dr. Marshall Hall has recently made public a new
and much more successful method of reanimation,
applicable especially to cases of drowning or of apparent
death arising from other causes, though'requiring the
same treatment. We shall not employ precisely his
language, the intention being to divest the subject of
technical phraseology. His rules are as follows:
(1.) Treat the patient instantly on the spot, in the
open air, freely exposing the neck, face, and chest to
the breeze, except in severe weather.
(2.) Send with all speed for medical aid, and for
articles of clothing, blankets, etc.
(3.) Place the patient gently on the face, with one
wrist under the forehead.
(4.) Turn the patient slightly on his side, and either
apply snuff or other irritant to the nostrils, or dash
cold water on the face, previously rubbed briskly until
it is warm. If there be no success, lose no time; but(5.) Replace the patient on his face.
(6.) Turn the body gently, but completely, on the
side, and a little beyond, and then on the face, repeating
these measures time about, deliberately, efficiently,
and perseveringly, fifteen times only in a minute.
(7.) When the body is lying with the face downward, make strong pressure along the spine, removing
it immediately before turning the body on the side.
(8.) Rub the- limbs upwards with firm. pressure and
energy, using handkerchiefs, etc.
(9.) Replace the patient's wet clothing by such
other covering as can be instantly procured, each
bystander supplying a coat or a waistcoat.

HO2MCEOPA.THY.

(10.) From time to time, slap briskly the surface
of the body with the hand.
(11.) And dash cold water on the surface, dried
and warmed by previous rubbing.
2. Himnger.-Sheer want produces a condition of
weakness and exhaustion, which not seldom simulates
death, or is its immediate harbinger. Newspapers
report the too often discovery of a body, fleshless
and stark dead from dire destitution. Involuntary
abstinence from food, in consequence of poverty,
shipwrecks, burying alive amongst the ruins of a
fallen house, and such other cases, requires very careful and judicious management.
The body should be gently and quickly conveyed
to the nearest dwelling; placed, and allowed to remain
in the hot-bath, in a reclining or a sitting posture,
for fifteen or twenty minutes; taken out and briskly
rubbed down and dried, using friction, with a tolerably rough towel; and be laid in bed between warm
blankets, with a hot brick, or a bottle full of hot
water, to the feet, and, if necessary, the salt-bag- or
stomach-warmer put over the upper part of the belly.
Administer one or two tea-spoonfuls of warm milk or
of beef-tea, but be very wary in not giving large quantities. About eight table-spoonfuls of the same fluids
may be given by injection. A little wine diluted with
water may also be serviceable. Endeavour to procure
sleep; and do not arouse him from his slumbers.
The room must be kept dark, well ventilated, and
noiseless. After the patient is refreshed by sleeping,
he might venture to take a little solid meat, and for

MANAGEMENT OF DISEASE AND ACCIDENTS. 93
several days must rather eat sparingly and frequently,
than in large quantities and at long intervals. Attention to the general health, especially in reference to
clothing, is essential to permanent recovery from the
effects of abstinence.
3. Poisonous Gases.-The two gases most destructive to life are carbonic acid and sulphuretted
hydrogen.
Carbonic acid is derived from various sources. A
considerable quantity is given off from the bodies of
all animals, by the lungs and skin; hence, if a man be
confined in a close and ill-ventilated apartment for a
considerable time, he will inevitably perish, furnishing the weapon of his own destruction; it is a product of combustion, hence the frequency of death, in
consequence of burning wood or charcoal, in a pentup room from which air is excluded; it is also evolved
during the burning of limestone, and not seldom
suffocates the poor houseless wanderer who crouches
to the lime-kiln side to warm his chilly limbs; it is
emitted during fermentation, and accumulates in
brewers' vats, malt houses, etc.; it is the "chokedamp," resulting from animal and vegetable decomposition, which collects in vaults, wells, coal-pits, etc.;
it is the suffocating gas, left after the explosion of
the "fire-damp" in mines, which destroys life as surely
as the first blast.
Pure carbonic acid gas destroys life instantaneously; indeed, ten per cent. is sufficient. When diluted with air and breathed, the blood absorbs it, becomes vitiated, and is robbed of its stimulating pro

94 H0MCE0PA.THY.

perty. The symptoms, then, are, in order-weakness,
giddiness, flushed countenance, insensibility, noisy,
snoring breathing, livid face and neck, foaming at the
mouth, etc.
It is a heavy gas, and can be removed by displacement, by pouring it from one vessel into another.
It would, for this reason, cover the earth's surface to
a considerable depth, were it not rarefied and made
lighter by the heat which attends its liberation from
the sources already enumerated. Besides this, currents mix it with the atmosphere, where it remains
suspended by virtue of the chemical law of gaseous
diffusion. In wells and other confined places it sinks
to the bottom in a concentrated form, because out of
the reach of atmospherical. currents. The density of
the gas may be turned to practical andl to salutary
advantage, when it is desired to displace it from
brewers' vats or wells. In the former case, pierce a
hole in the, bottom of the vat, and the gas will run
away; in the latter, it can be lifted out like water
with a bucket. No person should heedlessly enter a
well or other place suspected to contain this exceedingly destructive gas, without having previously
introduced a lighted candle. If the candle continues
burning, the air can be breathed without danger, but
if extinguished, the air will surely put out the vital
flame, owing to admixture with carbonic acid. Many
sad accidents happen from descending into wells filled
with this gas; the pioneer is soon overpowered, and so
will the rescuer, unless he quickly throws down some
lime mixed with water, or places over his mouth and

MANAGEMENT OF DISEASE AND ACCIDENTS. 95
nose a damped handkerchief, or other cloth containing
in its folds a quantity of slaked lime, which will
effectually prevent the gas going into his lungs.
The other gas, viz., sulphuretted hydrogen, exists
in drains and sewers, and is highly injurious.
A medical man should be sent for without delay;
meanwhile, place the body in a warm bath, if it be
cold; dash cold water over the face, neck, and chest;
resort to artificial respiration as directed for drowning, etc.
4. Intoxication.-Intoxication is, as every one
knows, the condition induced by over-indulgence in
(poisonous) alcoholic drinks, and characterised by
unnatural elevation of spirits, stuttering speech, imperfect control over voluntary movements, ending in
delirium, insensibility, and stupor.
The stomach may have to be evacuated of its contents by means of the stomach-pump, and therefore,
in all cases of apparent death from this cause, a
medical man must be procured immediately. In the
meanwhile, place the drunkard in bed with his head
elevated; undo his collar and neckerchief; loosen all
his clothes; put damp cloths on the forehead and
the face; apply heat to the feet and pit of the stomach,
etc.
5. Hanging.-" Treatment.-Get a medical man
as quickly as possible; in the meanwhile, lose no time
in cutting the suicide down; remove the instrument
of death from his neck; expose the throat and chest;
dash water on both; place the head and shoulders
rather high, and the neck stretched out; rub the legs

HOM(EOPATHY.

and arms; put hot bricks to the feet, armpits, and
between the thighs; lastly, resort to artificial breathing, as for drowning."*
6. Poisoning.--Poisons are divided into two great
classes, viz., narcotics and irritants. An intermediate
class, called the acro-narcotics, induce immediately a
series of phenomena due to irritation; subsequently,
a narcotic cundition appears, and the patient dies.
Aconite, Nux vomica, etc., are examples in point.
(1.) Narcotics.-The principal are Opium, Conium,
Camphor, Alcohol, Belladonna, Tobacco, Prussic acid,
Hyoscyamus, and Digitalis. They produce, speaking
in general terms, headache, giddiness, loss of voluntary
motion, delirium, profound insensibility, stupor, and
death; their action being confined to the brain and
the spinal cord.
Treatment.-If the skin be cold and the patient
very insensible, apply warmth, and use vigorous friction. Evacuate the stomach as quickly and as completely as possible. This is best done by the stomachpump. In its absence, tickle the back of the throat
with the finger or with a feather, and endeavour to
bring on vomiting by giving draughts of tepid water,
provided the power of swallowing remains. After the
stomach is voided of its contents, the effects on the
system, induced by the absorption of the poison, require attention. Give brandy, diluted with hot
water, strong coffee, or ammonia; sprinkle or dash
cold water on the face; rouse and move about the
* Moore's " Popular Guide to Homceopathy," p. 127.

MANAGEMENT OF DISEASE AND ACCIDENTS. 97

patient; keep him walking up and down; slap the
soles of his feet; pinch him, and on no account allow
him to sleep for several hours. After all immediate
danger is obviated, he may sleep, but for only a short
period. Lemon-juice may then be administered, and
any remaining derangement of the stomach or the
nervous system attended to. In severe cases galvanism
is beneficial.
(2.) Irritants.-This class includes pure irritantssubstances which irritate, but do not destroy by chemical agency, the structures involved; and corrosive
irritants, such as may irritate, and always corrode or
eat away, the tissue with which they are in contact.
The ordinary phenomena which follow their administration are -- violent vomiting and purging;
burning heat in the mouth, throat, gullet, and stomach;
headache; intense thirst; anxious face, etc. The
period of their manifestation varies according to the
solubility and peculiar action of the poisonous substances. Corrosive sublimate, arsenic, oxalic acid;
salts of lead, of copper, of antimony, and of barytes;
cantharides; sulphuric, hydrochloric, nitric, and the
mineral acids, generally; the caustic alkalies, as lime,
potash, etc., fall under the primary division of irritants.
The treatment of irritant poisoning is based upon
general principles, but must be somewhat modified
according to the nature of the poison; hence, we shall
separately mention the most appropriate management
of some poisonous articles included in the irritants.
(1.) Arsenic.-Endeavour to bring on vomiting;
give white of eggs beaten up; flour mixed with water
'. "."

HOM(EOPA THY.

and milk; lime-water or chalk-water; powdered charcoal, or a mixture of oil and lime-water. The most
reputed antidote is the hydrated sesquioxide of iron.
After each act of vomiting, administer another quantity of the antidote.
(2.) Corrosive Sublimate.- Give white of eggs,
beaten up with water, every few minutes, until the
rejected matter evidently no longer contains any of
the deleterious poison. The albumen of the eggs
decomposes the mercury into less injurious compounds.
The caseine in milk, and the gluten in flour, act in the
same way; hence flour and milk may be given in the
absence of eggs.
(3.) The Miineral Acids.-These require carbonate
of magnesia, chalk, whiting, lime, old mortar, carbonate
of soda, mixed with water; soap suds; or the plaster
of a room scraped off and diffused through water.
(4.) Oxalic Acid.-Chalk or magnesia mixed up
with milk; or carbonate of soda.
(5.) Caustic Alkalies, viz., lime, potash, soda, and
ammonia, are antidoted by draughts of milk, or of oil,
and by weak vinegar.
(6.) Copper Salts.-Verdigris frequently accumulates on cooking utensils, and becomes mixed with the
food, and thus poisons. The best antidotes are milk,
eggs, and sugar.
(7.) Fish, such as mussels, are sometimes followed
by symptoms of poisoning. Tickle the throat with a
feather to excite vomiting, and give charcoal, or sugar
and water, strong coffee, etc.
(8.) 1lfushrooms. - Those of the poisonous kind

MANAGEMENT OF DISEASE AND ACCIDENTS. 99
have their effects on the human body counteracted by
inducing vomiting, and by giving weak vinegar.
When it is desirable to excite vomiting on the
failure of tickling the throat, etc., the administration
of an emetic may be resorted to. The most convenient one is mustard, giving a tea-spoonful of the
flour or powder, mixed with warm water, as often as
may be necessary.
As it is the duty of every member of society to
obey established laws, and to further the ends of
justice, it is necessary, when a criminal attempt at
poisoning is suspected, to procure immediately the
attendance of a medical man, and to resort meanwhile
to the temporary expedients before suggested; also to
preserve the matters evacuated from the stomach and
bowels in some suitable vessel, which should be
sealed or locked up, and delivered only to the medical
attendant, or, still better, to the police authorities.
The same precautions should be observed with all
bottles, cups, and other articles, which may be suspected to contain any of the poisonous substance.
see.: 0 0--

CHAPTER V.

THE GENERAL MANAGEMENT OF THE PREGNANT
STATE, AND THE REARING OF INFANTS.
ON PREGNANCY-CONDUCT DURING ITS CONTINUANCE, AS TO
DRESS, EXERCISB, ETC.-THE TREATMENT OF THE INFANTWASHING, DRESSING, SUCKLING, FEEDING, SLEEP, ETC.
UPoN these subjects much might be written, but we
are necessarily restricted in this work to a brief consideration of the more important means which every
one can put into practice to render pregnancy free
from danger, and to guard against the mischievous
and destructive manner of rearing children which is
in vogue at the present day.
1. PREGNANCY is the condition of a female who
is with child. It is one of the great purposes to which
she is destined and adapted by both structure of
body and bent of mind. Indeed, it is only as a
mother that woman can display to the full the affection, tenderness, and self-sacrificing spirit which endear her so much to those about her. It is therefore a
state designed to subserve an essential purpose, and is
consequently, like every other process of Nature, unattended with any inconveniences or dangers that may
not be provided against. The various temporary

PREGNANCY AND THE REARING OF INFANTS. 101
deviations from health, which are inseparab]e from
pregnancy, are quite as amenable to medical and
to hygienic observances as any other trifling disorder
occurring under other circumstances. It must be
satisfactory to the young wife to know, that married
and fruitful women enjoy better health and greater
exemption from the attacks of disease than others who
are not so circumstanced; and that the diseases which
do attack them are much less fatal than those of the
other sex-a fact which accounts for their greater
longevity, and the preponderance of females amongst
the population.
She may, therefore, dismiss from her mind all apprehensions of danger and of suffering from maternal
or conjugal duties. It behoves her, however, to be
watchful of her health, for that is the only conditional
stipulation that can secure the natural performance
of those changes which are incidental to pregnancy.
We have now briefly to notice the manner in
which pregnancy ought to be conducted in order to
ensure the prevention of any untoward result. In the
majority of cases there is little suffering or annoyance,
and the female is able to perform her domestic engagements until labour begins. Others suffer much
from sympathetic disorders, and are compelled to
resort to medicinal assistance for relief. Others,
again, display peculiar and anomalous conditions of
mind, and caprices of taste and of temper, which
demand gentle and discriminate management by the
medical adviser, husband, and friends.
When the female suffers much from sickness,

102

HOM1EOPATHY.

vomiting, constipation, toothache, or other disorders,
she must either seek the advice of her medical attendant, or, if they be slight, consult some domestic
homoeopathic work. It is beyond the intention of
this volume to touch upon such matters; we must
rather confine ourselves to the diet, exercise, dress,
and general conduct of the pregnant person.
These subjects ought to command special attention
on the part of every woman with child. She ought
not to recklessly disregard maternal instincts, which
will teach her to consult her child's present and ultimate interests, rather than the satisfaction of her
own cravings or the continuation of customs to which
she has become inured. The rewards bestowed upon
those who pay strict regard to hygienic laws are
a natural labour, free from dangers and complications;
unimpaired health, and hence ability to rear the
child, who is generally strong and vigorous, not
stunted, deformed, or sickly.
The diet should be simple and easy of digestion;
small portions should be taken at once, and rather
oftener than usual; the food should be thoroughly
masticated, and fluids be drunk sparingly, in order
not to weaken the dissolving properties of the gastric
juice. It is a mistake to suppose that women require
more nourishment in pregnancy than at other times;
and hence they must, as a general rule, adhere rather
to the teachings of their appetite, if it be natural, than
take a considerable quantity of rich food in the belief
that it will contribute to the child's nourishment.
Seasoned foods and stimulating drinks must be ab

PREGNANCY AND THE REARING OF INFANTS. 103
stained from-whisky, rum, gin, porter, ale, strong tea,
and coffee are decidedly injurious. Plainly cooked
animal food, well-boiled vegetables, the commoner
kinds of fish, and such aliments as rice, sago, and
arrow-root, will, if taken in moderate quantity, rarely
disagree with or be rejected by the stomach. Piecrusts, smoked hams, salted meats generally, and rich
sauces must be eschewed. In short, only such articles
must be taken as can be easily and painlessly transformed into those nutritive principles which will conduce to the growth and development of her young.
On the other hand, the evils of stinting are as
great as those of sating the appetite; and hence the
children of the lower and the impoverished classes
display great physical deterioration in consequence
of the inability of their mothers to satisfy the requirements of the constitution.
The dress should be loose, and in material and
quantity commensurate with comfort and atmospherical vicissitudes. Tight-lacing and all other modes
of restraint must be abandoned, else the worst results
will inevitably ensue. Stays should never be worn
for the simple reason that they are not required. The
beautiful form of woman was never intended to be misshapen, crimped, and disfigured by needless and artificial contrivances, or to be sacrificed to the customs
which ignorance and prejudice have rendered popular
and fashionable. Pliancy of movement and gracefulness of deportment-Nature's gifts to every wellformed person-will not be inherited if the most important part of the body be tightly enveloped by an

104 -

HOXCEOPATTIuY.

inelastic and resistant apparatus. The penalty exacted
by this gross and condemnable transgression of all the
principles of anatomy, of physiology, of hygiene, and
of common sense, is a premature grave, or, at best,
protracted, severe, and life-long suffering and misery.
To all women we say, strenuously discourage and
warmly oppose the continuation of this pernicious
and suicidal custom.
The arguments adducible against tight-lacing acquire double force in reference to pregnant women.
In this condition, it is necessary that the abdomen
should be free to enlarge in proportion to the child's
growth. Can this be secured if stays be worn? Those
who value the precepts of fashion more than those of
health, give birth to delicate and puny children, and
are afflicted with various diseases from which others
are exempt; nor can this be wondered at, seeing that
tight-lacing is productive of so much serious mischief.
Palpitation of the heart, indigestion, disease of the
liver, and costiveness; difficulty of breathing, spitting
of blood, and persistent coughs; enlarged veins in the
legs, swelling of the lower limbs, disorders of the womb,
and numerous other affections, immediately dangerous
or remotely injurious, originate from tight-lacing;
and, finally, if the child be born alive and moulded
aright, and the mother escape her own created perils, it
may be questionable whether the compressed breasts
and nipples can afford the requisite aliment.
It is not our business to speak of the grievous
moral sin committed by that woman who, heedless of
the dictates of necessity and of common sense, chooses

PREGNANCY AND THE REARING OF INFANTS. 105
to continue a votary-perhaps to become a victim-of
fashionable follies, in preference to conserving her
health and life for the sake of those with whose interests her own happiness and delight are so largely
and wholly identified.
Exercise is a most important contributive aid in
retaining good health during gestation, and in securing a natural delivery. Gentle walking exercise
in the forenoon, not carried to fatigue, is the best;
sailing and moderate passive exercise in an open carriage are also useful. Riding on horseback, or in
springless carts, traversing rough roads, jumping,
dancing, running, lifting weights, and all manner of
violent motion, must be carefully avoided.
Our further advice to the pregnant female is this:Do not frequent balls, theatres, public meetings, or
spectacles; retire early to bed, and sleep eight hours
on a hair- mattress, in a large well-ventilated room;
avoid, if possible, all violent mental emotions, as grief,
despondency, anger, etc.; use the cold or tepid bath
daily; keep your mind tranquil and composed, and let
not any of the stories of your forward and tattling
visitors alarm you as to the issue of your own case, remembering that labour is not necessarily accompanied
by great suffering or imminent danger. The husband,
when told that his wife may sometimes be irritable in
temper and wayward in disposition, will know how
necessary it is to practise forbearance and kindness
towards her whom he professes "to love and to
cherish in sickness and in health."
II. INrANcY.-We have now to point out a few of

106

HOM(EOPATHY.

the leading particulars as to the domestic management
and physical training of the infant, which exercise
paramount power in preserving its health, in protecting its sensitive frame from outward influences, and in
adapting its feeble organization to the circumstances
amidst which it is shortly to lead an independent life.
The apartment in which the child is born should be
thoroughly ventilated, and, if necessary, moderately
warmed. It should not be exposed, on the one hand, to
draughts of air coming through loose windows, crevices,
or other apertures; nor, on the other hand, to the excessive heat which radiates from a large and blazing fire.
The former would endanger the child's life, by depriving it of the little animal heat with which it is endowed;
and the latter would relax, enervate, and debilitate.
The baby then is born, and cries, as they all do;
which crying fills the lungs with air, and changes
the course of the blood. It must be handed to
the nurse, who will receive it in soft flannel, and
begin to apply the first ablution, in order to remove
the peculiar oily matter with which its body is
smeared. Wash the face first with warm water, a
soft sponge, and, if necessary, a little soap, taking
special care not to allow any of the impure water to
fall into the child's eyes. Unless this be done, severe
inflammation in the eyes, attended with matter, may
arise, and blindness may follow. Continue the
cleansing over the whole surface, avoid all rough
handling, and perform the rubbing and subsequent
drying in the gentlest manner possible, that the tender
skin may not be chafed and irritated. If, notwith

PREGNANCY AND THE REARING OF INFANTS. 107
standing your precautions, such is the case, sprinkle
some flour or starch over the sore surface. The
body must then be encircled by a flannel bandage five
or six inches broad, and so long that it may go twice
round, for the threefold purpose of protecting the
navel-string (which the medical attendant is presumed
to have attended to); of preventing protrusion of the
bowels at the navel when the child coughs, cries, or
exerts itself; and of supplying warmth. The bandage
must not be applied too tightly, otherwise respiration
will be retarded, and numerous other ill consequences
will ensue. If the child appears exhausted with the
fatigue entailed by the dressing, it had better be
swathed in a shawl and blanket, and allowed to sleep;
but, if it is strong and hearty, the dressing may be
finished before it is permitted to slumber. Whilst
the mother is reposing, in order to calm the perturbation and to overcome the exhaustion of travail, and
the child is lying "in slumbering beauty," our remarks regarding clothing will be proceeded with.
Setting aside fashion as a point of subordinate
consequence in the choice and adaptation of the apparel, it is essential to study rather the comfort and
necessities of the child than mere outward ornament
or elegance. All the clothes should be loose, to admit
of their being easily and quickly put on and removed,
to prevent any constriction of important parts, and
to allow of the free play of muscles and the flow of
blood. They should be warm, and in material compatible with the due maintenance and regulation of
the child's heat.

108

HOMCEOPATHY.

Hence, when the child is prematurely born in
spring or in winter, and is naturally delicate, flannel
clothing from head to foot will alone ensure the requisite heat consistent with a continuance of life. The
use of pins must be abandoned; they often cause the
child much unnecessary pain, and fret its temper. The
mother's ingenuity will supply a substitute for them.
Long clothes are advantageous in protecting the legs
and feet from cold, and the,feet should be placed in
worsted footikins during inclement weather. The neck,
shoulders, arms, and upper part of the chest should
be properly shielded from cold. The reprehensible
practice of doing just the reverse has had no insignificant share in conducing to the high mortality of infantile diseases. The dress should, therefore, be so
made as to effectually guard the child from cold. On
the other hand, excess of warmth, from too much
clothing, has its evils, and must be provided against
by suiting the material, quantity, and shape of the
attire to the child's wants, in accordance with the
dictates of sound sense and of propriety. It is imperative that fresh clothes be thoroughly aired and
well warmed.
Caps heat the head, encourage affections of the
brain, and develop diseases involving the skin of the
scalp; hence, they should be worn only in very cold
weather and out-of-doors.
Both being now rested, the infant should be laid
by the mother's side, that its heat may be maintained,
and that it may obey the instinct which prompts it to
seek food. The mother's milk is, during the first few

PREGNANCY AND THE REARING OF INFANTS. 109
days, thin, watery, and possessed of purgative properties, so that it removes the dark and slimy matters
which have accumulated in the child's bowels before
birth. But it shortly acquires richness and strength
coincident with the increased power of the child's
stomach to digest it. Besides, the flow of milk is encouraged by the suction and sympathetic action of the
child's mouth, and the mother runs no danger of enlarged and painful breasts, or of arrested secretion, or
retention of milk. The mother must be cautioned
against over-filling her child'sweak and tender stomach,
and against giving any other food than her own milk,
or the best substitute for it, during at least the first
six months of its life. If this injunction be not observed, severe pains in the belly, resulting from indigestion, will follow, and permanent disease may ensue.
It is customary to give the child the breast every time
it cries, under the very mistaken notion that it never
makes a noise except when hungry; the fact being, on
the contrary, that its expressions of pain are, in the
majority of cases, attributable to repletion of the
stomach. The mother should give the breast at
stated periods, in order to habituate the child to
regular habits of feeding. Thus it requires milk
every second or third hour during the first month,
and afterwards every third or fourth hour. It may
need food three or four times during the night, but
subsequently it will be sufficient to give it suck only
at night and in the morning. The results of. this
methodical arrangement are no less beneficial to the
mother than to the child; for nothing can be more

110

H1OMOEOPATHY.

harassing and hurtful to both, than the prevailing
and ignorant custom of letting the child sip now and
then throughout the day, and when it is desirable to
silence its cries by the potent power of milk.
As a general rule, a mother ought to suckle her
own child for at least six months, unless she be delicate; in which case the constant drain would exhaust
her, and the milk produced by an enfeebled constitution would have its richness so reduced as to be insufficient to nourish the child; or its properties would
be so altered that the child's stomach may not be able
to digest or retain it without danger. But when these
hindrances do not exist, no other food but milk must
be given, because none other is needed. When the
mother is informed that the slightest ailment or
disturbance of health on her part exercises a considerable influence on the suitability of the milk
which she furnishes to her child, she will see the
necessity of being regular in all her habits, in studiously guarding against all infringements of hygienic
laws, and in avoiding fatigue and all mental emotions,
such as grief, fear, anger, etc. Authentic instances
are on record where the preceding conditions of mind
have so altered the ordinary properties of the milk,
that the child, on taking it, has languished and died.
A mother may therefore brew the poison that shall
destroy her child suddenly or gradually, unless she
warily conserve her own health and remain tranquil
and composed in mind.
The mother's milk is a model food, and is exactly
adapted to its office; it contains every material

PREGNANCY AND THE REARING OF INFANTS. 111
necessary to the growth and development of the
child's body-various salts, to build up and to repair
the bony, muscular, and nervous fabrics of its body;
water, to slake thirst and to replenish the waste of
liquid; oilj matter and sugar, to support respiration
and to generate animal heat; and caseine, to repair the
wear and tear of the tissues, after havingbecome animalized and transformed into blood. The mother's milk,
then, or its nearest artificial analogue, will of all other
foods conduce the most to health and contribute to the
growth and development of the physical organization.
When the mother cannot give suck to her own
offspring, wet-nursing is sometimes resorted to; but
this practice is objectionable on moral grounds. Handnursing must then be tried, and, provided suitable
food be given, the child will thrive and go on satisfactorily.- But how often is the proper food given?
Mothers ignorantly err in supplying their progeny
with aliments that occasion indigestion, pains in the
bowels, purging, and other complaints in themselves
trifling, but of serious import as laying the foundation
of irreparable disease. The adaptation between human milk and the digestive capabilities of the child's
stomach is so nicely balanced, that when hand-feeding
has to be practised, the mother must select a substitute
which bears the nearest resemblance to her own milk.
The milk of several domestic animals has been given,
but the results of their use are not universally satisfactory. The profession and the public are indebted
to Mr. Turner, homceopathic chemist of Manchester,
for first introducing the only true analogue of human

112

HOMEOPATHY.

milk, as respects chemical proportion and constitution.
It has been put to the test of practice, and is found
to answer precisely the same ends as its natural prototype. The writer speaks from experience, and
strongly recommends its extended employment, for it
may be, as it has been, the means of saving many a
little being, whom a mother's love and tender care
would fain shield from the stroke of death. It is made
by mixing three-guarters of apint of cow's milk, new and
good, with the same quantity of boiling water, in which
one ounce of sugar of milk has been dissolved by boiling.
The water containing the sugar of milk should be
thoroughly boiled in order to increase its solvent
properties and to expel the atmospheric air which
it holds in solution: the latter might cause flatulency
in the child. The fluid prepared in this way is best
given in the feeding-bottle, nippled with a teat in the
usual way, care being taken that both are thoroughly
cleaned and free from sour smell before using them.
The food may be made richer, according as the child
may require, by adding a little fresh cream. If it
need suckling in the night-time, 'the food may be
slightly warmed in a pipkin over a spirit-lamp.
Infants need much sleep; indeed, the first few
months of their life are passed in sucking and in sleeping; the purpose effected by this arrangement being
their steady growth. They should never be disturbed
when slumbering. The natural couch is the mother's
breast-there she can manageitwell, there it is in juxtaposition to the source of its food, and there the mother
can impart her heat to augment the child's. Care,

PREGNANCY AND THE REARING OF INFANTS. 113
however, must be taken that it can breathe freely;
that the clothes do not close its mouth or obstruct
its nostrils; and that they do not cover its head,
which would necessitate the repeated breathing of air
rendered impure by having passed through the lungs,
and by being mixed with cutaneous exhalations from
the bodies of both. The mother must, in addition,
mind not to breathe upon it, for the child would
then be compelled to inhale impure air laden with
carbonic acid derived from the lungs, Rockingcradles are decidedly bad, and should never be used;
the child will sleep soundly without being lulled and
stupefied by a monotonous movement. Never begin
them, and they will never be required. Place the
infant on a hair-bed, in a large and open room where
he can freely breathe the purest air, and cover him
lightly and loosely with clothing suited to the season.
The use of purging and sleeping medicines cannot
be too strongly reprobated.
As the child gets older, it will be necessary to
alternate spoon-food with the mother's milk. This is
the more necessary when the mother is delicate, and
the nursing is evidently debilitating and exhausting
her. In such instances the protracted suckling of
the infant lays the foundation of dangerous diseases
in the mother's body. No stated time can be named
when spoon-nursing should be commenced, because
so much depends upon the ability of the mother to
afford the usual supply of milk. The growth and
the health of the child must also be taken into
account, for although, as a general rule, the teeth
I

114

H]OM(EOPATHY.

appear, and therefore the food requires to be changed,
at about the ninth or tenth month, it is not unusual
to meet with infants without teeth at a much later
period. When, therefore, a mother is thinking of
weaning her child, she must consider her own condition and the forwardness of the child's development.
If she determine upon this important step, she must
conduct it gradually and watchfully: gradually, because the child's stomach and bowels would be deranged, and its general health much impaired by a
sudden transition; whilst the mother, too, would be
liable to suffer from the sudden suppression of an
accustomed drain: watchfully, because disease of the
glands of the belly not seldom manifests itself about
this period, by enlarged abdomen and voracious appetite, consequent upon improper management. A longer
interval should take place between the regular periods
of suckling; then, in a little while, no milk should be
given during the night, but only in the morning and
the evening; later still, spoon-meat should be administered at the vesperal and matutinal repasts. The
diet ought to consist of milk mixed with a small proportion of arrow-root, or grated rusk. Sago, farina,
bread, and semolina, made into a thin gruel by
boiling with milk, are also excellent aliments for
this period of infancy. In some cases, chicken or
beef-tea may be advantageously allowed; but in all
cases the nature and quantity of the food must be
rigorously adapted to the child's natural wants.
Mothers too often indulge their progeny with excessive quantities of food, and never restrain the child's

PREGNANCY AND THE REARING OF INFANTS. 115
cravings, which are no sure criterion of its requirements. The results are most injurious, and every
woman who has at heart the welfare of her young,
ought to guard against these controllable evil - influences.
Oleanliness must be constantly observed. The
clothes should, therefore, be frequently changed,
especially when soiled, and others put on, previously
well-aired and warmed. The child should in early
life be bathed in the mornings and the evenings, care
being taken to remove all the impurities consequent
on the evacuations from the bowels and the bladder.
It is better to immerse the whole of the body up to
the neck at once, in preference to exposing it alternately to the action of air and of water. A soft sponge
is the best means of effecting the removal of dirt
or other cutaneous uncleanness. The body requires
to be afterwards thoroughly and carefully dried with
soft cloths, and friction with the hand will renew the
superficial circulation. The intensity of the heat
must be measured rather by the thermometer than by
the less certain sensations of the hand. The temperature should be about 940 or 96' Fahrenheit. As
the child becomes older, tepid water may be substituted, and, at a still later period, water almost cold
may be used without danger, and with positive benefit
unless the child is weakly and ailing.
Exercise demands much attention and judicious
management. In early life the bones are soft and
cartilaginous, the muscles weak and unable to act,
because their stimulus, derived from the functions of

116

HIOMCEOPATHY.

the brain and spinal cord, is wanting; hence, the exercise of the muscles, called into action by breathing,
crying, and jactation, is sufficient for this period.
Bearing in mind the condition of the child's body, the
impropriety of active exercises is at once apparent.
The child must not, therefore, be carried in a sitting,
but in a straight or reclining position in the nurse's
arms or in a perambulator. If this be not done, and
if any violent, active exercise, improperly begun and
conducted, be prematurely resorted to, the child will
in all probability have a crooked back and bent
limbs. It must not have its legs crushed by the
nurse's arms, or its head thrown to one side and
its trunk twisted, owing to her awkward way of holding it; or be violently dandled, or otherwise subjected to rough usage; or have its arms dislocated by
lifting it up by the hands, instead of placing one hand
on each side of the chest just below the armpits. In
the summer season it may, after the first two
months, spend one or two hours in the open air,
and as it gets older the time may be lengthened. In
winter or unfavourable weather at other seasons,
much care must be exercised in not exposing it to
changes of the weather. Warm clothing is then
especially necessary. As the bones acquire greater
solidity and strength, and the muscles become better
adapted as instruments of motion, the child will, at
the proper time, make bold efforts in voluntary movement. A little help on the part of the nurse-such
as placing the hands below the armpits-will enable it
at an early period to balance its body and move about

PREGNANCY AND THE REARING OF INFANTS. 117
for itself. It is at this period that pure air and outof-door exercise have so much power in imparting
health and strength, and in affording objects upon
which the infant's mental development may feed and
enlarge.
But the body must not engross the mother's sole
attention, for the mental and moral nature of her
child demand the most careful culture. Woman is at
once our parent, nurse, tutor, and guardian; and our
physical, mental, and moral health and superiority,
depend very materially upon the manner in which she
performs her important duties. It is her work to
direct and to control the unfolding capacities of her
child. She should adapt herself to its wants; avoiding, on the one hand, a ready and indiscriminate
acquiescence in its desires; and, on the other hand, a
constant and unbending opposition to its cravings
and inclinations. Her conduct should be characterised
on all occasions, in her intercourse with the impressible
nature of the infantile development, by kindness,
sympathy, unvarying truth, decision of character and
purpose, gentle and affectionate demeanour and a
readiness on all occasions to convey knowledge, to
satisfy real needs, to guard against evil influences, to
train the mind to acts of self-reliance, to cultivate the
dawning powers of intellect, and especially to enforce
obedience to sound moral precepts.

PART II.

ON HEALTH.
CIRCUMSTANCES AFFECTING IT, AND THE MEANS
OF PRESERVING IT.
TEMPERAMENT-CONSTITUTION-HEEEDITARY PREDISPOSITION
-BATHS-EXERCISE-SLEEP-VENTILATION-DIET, ETC.
I. HEALTH may be said to be the state of a living
body, whose component parts are properly organized
and arranged, each performing its allotted function
easily, freely, perfectly, and painlessly.
The external characteristics of health are a fully
developed and well-proportioned frame, of medium
height and stoutness, and with broad shoulders and
large chest; sound teeth; cheerful face; erect gait;
ability to stand fatigue; firm and elastic locomotion.
The heart and arteries beat regularly, fully, and
strongly; the breathing is full and unimpeded; the
appetite good, and desiring only simple aliments; the
tongue clean, and the breath free from bad smell;
the bowels void a natural and daily motion; the sleep
is sound and refreshing; the skin soft and moist, but
without profuse perspiration; the digestion regular,
and without pain or flatulence; the variations of the
weather produce no injurious effect, etc.

PRESERVATION OF HEALTH.

119

Health, in its strictest meaning, is seldom enjoyed,
and hence differences are traceable in the same individual at certain times, and also between one person
and another. These differences may, however, not
amount to actual disease, for the person may still be
able to apply himself to pursuits demanding much
bodily vigour and energy. Individual and general
causes operate in influencing health.
II. Individual differences of health arise from
temperament, idiosyncrasy, constitution, hereditary
predisposition; and age.
1. Tentperamnent.-This word expresses a peculiar
organization of body which characterizes many individuals and influences their thoughts, actions, and
bodily health.
There are four primary temperaments, viz., the
sanguine, the bilious, the nervous, and the phlegmatic;
but in the generality of cases, these temperaments are
combined together, one or other predominating more
or less distinctly.
(1.) The sanguine temperament is indicated by
soft pliable skin, red or chestnut hair, blue eyes, florid
complexion, medium stoutness of build and of general
conformation. The mental powers are active and
facile, but fickle; wit, humour, and general sprightliness of behaviour characterize the sanguine.
(2.) The bilious temperament is indicated by dark
swarthy complexion, hardness and firmness of expression, and strongly-marked features, black or darkcoloured eyes and hair, and the muscular system hard
and firm. There is great energy of character, firmness

120

HOM(EOPATHY.

of purpose, unflagging powers of perseverance, quick
perception, sensibility of feeling, and strong passions,
combined with sentiments of pride, ambition, generosity, and magnanimity.
(3.) The phlegmatic or lymphatic temperament is
characterized by round form, flabby muscles, fair hair,
blue or grey eyes, pale waxy skin; the expression of
the face and the " presence" indicate calm feelings,
feeble physical endurance, mental inaction or quietude,
and, in short, mediocrity of both physical and mental
organization.
(4.) The nervous temperament is recognized by
spareness of body, delicate muscular development,
thin lips, Iively expression of eyes and of countenance,
fair hair, feminine facial contour; activity, but fickleness of mind and lively imagination.
(5.) The melancholic and the athletic temperaments are noticed by some writers; the former is a
modification of the bilious, and is distinguished by
indomitable perseverance and firmness of purpose;
taciturnity and reserve; constancy of feeling; calm
and serious bent of mind, energetic action, tenacity
of impressions, and an inclination to despondency and
to misanthropy: the latter is allied to the sanguine,
from which it differs chiefly in that the physical
development and capacities predominate over the
mental.
Different diseases affect the subjects of each temperament; thus, the sanguine is prone to inflammatory affections generally, such as implicate the brain,
lungs, bowels, etc.; to fevers characterized by intense

PRESERVATION OF HEALTH.

121

inflammation, and to discharges of blood from arteries;
the bilious, to derangements of the liver, stomach, and
bowels, chronic cutaneous affections, mental derangements, ending frequently in melancholia and in
hypochondriasis; the lymphatic, to the various forms
of scrofula, such as may involve the lungs and end in
consumption; to dropsy, slow fevers, and congestions;
the nervous, to mental aberrations, convulsions,
hysteria, nervous fevers, and various other diseases
affecting the brain, spinal cord, and nerves.
2. Idiosyncrasy refers to a peculiarity of constitution in an individual, which distinguishes him from all
the other members of the same temperament. Thus,
certain common articles of food which agree with
most people, cause violent poisonous effects in others;
medicines, also, have their ordinary action altered by
this individual peculiarity.
3. Constitution refers to the physical conformation-to the development and condition of the body,
independently of the temperament under which the
individual may be classified. Thus, we speak of a
consumptive constitution, when the subject has blue
or grey eyes, long eyelashes, a slender figure, spare
habit of body, thin upper lip, flat chest, long fingers,
with club-like ends, and large joints; of an apoplectic
constitution, recognized by bull-head, short thick neck,
stout make, florid complexion, etc.
4. Hereditary predisposition denotes the transmission from parent to offspring, or from ancestor to
descendant, of some peculiarity of constitution which
exposes to the same disease. The parents have, of

122

HOMCEOPATHY.

course, considerable influence in transferring their
own peculiarities of temperament or of constitution
to their children, and hence we find a more or less
complete resemblance inherited, as regards bodily
structure, talent, temper, and general disposition.
Hence, also, they transmit a liability which involves
the children of one generation in the same diseases
that affected the members of a preceding one, the son
not unfrequently being attacked at the same age, and
in precisely the same manner as his father. Sometimes these constitutional tendencies to disease, or
simply traits of character, skip over one generation
and appear in the next. Amongst the diseases, a
proclivity to which is born with the offspring, we may
mention mental derangement, consumption, gout,
gravel, scrofula, asthma, stone, haemorrhoids, cancer,
apoplexy, epilepsy, disease of the heart, etc. Constitutional diseases are, however, not always inherited,
but are sometimes referable to circumstances connected with the marriage of the parents. The condition of the parents' health, and the hygienic management of the pregnant state on the part of the
mother, will also exercise no unimportant share in
creating, or in exempting from, constitutional disease
in the child.
5. Age.-Some periods of life are marked by a
certain class of disorders. Thus, in infancy and childhood, diarrhoea, tabes, worms, glandular affections,
water on the brain, convulsions, measles, scarlet fever,
small-pox, hooping-cough, etc., are rife; at puberty,
epilepsy, chorea, hysteria, melancholy, derangements

PRESERVATION OF HEALTH.

123

of the mind, consumption, continued fevers, diseases
of the heart, and inflammation generally, are the most
frequent deviations from health; in adult age, derangements of the digestive apparatus, gout, rheumatism,
apoplexy, and paralysis, gain the ascendancy; whilst
in old age, bronchitis, asthma, dropsy, affections of
the bowels, kidneys, liver, and heart dilapidate the
worn-out structure.
III. The preceding, then, are the original circumstances, connected with individual organization, which
militate against health, and operate without direct or
personal interference. Man is, however, exposed to
numerous other agents destructive of health, which
are more within his jurisdiction and control than the
tendencies to disease inherited from his parents. Our
space will not permit us to do other than barely to
enumerate the chief general causes which give rise to
the acquired differences observable between the health
of one man and that of another. Some of the causes
refer to the atmosphere, as regards its heat, moisture,
electricity, and impurities, whether consisting of the
gases given off from putrefying vegetable and animal
matter, or of mechanical admixtures, such as unconsumed particles of carbon, dust, etc.; others concern
the quantity and nature of the food; for whilst poverty
and its consequences prevent a liberal supply of aliment to compensate for the wear and tear of the system,
so, on the other hand, does plenty sow the seeds of disease, and undermine the health by luxurious living; late
hours of retiring to rest; performing many day duties
at night; forced education; unsuitability of clothing

124

4HOMEOrATHY.

to the climate, both as regards shape and material;
confinement in close rooms, crowded with other
persons, and badly ventilated; certain occupations
which overstrain one part of the body, and never call
others into use; sedentary habits, and indolence;
over-exertion, and undue physical or mental activity;
mental emotions, especially of the depressing kind; the
use of ardent spirits: these are a few of the causes to
which ill health, disease, and death may be traced.
IV. Health may be preserved, improved, and restored by various circumstances which have both a
salutary and a sanatory effect upon the physical and
the mental nature. Amongst these it will be sufficient
to remark upon personal cleanliness, exercise, sleep,
clothing, diet, and ventilation.
1. Personal cleanliness is indispensable to health,
because it secures and promotes the healthy function
of the skin. The skin, amongst its other offices, has
to free the body from carbon, which, if retained,
would destroy life; it has to absorb various fluids and
gases from the external world; it separates salts and
serosity from the blood; by means of insensible perspiration, or the conversion of the *fluid sweat into
vapour, heat is given off from the body in what is
called a latent state, by which means the undue and
injurious accumulation of caloric is prevented, and an
equable temperature is maintained; it secretes an oily
fluid which lubricates the general surface, obviates
the effects of friction between opposed portions of
the integument, and renders pliable such parts as
are frequently stretched or bent. In order that

PRESERVATION OF HEALTH.

125

the skin may be enabled to perform these important
functions, essential to the maintenance of health, it is
necessary that it should be cleansed from accumulations of dirt, sweat, unctuous matter, and scaly
portions of the outermost layer, which is in constant
process of detachment and renewal. The agents
employed are water and soap, the latter of which dissolves the oily secretion and facilitates the removal of
all other kinds of foulness. Water may be employed
in several ways, which will now be reviewed.
Baths are variously divided according to their
temperature, to the part where they are applied and
to the manner of their use, but it will suffice for our
purpose to arrange them into cold and warm.
(1.) THE COLD BATH varies in temperature from
42~ to 85~ Fahrenheit. Cold water may be applied in
the following ways:a. The Plunge Bath.-This may be enjoyed in
rivers, canals, streams, ponds, swimming baths erected
in several towns, and at the sea-shore, whither so many
repair during the warm summer season for the ostensible purpose of recruiting or of retaining their health.
b. The Shower Bath.-In this variety the water
falls, gradually and regularly, through numerous holes
in the bottom of a receptacle placed at a height, upon
the head and body, whilst the bather stands in a shallow dish, and is surrounded by an enclosed box or
covering.
c. But in those cases where the shower bath cannot be used, or when it diminishes rather than exalts
the vital forces; when, also, the object sought is to

126

HOMcEOPATHY.

derive all the benefits connected with cold ablution,
the following plan will be found the most agreeable,
convenient, safe, expeditious, and economical. The
bather will hasten to use the water as soon as he rises
from bed every morning, that being the period when
his body contains the most heat and can tolerate the
application of cold water with perfect impunity. Let
him then dip the roughest towel into cold water and
begin rubbing his body from head to foot, whilst he
stands upon a piece of old carpet, or in a shallow tin
basin made purposely. After the body has been
thoroughly well rubbed down, and all uncleanness removed, it must be as thoroughly dried. A coarse
towel, horse-hair gloves, or the flesh brush, may be
used actively, and over the whole body, for the purpose of exciting the circulation of blood through the
skin.
d. Sea Bathing deserves separate mention, because
it possesses several peculiar advantages in consequence
of the saline matters held in solution in sea water.
It is an advantageous medicinal agent in pains and
swellings of the joints, and in numerous old-standing
diseases of the skin. Bathing in the sea, and out-ofdoors generally, whether in rivers, streams or ponds,
demands attention and obedience to the following regulations:-Bathe when the weather is warm, the
body not over-heated or perspiring, neither too long
before nor immediately after a meal, and in the forenoon rather than at any other period of the day. Running waters-as rivers, canals, and the advancing sea
tide-are very invigorating to the body. Sea water

PRESERVATION OF HEALTH.

127

may be roughly imitated by dissolving about three
ounces of common salt in a gallon of water.
The effects produced by the application of cold
water differ in degree according to the manner of its
employment; but, in a general way, they are at first a
sensation of cold, conjoined to what is called a "shock"
to the nervous system, under the influence of which
the respiratory organs are excited and a full inhalation of air takes place. Hence the reason of dashing
and of sprinkling cold water on the face and chest of
those in whom life is apparently extinct. The bloodvessels of the skin are then contracted, and consequently the blood is driven into the interior of the
body. In some states of the system, when the constitution lacks vigour and energy, the blood remains
accumulated in the internal organs and may produce
much injury, especially if there exist any tendency to
disease of the lungs, the heart, or the brain. Cold
bathing must therefore be eschewed, or cautiously
repeated, when it gives rise to sighing, yawning,
beating headache, difficult breathing, sickness at the
stomach, tremblings, languor, drowsiness, aversion to
exertion, rough skin, etc.
But if, on the other hand, reaction ensues and is
established, the full and unqualified advantages of
bathing will be enjoyed. This will be declared by the
water feeling less chilly in consequenice of augmented
warmth of the skin, through which the blood is flowing in increased quantities and with redoubled force.
If now friction be vigorously used, as it ought to be,
the pulse becomes full and strong, the respiration

128

HOMCEOPATHY.

deep and free, a delightful sensation of heat is experienced over the general surface, the body feels lighter
and more elastic, tone is imparted to it, and the
bather feels himself braced up, invigorated, and refreshed. The mind also shares in this improvement;
hope takes the place of despondency, confidence that
of vacillation; feelings of self-respect are aroused; and,
in short, personal cleanliness, such as the use of cold
water secures, will tend to enlarge the mind, to improve the morals, and to add new charms and allurements to the home circle and to the domestic fireside.
As a sanatory agent cold water may be employed
with decided advantage and undoubted success in
nervous debility, chlorosis, hysteria, local congestions,
febrile conditions, and in many other deviations from
health, upon which a medical man is alone competent
to advise.
(2.) THE WAtRM BATH may, practically speaking,
be said to reach from 85~ to 1080 Fahrenheit--these
points of temperature including what are commonly
known as the tepid, the warm, and the hot baths.
For ordinary purposes, the warm bath should be
used at a temperature of from 90~ to 98~, according
to the effect desired and the sensations produced.
It is suitable for cleansing purposes, with the aid of
soap, and may be occasionally resorted to by the
habitually healthy, who use daily sponging with cold
water, in order to remove impurities from the
skin; to soften and increase the sensibility of the
surface; to lower febrile excitement; and to correct the nervous derangement consequent on the

PRESERVATION OF HEALTH.

129

fatigue of travelling, or of any other kind of muscular
exertion long continued; to refresh and invigorate
the body; to moderate the circulation and calm the
cerebral functions after protracted mental exercise;
and to relax spasm and allay irritability in the
convulsions of children, whether symptomatic of a
head affection or incident to teething. Medical men
sometimes advocate its employment in fevers, diseases
of the skin, gout and rheumatism, colic, dyspepsia,
etc. Many persons are deterred from using the warm
bath in consequence of the fear of " catching cold."
If they will attend to the following advice, their
fears will never be realized. Let the bath be taken
in the morning, or at any rate not later than noon;
do not enter it when the body is heated with exercise;
the water should be at the temperature of from 92~
to 96~ Fahrenheit; remain from twenty to thirty
minutes; then, having cleansed the skin with the aid
of soap and the flesh-brush, turn on the cold water
and let the warm slowly escape from the bath; continue thus until it becomes so cold that a feeling
of chilliness is experienced; then emerge, and a
grateful and refreshing sensation of warmth will be
felt; dry briskly with a rough towel; apply friction with a dry one; dress slowly, that perspiration may not be excited; and then take a quiet
walk.
The hot bath, ranging in temperature from 98~ to
1080~, is mentioned solely that we may throw out a
caution regarding its indiscriminate employment. In
consequence of its power in increasing the force and
K

130

HOMCEOPATHY.

frequency of the heart's action, cases of sudden death
are recorded, arising in those predisposed to apoplexy
and to diseased heart. It should never be used
except under medical supervision.
Personal cleanliness is not confined simply to the
skin, but extends also to the condition of its appendages, viz., the hair and the nails; as well as to the
teeth and the clothing.
The hair should be thoroughly combed and brushed
every day, in order to remove scurf, and to stimulate
the glands to secrete the oily matter which keeps the
hair glossy and healthy. The best detergent wash
with which the author is acquainted, is made by dissolving a drachm of camphor in one ounce of spirits
of wine, adding a drachm of borax, and a pint of
cold water. Shake well up; rub upon the scalp with
flannel once a-week, and afterwards dry with the
same material.
To keep the teeth sound, free from pain, and fit for
masticatibn, and the breath sweet, clean them regularly every night and morning with a soft brush and
cold water. Soap may be occasionally used, and
if they are discoloured, a little finely-powdered
wood charcoal will restore their naturally beautiful
whiteness.
Trim the finger and toe nails, and keep both
scrupulously clean, as well for cleanliness, as to remove
the possibility of sore, tender, chilblained, bunioned,
and bad-smelling feet.
The body-linen and bed-clothing should be changed
as often as occasion demands and circumstances

PRESERVATION OF HEALTH.

131

permit; the former should be turned inside out and
hung upon the chairs during the night, to be purified
by exposure before putting them on again in the
morning; the latter should be well aired during the
day, by opening the bed-room door and windows to
admit currents of fresh air.
2. Exercise.-Exercise is divided into active and
passive. Dancing, running, rowing, walking, boxing,
wrestling, etc., are placed under the first class; sailing, swinging, and carriage exercise, under the second.
In the former, the individual exerts his own muscles;
in the latter, they are tolerably quiescent, and some
other force moves him. Exercise is essential to health,
because it requires the muscles to be moved, and the
more they are used the stronger they and the limbs
become; the action of the bowels is promoted by the
movements of the abdominal muscles; the circulation
of the blood is assisted by the alternate contraction
and relaxation of the muscles among which the vessels
are situated; the action of the skin is kept at its
natural function of eliminating from the body carbonic
acid and salts, whose retention would be injurious; it
necessitates the full and free entrance of air into every
air-cell in every nook of the lungs; it aids in digesting
and assimilating the food; and when indulged as it
ought to be out of doors, has the additional advantages of furnishing good and pure air, and of supplying new objects of sense which the mind can apply to
a profitable purpose. In order to secure all these
advantages, it is essential that the whole muscular
system should be duly exercised. The opposite of

132

HOMCEOPATHY.

this obtains in the exertion of artisans. Some of
the muscles are more used than others, and hence
they become disproportionately developed; whilst
those at rest waste, and deformity of body results.
Tailors, shoemakers, dressmakers, and other persons
whose occupation taxes some muscles more than
others, and who are compelled to maintain one posture for many hours daily, perhaps for many years;
shopkeepers, clerks, lawyers, artists, literary men,
and others, whose employment is of a sedentary
character, and who, though not subjected to the deforming influence of artificial positions, are yet exposed to the injurious effects of deficient exercise;all are apt to suffer in health; the former class being
prone to diseases of the chest; the latter, to disorders
of the digestive organs. Many of them are under the
additional drawback of having to apply the brain to
long-continued and severe mental exertion; and to
respire air which has been repeatedly breathed.
In the education of the young, considerable injury
is committed by endeavouring to curb the natural
exhilaration of spirits which prompts to all those
kinds of muscular movements that conduce to the
development and vigour of the frame. The same
remarks apply with equal force to the ignorant repression of the natural instinct which induces girls
and young women to indulge in games, sports, and
other pleasurable schemes of physical recreation. It
is considered indecorous to display the smallest deviation from the line of conduct which the mistress of
the school considers best suited to the established

PRESERVATION OF HEALTH.

133

usages of a fashionable education, which is characterized by formal and restrained exercise of body,
and too great application of mind, leading to curvature of the spine, consumption, and, in short, to
general physical and mental prostration.
It is unnecessary to specify the numerous intractable and painful affections which owe their origin to
restricted or to defective muscular movements.
On the other hand, excessive exercise has also its
evils. It hurries the breathing, accelerates the circulation, produces nervous and muscular exhaustion,
which not only injure health, but may destroy life.
Rowing in races, and other varieties of violent exertion, have been known to lay the foundation of permanent and incurable disease of the lungs and the
heart, in persons previously healthy. The risk of
immediate danger is much increased when persons
of sedentary habits undergo severe and unaccustomed exertion. Moreover, it behoves those who
complain of palpitation of the heart, general debility,
of congestion in the head, or shortness of breath, to
abstain from all exertion, save gentle walking exercise
on level ground.
But as our remarks apply chiefly to exercise as a
means of retaining health, we must now point out the
simple rules by which it should be regulated.
Exercise, then, should never be taken to excess, or
carried to the point of producing that peculiar feeling
of muscular and nervous exhaustion which is called
fatigue. Absolute rest is then requisite to enable
the muscular system to renew its power and vigour.

134

134 ]IOM(EOPATHY.

Walking long distances, or subjecting a weak constitution to exertion beyond its powers, is sometimes followed by exhaustion which may end in
death.
Exercise, especially of the active kinds, should
never be taken immediately after a meal.
Exercise should, if possible, be combined wi~th
some pleasurable or intellectual pursuit: pleasurable,
such as sports, games, and other agreeable modes of
enjoying bodily recreation; intellectual, such as
botanical excursions and easy pedestrian tours, in
which the monotony of travelling, and weariness
of body will be forgotten amidst the natural and
picturesque beauties of Nature. Exercise should be
taken in the open air every day for at least two
hours, especially in the warm summer season. A
stroll into the country or a walk through the public
park will refresh and invigorate.
Exercise, specially adapted to increase the capacity
and strength of the lungs, is of the greatest importance in delicate people of both sexes, in order to counteract a consumptive tendency. The full inflation of
the lungs with air is also necessary in health, that the
changes in the condition of the blood may be fully
undergone. Recitation, speaking aloud, fencing,
full and repeated acts of inspiration, attended
with throwing, back the arms and the shoulders,
and thrusting forward the chest, will be of great
service in strengthening the organs of respiration. These exercises should never be carried
so far as to cause quick beating of the heart, or

PRESERVATION OF HEALTH.

135

hurried breathing, exhaustion, fatigue, or profuse
perspiration.
3. Sleep.-gSleep is the temporary suspension of
the powers of mind and body, which recurs at certain
times. It is essential to health, because its use is
to procure absolute rest of mind and body after
they have become fatigued and exhausted by exercise. In sound sleep the power of voluntary movement is in abeyance and the muscles are relaxed,
whilst those of circulation and of respiration carry
on the purely animal functions; the sleeper is quite
unconscious of surrounding occurrences, ordinary
stimuli do not affect his senses, and, in short, there
is complete cessation of all physical and mental
power.
On the other hand, the mind, instead of being
at rest, is sometimes actively but irregularly employed, owing to the reasoning powers being unable
to exercise their governing influence. Sleep may
be prevented, or rendered imperfect or unsound,
by several causes, such as green tea, strong coffee, a
late supper, or a full and hearty dinner taken shortly
before retiring to rest; mental emotions, or protracted mental exercise, also give rise to wakefulness,
dreams, and nightmare.
Excess and deprivation of sleep are equally prejudicial to health, and a medium between the two
extremes can be determined only by considering the
peculiar temperament and habits of the individual.
As a rule, the duration of sleep averages in the
majority of the human race from six to nine hours.

136

HOM(EOPATHY.

Individuals of wiry frame and parchment-like constitution; those also who have lively dispositions, active
powers of mind, and abstemious habits, require only
from four to five hours.
4. Clothing is required to protect the body from
exposure to outward influences, of which the chief
are, injuries and atmospherical vicissitudes. Clothes
should be loose; high and tight bands round the neck
are apt to occasion apoplexy, especially in hot weather
and during violent and protracted exertion; inelastic
stays, fitted with steel and whalebone supports, are
decidedly injurious, frequently produce deformity,
and render the body liable to fatal diseases; tight
waistbands and belts give rise to obstinate costiveness
and piles; tight shoes inflict pain, prevent exercise,
cause corns, bunions, and mis-shapen feet, retard the
circulation of the blood, and thereby predispose to
congestion in the head.
Clothes should be moderate in quantity. Too
little would, especially in the young and the old,
whose animal heat is imperfectly generated, lead to
the worst consequences. Children will not be
"hardened" but destroyed by investing them with
vestures inadequate to protect them from inclement
weather.
Clothes should be warm. For this purpose
woollen fabrics are the best, because being bad conductors of caloric, they prevent the escape of heat
from the body, and the entrance of heat to it from
outward sources; hence the animal temperature is
maintained at an equable standard. Flannel is now

PRESERVATION OF HEALTH.

137

much worn next to the skin. Its advantages are,
that it keeps up an equal heat, irritates and stimulates
the skin, and absorbs perspiration. When it causes
much sweating, it should be changed for cotton, or a
thin cotton shirt may be interposed between it and
the skin. Chamois leather unites the advantages of
both cotton and flannel, and may advantageously
supplant them.
Clothes should not be excessive. Flannel, skins,
and other materials are used, under the mistaken
notion that they protect the wearer against catching cold. Overclothing, either of the body or the
bed, is decidedly bad, and will inevitably augment
the risks that they are erroneously designed to avoid.
Waterproof clothing is prejudicial, which prevents
the evaporation of the perspiration, and imbues the
under-clothing with condensed sweat, thus causing
cold, rheumatisms, and other diseases.
Clothes should be clean; this is especially desirable
when flannel or any other porous texture is worn
over the skin, for they soak up the various excretions
from the surface. But the same attention should be
paid to all other articles of apparel. Personal cleanliness is not confined to the purification of the skin.
Clothes should be well aired. Body and bed
clothing require warming previous to use, else the
health will suffer. The bed linen should be exposed
during the forenoon to currents of air passing through
the room from door to window. The personal clothing should not be heaped together, but laid fully out
during the night, in order to have them well aired

138

HOMcEOPATHY.

and purified before morning. Stockings, drawers, and
shirts must be turned inside out.
Clothes must be changed when wet, whether from
exposure to rain or from profuse perspiration. Wet
stockings and boots should be immediately removed,
unless the wearer continues to exert himself. Damp
clothes must not be put on, nor must any one sleep
in damp beds. Inattention to these precautions is
a prolific cause of consumption and other fatal
diseases.
Clothes must be suitable rather than fashionable.
The bonnets which are stuck on the backs of the fair
sex's heads expose the face; hence neuralgia and
other evils are occasioned. We know of no defensible
reason to justify the wearing of immense hooped petticoats. Tight-lacing we have already strongly animadverted upon. Thin shoes, as worn by ladies, cannot
protect their delicate feet from wet and cold.
Clothing must be seasonable - that is to say,
adapted to the season of the year-warm in winter,
cool in summer. But great care must be exercised,
especially by delicate and sedentary individuals, in
changing the material of their attire. It must never
be done too soon, for it is only when a succession of
fine days occurs in early summer, that the weather is
sufficiently fixed and warm to admit of the substitution of cooler apparel, without encountering great
risks of disease. It is rarely necessary to wear
flannel through the summer, but in leaving it off the
change must be gradual. A cotton shirt should be
worn between the skin and it, and after a few days

PRESERTATION OF HEALTH.

139

the flannel may be altogether dispensed with, provided the weather be favourable. It is altogether
a mistake to wear the same clothing throughout all
seasons.
5. Ventilation is the operation of supplying apartments or enclosed places with fresh air in order to
maintain the atmosphere in a constant state of purity
such as is essential to animal life. The necessity for
the constant admission of fresh, and the simultaneous
displacement of contaminated, air arises from several
circumstances. Breathing and perspiration load the
air with carbonic acid, animal matter, and impure
vapour; hence, if the same air be repeatedly taken
into the lungs, it eventually becomes strongly impregnated with deleterious bodily emanations, and death
may ultimately ensue, attended with all the symptoms
of rank poisoning. Hence the uneasiness and discomfort experienced in chapels, theatres, at public
meetings, and other places where hundreds and
thousands of human beings are pouring the foulest
abominations into the atmosphere which all are
breathing. Hence the fatal, unmanageable, and insidious illnesses, which result from crowding together
in ships, prisons, work-rooms, manufactories, schools,
etc. Hence the pallid, sickly faces, the languid look,
the hesitating gait, the stunted, wasted form, and
the paralyzed energy of the lower classes-at once
the victims of poor food, scanty clothing, bad ventilation, and their offspring-drunkenness.
Further, the air may be rendered still more impure by the burning of candles, gas, and coal; by

140

HIOMCEOPATHY.

having plants in pots, or flowers in water, which, as
they give out at night the same gas that issues from
the lungs, are highly injurious; hence, they should
on no account whatever be kept in a bed-room; and,
lastly, by keeping dogs, parrots, cats, or other domesticated animals, whose breathing aids in the pollution
of the air.
The air is, in these several ways, rendered incompatible with animal existence, for on its purity mainly
depends the healthy maintenance of the vital functions. Ventilation, then, is the remedy for this common, glaring, and destructive evil; and the means are
either natural or artificial. We have no space to
enlarge upon the latter class; the former are fireplaces, chimneys, windows, and doors. Every apartment, and.especially bed-rooms, should be built with
chimneys, and the fire-place must not be closed up with
a board, as is too frequently done through ignorance.
Then, when the fire is lighted, the fresh air passes
in currents through the lower part of the door and the
windows to the chimney; whilst the impure air, being
rarefied and lighted by the heat of the lungs or of
combustion, rises to the ceiling and makes its exit
through the upper part of the window and the door.
The first principle then of ventilation consists in
securing two openings of some kind or other: one,
as the aperture of entrance of fresh air; the other, as
the aperture of exit of impure air. No expensive or
complicated piece of mechanism is required to bring
in fresh and to expel foul air. This can be done by
opening the windows and doors, until the apartment

PRESERVATION OF HEALTH.

141

is thoroughly purified. The bed-room and bedclothing demand thorough ventilation. Open the
door and the upper and lower sashes of the window,
separate the bed-clothes, spread them out, leave them
hanging over chairs in the middle of the room, shake
up the bed, and do not make it for five or six hours.
To show the ignorance existing amongst the poor
classes, respecting the necessity of fresh air, the
writer may mention that he recently attended a poor
family, consisting of father, mother, and six children,
the latter of whom were of the respective ages of
three, five, seven, nine, eleven, and fifteen years. They
all slept in one apartment measuring seven feet high,
and twenty-four feet square, and yet the only window
was firmly secured with a nail! The children had
small-pox, but although so disadvantageously placed,
as regards comfort and purity of air, all recovered
without a bad symptom. Another poor person,
living in a smaller apartment, and slowly dying of
consumption, had every crevice in the window fastened up with paper and paste!
6. -Diet.-Much might be written on this important and interesting topic, but we must necessarily
confine ourselves to one or two points of a practical
nature and bearing. No general rule can be laid
down regarding the nature of the food which is best
suited to the majority of individuals. Differences of
constitution, of age, sex, habit, mode of life, and
occupation occasion disparities of taste and variations of appetite, which lay under tribute all the
sources whence alimentary materials can be derived.

142

HOMcEOPATHY.

The nature of the food must be in accordance with
the natural instincts of hunger and thirst, which will
prompt to the satisfaction of the bodily demands by
admitting into the body only such materials as will
conduce to its benefit. Much will, however, depend
upon the digestibility of the substance partaken of,
for, of course, different articles of food are variously
affected by the digestive process, and consequently,
when that function deviates from its healthy state,
only such foods must be taken as can be readily acted
on and disposed of. Plain food is, in all cases, the
best. Epicureanism must be eschewed, if health is to
be retained.
An excessive quantity of food is injurious. No
one should continue to eat until the appetite is completely sated and the stomach crammed full, because
the juice which dissolves the food will not be able
to act upon it, and indigestion, sleepiness, and other
evils will ensue.
Violent exercise of body or of mind should be refrained from immediately before and after meals;
whilst, on the other hand, the habit of sleeping after a
full meal is also injurious. Exercise in two hours
after a meal will be advantageous.
One kind of food only will not be sufficient for
man to subsist upon. The structure of his teeth
proves this, and careful experiments have demonstrated
that a varied diet is the most conducive to health and
longevity.
Food should be taken at regular periods, and
care should be observed in not shortening or pro

PRESERVATION OF HEALTH.

143

longing the ordinary interval between meals to
which the stomach has become habituated. A long
interval, of eight or nine hours, such as men of
business, lawyers, and others with much head-work,
are in the habit of observing, weakens the stomach,
produces dyspepsia, predisposes to apoplexy, and, in
short, undermines the general health as much, nay
more, than the opposite custom of eating every three
or four hours. A little food frequently taken is more
permissible than a large quantity at long periods.
Food ought to be well masticated. Thorough
manducation imbues the food with saliva, exposes the
surface to the free action of the gastric juice, overcomes its cohesion, and renders it more readily convertible into chyme.
Liquids must be drunk sparingly at meals. No
other beverage but water should be taken. Wine,
ale, porter, and other drinks of the same nature, are
not healthy, because they are not essential to man's
existence.
7. General Habits.-The use of tobacco, opimn,
and spirituous drinks is unquestionably detrimental
to health. Tobacco-smoking, chewing, and snuffing
produce various effects, according to the mode of
application of the drug. Smoking carries the vapour
into the lungs, and produces giddiness, nausea,
lassitude, sinking at the heart; nervous irritability;
diseases of the liver and stomach; various affections of
the throat and air passages; discolouration and decay
of the teeth, and cancer of the lip in those who smoke
the short clay-pipe. Chewing stimulates the salivary

144

1~44HOMCEOPA.TIY.

glands; augments the flow of saliva, which, if swallowed
when strongaly admixed with the active principle of
the tobacco plant, is certain to produce dyspepsia;
deadly faintness; depressed action; fluttering and
anxiety about the heart, etc. Snuffing occasions
many of the constitutional effects of the tobacco,
diminishes the exquisite sensibility of the organ of
smell, deforms the nose, and thereby interferes with
the resonance of vocal sounds. Moreover, snuff is
said to be adulterated with lead, and lead-palsy has
been decidedly traced to this cause. In short, the
use of tobacco, in whatever form, is unhealthy and
unnecessary, and is an expensive and dirty vice. The
use of opium cannot be too strongly condemned.
Spirituous drinks, it is almost unnecessary to say,
destroy thousands of individuals, who might otherwise have enjoyed good health, and have attained a
ripe age.
8. All kinds of dissipation, excessive or deficient
mental exercise, idleness, and sloth militate against
health.
Other circumstances might be mentioned, did
space permit.

PART MI.

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY.
IT is proposed to say a few words respecting each of
the more important constituent parts of the human
frame. A~n endeavour will be made to divest these
subjects of all unnecessary technicalities, whilst such
information only will be conveyed as will interest and
instruct the general reader.
It is convenient and strictly accurate to regard the
human body as a machine, intricately constructed;- ex-.
quisitely finished, and nicely adapted in all its parts
to perform the -various and dependent offices which
minister to its growth, development, preservation, and
reparation-in one word, to its vitality.
The parts of which this piece of mechanism consists
are:-A bony frame-work, which is the foundation of
the structure, the passive instrument of motion, and
the protective means of shielding important organs
from outward injury; a muscular apparatus, capable
of contraction and of relaxation, and, consequently, of
altering the relative position of the body, as regards
surrounding objects or its own individual members;
a nervous system, composed of brain, spinal cord, and
L

146

HOM(EOPATBY.

innumerable nerves-the conjoint centres of sensation, volition, thought, and voluntary movements; and
the links which connect the various organs to each
other, and these to the brain, in order to produce
uniformity of action and congruity of purpose; a
digestive apparatus for the reception and the elaboration of alimentary substances, which become metamorphosed into a fluid capable of repairing the tear
and wear, decay and death, of all the tissues; a vascular system, with a central pump to propel, and tubes
to carry, a nutritive fluid, endowed with a life-principle, into the utmost corners of our mortal tabernacle; a set of circulatory organs, which conduct the
animalized food into the ever-flowing current of preexis.ting blood; and, lastly, various kinds of instruments
--lungs, skin, kidneys, etc.-whose co-operative function it is, in various degrees and in different ways, to
depurate the blood from those effete materials which
are inimical to its vital properties.
It is the province of anatomy and of physiology
to take cognizance of these subjects-the former being
the science which teaches the structure, situation,
shape, and relative position of the component parts of
bodies by the art of dissection; whilst the latter treats
of the various functions which these parts perform.
In other words, anatomy inspects the machinery of
the body; physiology investigates the laws which
regulate, and the results which follow, its varied and
complicated movements.
The constituents of the human body differ in three
particulars:--

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY.

147

Firstly, in the mechanical arrangement of their
particles; hence they are divisible into solids and
fluids.
1. The solids include bones, muscles, ligaments,
membranes, nerves, vessels, and the tissues generally.
2. The fluids embrace blood, chyle, lymph, chyme;
secretions from various glands, as milk, tears, saliva,
etc.; secretions from membranes, such as perspiration,
mucus, etc.: others of subordinate importance might,
but need not, be enumerated. The proportions of
fluids to solids in the body is estimated as nine
to one.
Secondly, in relative position, according to an artificial division which separates the body into head,
trunk, and extremities. Of these we shall again speak.
Thirdly, in the purposes they subserve. This
philosophical and comprehensive classification will
best serve the purposes of description. The assemblage
of organs comprising the human body may, accordingly, be arranged into three groups, viz.:-I. ORGANS
OF MOTION; II. ORGANS OF DIGESTION, CIRCULATION, ETC.; III. ORGANS OF SENSE.
I. ORGANS OF MOTION.
The numerous and varied movements of which the
human body is susceptible, are effected by three different sets of organs:-Firstly, bones, which are the
passive instruments; secondly, muscles, which move
them on the application of a requisite stimulus; and
thirdly, nervous matter, which generates and conducts

148

HOM(EOPATHY.

the active motive force;-all co-operating, in distinct
yet associated ways, in the performance of one common end.
Each kind of organ demands individual notice.
I. THE BONES.-Bone is a hard, dense, firm substance, made up of numerous cells and canals filled with
a fatty matter called the marrow, which prevents the
too great dryness and brittleness of the osseous structure, and communicating with each other and with
the external surface of the bone, by the continuation
of a fine sensitive membrane called the periosteum,
which is highly vascular, and serves to convey the
blood for the purpose of nourishing the bony fabric
of the body. In very early life the bones are at first
composed of cartilage, but at a later period a deposition of earthy matter, derived from the food, takes
place, and they become converted and consolidated
into bone. This process, which is technically termed
ossification, is not completed until about the twentyfifth year of age; whilst in old persons, the flexible
cartilages of the chest are changed into unyielding
bone, and consequently interfere with the facile expansion of that cavity during the acts of respiration,
causing the difficulty of breathing which is so frequent
a concomitant of advanced life. At this period, too,
the whole osseous system becomes thinner, lighter,
and more fragile; hence the frequency of fractures.
Bone is composed, chemically speaking, of about
one-third of animal matter, and of about two-thirds of
earthy materials, consisting chiefly of phosphate and
carbonate of lime, phosphate of magnesia, etc.

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY.

140

Bones impart character, strength, and solidity to
the body, support its various organs, and afford numerous points of attachment to the ligaments which
connect and the muscles which invest them.
They are differently shapen: long and cylindrical,
to support weight, to resist violence, and to afford
leverage: arched and expanded, to protect important
parts beneath and to facilitate expansion; and are
variously marked on their surface: with hollows to
receive organs, and to articulate one with another:
with grooves to transmit vessels: with holes to give
passage to nerves, veins, and arteries: and with projections to which muscles, tendons, and ligaments are
firmly and immovably fixed.
The human skeleton may be divided into the
head, the trunk, and the extremities.
1. Bones of the Head.-The head of the human
being is placed upon a movable neck, and occupies the
highest position of his body-a characteristic which
alone suffices to distinguish him from all the other
members of the animal kingdom. The head is constituted by the skull and the face.
(1.) The skull is the bony, vaulted box, containing within its cavity the greater and the lesser brain,
the commencement of the spinal cord, numerous
arteries, veins, and nerves, and three membranes,
which invest the entire contents more or less completely. The bones of the skull are constructed of an
outer and an inner table of dense, compact bone, and
of an intervening softer structure termed the diploe,
which is channelled by numerous tubes for venous

150

HIOMOEOPATHY.

blood. The object of this wise provision is, that
whilst the external layer may be extensively fractured
from blows or other violence, the internal one shall
not be implicated, in order to prevent pressure upon
the brain and consequent interruption to, or suspension of, its important functions. The skull bones are
indissolubly bound together by sutures; but in childhood, besides being separated, they are also soft and
cartilaginous, so that they overlap each other and
permit of diminution of bulk and alteration of
shape during parturition.
The size of the skull is proportioned to the bulk
of the brain, which, in its turn, is alleged to hold a
direct comparative relation to mental capacity.
The bones of the skull are eight in number, viz.,
the frontal, placed in front; the occipital, behind
and at the base; two parietal, at the top and sides;
two temporal, at the base and sides; the sphenoid,
partly at each side, partly at the base; and the ethmoid, at the root of the nose.
(2.) The face is that portion of the head which
contains the chief organs of sense, and is situated before
and below the margin of the scalp proper. The bones
entering into its formation are fourteen in number,
viz., two nasal, two lachrymal, two inferior turbinated,
two malar, two palate, vomer, one inferior and two
superior maxillary. Into the sockets of the last three
bones, the former constituting the lower, and the
latter two the upper jaw, are fixed the teeth, which
shall alone be specialized.
The teeth are of two sorts, viz., deciduous and

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY.

151

permanent. The deciduous, milk or temporary teeth,
are twenty in number-eight molars, four canine, and
eight incisors. They are small and weak in comparison to their successors, and are just suited to the
nature of the food which childhood requires. They
ought to appear at about the sixth month; by the
second or third year the full complement is generally
attained.
The permanent teeth begin to replace the others
at the sixth or seventh year, and continue appearing
up to the age of puberty, when the wisdom-teeth
complete the dental apparatus. They are the last to
come, and generally the first to go, on account of
their imperfect development and the over-crowded
state of the jaws.
The permanent teeth consist of thirty-two-sixteen in each jaw-four incisors, two canine, four
bicuspids, and six molars. The incisors have long
fangs and wedge-like edges to cut the food; the
canine and bicuspids have long single fangs, and
sharp-pointed crowns to pierce and tear it; the molars
are furnished with from one to four fangs, and have
roughened tuberculated crowns to comminute alimentary materials.
The structure and general arrangement of the
teeth correspond, in all animals, with the nature
of the food upon which they subsist; and hence we
may infer, from the characters of the dental machinery
in the human being, that he was designed to appropriate nourishment from both the animal and the
vegetable kingdom.

152

1HOM(EOPATHY.

2. Bones of the Trunk.-The trunk may be recognized as that portion of the body which, subtracting the limbs, constitutes its great bulk.
It may be viewed collectively and separately.
(1.) Considered collectively, the trunk is composed
of the vertebrco, the ribs, and the sternum.
a. The vertebrm form the vertebral column, or
spine, and are divided into true and false-the former
including seven cervical or neck, twelve dorsal or
back, and five lumbar or loin vertebrae; whilst the
latter comprise five sacral and four coccygeal vertebrae, which contribute to the posterior boundary of
the pelvic cavity.
These pieces of bone are bound together by strong
ligaments, which, whilst they permit of the requisite
degree of motion, prevent any displacement. They
are imposed one upon the other, and between their
bodies a soft, tough, elastic cushion, called the intervertebral substance, is interposed, which allows of
flexion, and prevents the concussive effects of jolting
movements. The long maintenance of the erect posture compresses and thins this material; and hence
the body measures about an inch shorter at night
than in the morning. In old age, too, it becomes
shrivelled and inelastic, causing the stooping form and
diminished height of " second childhood."
b. The ribs are the long curved bones which form
the bony walls of the chest, protect the lungs lying
within from outward violence, and assist in respiration. They are twelve in number on each side, being
connected behind to the spine and in front to the

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY.

153

sternum. Man is not deficient of a rib-unless he
be single-as the ignorant aver.
c. The sternum, or breast-bone, is flat, thin, and
porous, and receives the anterior extremities of the rib.
(2.) Considered separately, according to an arbitrary division, the trunk may be arranged into
the neck and two cavities, viz., the thorax and the
abdomen.
a. The neck is the slender, movable part of the
body which connects the head with the trunk. The
head moves upon it in three directions, called the
nodding, side, and rotatory motions.
b. The thorax, or chest, is the arched cavity lying
between the neck and the belly; constructed of the
ribs, sternum, and part of the spinal column; narrow
above, broad below; flattened from before backwards;
concave within and convex without; and containing
the heart and great vessels, the lungs and appendages,
the cesophagus, numerous nerves, and a thin delicate
membrane called the pleura, which lines the inner
surface of the walls and invests the viscera of the
thorax.
c. The abdomen, or belly, is separated from the
chest by a strong muscular partition, termed the diaphraym, or midriff, which is largely engaged in carrying
on the respiratory process; contains the digestive, the
generative, and the urinary organs; is bounded chiefly
by muscles and membranes; and is lined by a thin,
smooth web of tissues, the peritoneum, which, in addition, invests the contents, defends from injury, obviates the effects of concussion or of false movements,

154

HOMCEOPATHY.

and exhales moisture, in order to facilitate the gliding
of one part upon another.
3. Bones of the Extremities.- The extremities,
limbs, or members of the body, are the superior and
the inferior.
(1.) The Superior _Extremities.--Each upper limb
is divided into-the scapula, or blade-bone; the clavicle,
or collar-bone; the humerus, or upper arm-bone; the
radius and the ulna, or lower arm-bones; the carpus,
or wrist; the metacarpus, or hand; and thephalanges,
or fingers.
(2.) The Inferior Extremities.-Each lower member comprises the pelvis, which is composed of three
bones, viz., the ischium, or sitting-bone; the pubis,
or share-bone; and the ilium, or hip-bone: also the
femur, or thigh-bone; the patella, or knee-pan; the
tibia, or shin-bone; the fibula, or clasp-bone; the
tarsus, or instep-bones; the metatarsus, or foot-bones;
and lastly, the phalanges, or toe-bones.
The skeleton of the full-grown adult is constructed
of 246 distinct bones, which may be arranged in the
following order:-Head, 8; ear, 6; face, 14; teeth,
32; vertebral column, sacrum, and coccyx, 26; hyoidbones, sternum, and ribs, 26; upper extremity, 64;
lower extremity, 62; sesamoid-bones, 8.
These bones, divested of every tatter of ligament,
muscle, or membrane, weigh from nine to twelve
pounds.
II. THE 1MUSCLES.-The muscles are the agents
which move the bones, and they are, in their turn,
excited to action by nervous influence. They invest

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. 15

155

the bones, except the teeth; enclose cavities; defend
and, protect from outward violence; clothe the ungainly skeleton; and im-part grace, beauty, and,
symmetry to its form. Every muscle has an appointed action, and a definite sphere of duty, from
which it is impossible to depart. Thus, that muscle,
or set of muscles, which can change the relative position of any part of the body, cannot revert its action,
but another, or avdtaqonist muscle, or set of muscles,
restores to the original condition, because its action
is exerted in an opposite direction. Thus the arm is
bent at the elbow by the flexors, straightened by the
extensors; the former lie in front of the arm, the
latter behind it.
Exercise increases the size, and gives greater tone
and power to the muscles. The leg of the ballet-girl,
the arm of the blacksmith, and the greater comparative development3 of one part of the artizan's body, in
consequence of its being employed in his trade whilst
others are at rest, are familiar examples. On the
other hand, inaction and disuse cause them to waste
and become powerless.
Muscles are called voluntary, when they are under
the influence of volition; involuntary, when they act
altoge 'ther, or in great measure, independently of
it. The muscles of the heart, stomach, bowels, etc.,
are of the latter class, and illustrate the distinction.
A piece of muscle, or, as commonly known, flesh, is
separable into a number of fibres, or bundles of fibres,
placed in collateral order, and invested and bound
together by areolar tissue, in which numerous vessels

156

HOMEOPATHY.

and nerve-twigs ramify. Aggregations of these fibres
form muscles. Muscular fibre is endowed with the
property of alternate contraction and relaxation,
dependent partly upon an inherent capacity in the
tissue itself, but chiefly on the application of the
nervous stimulus. When a muscle contracts, the
fibres composing it become shorter and wider, so that
what it loses in length, it gains in thickness.
III. THE NERYOUS SYSTEM.-The nervous system
is divided into two portions-the cerebro-spinal, and
the sympathetic.
1. The cerebro-spinal system includes the cerebrum, the cerebellum, the medulla oblongata, the
spinal cord, and their nerves.
(1.) The cerebrum, or greater brain, is the large
soft mass of nervous tissue, which is enclosed within,
and protected from external violence by, the bony
skull-box; on the outside of this enclosure, the hairy
scalp, and, on the inside, three membranes, are further
protective adjuvants. The outermost of these investments within the skull is the dura mater; a firm,
dense, fibrous membrane, which clothes and supports
the brain; keeps the various lobes in their proper
positions, by means of intervening partitions; envelopes and protects the nerves as they issue from the
numerous holes in the skull; and forms channels
called sinuses, of which there are sixteen, for currents
of impure blood. The next covering is called the
arachnoid-a thin, semi-transparent web. The third
investment is the pia mater, the thin and immediate
covering of the brain's substance, being copiously

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY.

157

furnished with a net-work of vessels, filled with pure
blood, which yields its nutritive portions to regenerate
the decay consequent on mental exercise. The brain
itself is superficially divided into two symmetrical
halves termed hemnispheres; but at the bottom of
the cleft they are connected together by a link of
strong, dense, nervous matter. The whole of its
external surface is marked by numerous elevations,
which are separated from each other by corresponding
grooves.
In intimate structure, the brain is composed of an
external, grey, cineritious, or cortical layer, in which
all the mental processes are presumed to occur; and
of an internal, white, medullary portion, which serves
the purposes of conduction.
(2.) The cerebellum, or little brain, is seven or
eight times less than the cerebrum, and is situated
under its posterior portion. The cerebellum is divided
into right and left lobes, and is marked on its surface
by convolutions.
(3.) The medulla oblongata is continuous above
with the brain, and below with the spinal marrow;
thus forming the unitive bond between both.
(4.) The spinal cord, or marrow, lies in the bony
canal formed by the super-imposition of the bones of
the spine; is connected above with the brain; whilst
numerous nerves of motion and of sensation issue
from it throughout its entire length.
(5.) The nerves of the cerebro-spinal system are
divided into cerebral, from the brain; and spinal, from
the cord.

158

HOMCEOPATHY.

a. The cerebral nerves consist of eight pairs.
They are-the first, or olfactory, which are distributed to the nose, and indue it with the special sense
of smell; the second, or optic, upon which the rays of
light are received and the impression conducted to
the brain; the third, or motor-the fourth, or pathetici-and the sixth, or abducentes, which are all distributed to the muscles of the eyeballs, and bestow upon
them the power of motion; the fifth, or trigemini, compound in function, because they contain nervous fibres
of sensation and of motion, are distributed to the
tongue, palate, teeth, etc.; the seventh consist of the
portio mollis and the portio dura-they have different
functions; the former endows with the special sense
of hearing, the latter with power of motion to all
the facial muscles; and, lastly, the eighth, which
comprise the glosso-pharyngeal, spinal accessory, and
pneumogastric nerves.
b. The spinal nerves arise from the cord, and
are thirty-one pairs in number, viz., eight cervical,
twelve dorsal, five lumbar, and six sacral. They each
arise by two roots from different parts of the cord,
those issuing from the front being for motion, those
from behind for sensation.
The entire cerebro-spinal system, inclusive of the
cerebrum, the cerebellum, the medulla oblongata, the
spinal cord, and the numerous nerves which constitute
the cerebral and spinal series, minister to the functions
of animal life, in contradistinction to the sympathetic
system, which presides over those of organic life. Each
portion has a different function. The brain is generally

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY.

159

regarded as the instrument and seat of the mind; but
this is merely a presumption. The nature of the immaterial principle within us cannot be divined in our present existence; nor can we ever ascertain in what part
of our bodies it is located. These matters are beyond
our ken. The brain, however, is that part of the
body which receives all the impressions made on the
nerves by outward agencies, and the source of volition to those organs which are under the government
of the will. The spinal cord is the instrument of
motor and sensory power.
2. The sympathetic system is represented by
numerous masses of grey nervous matter, called ganglions, which, with their connecting branches, extend
from the skull to the lower part of the vertebral column.
All the internal organs receive branches of nerves
from this system, whilst the cerebro-spinal branches
communicate with it in different places. This division
presides over the functions of organic life; those,
namely, concerned in nutrition, secretion, and the
various co-ordinate movements connected therewith,
which occur independently of the will or of consciousness.
II. VITAL ORGANS.
Under this group may be included the organs and
the functions of digestion, circulation, respiration, and
secretion.
I. DIGEsTION.-Digestion, in its widest acceptation, is the process by which animals receive into, and

160

HOMCEOPATHY.

prepare within, their bodies, certain materials derived
from the animal and the vegetable kingdom, which
are essential to their existence. The constituent
actions of digestion are, in successive order, prehension, mastication, insalivation, deglutition, chymification,
chylifaction, and defecation.
1. Prehension. - Prehension, or the grasping of
food, is effected in man by the hand, which has the
ability of opposing the thumb to the other fingers'
ends. No other animal is so gifted. In civilized
society, various instruments are used, adapted to the
hand, for the purpose of carrying the food to the
mouth, where they are seized by the lips and the
teeth, which have, in all cases, a subordinate prehensible action. Fluids are introduced into the mouth
also by mechanical contrivances, but instead of being
grasped, they fall into it by their own gravity. In
other instances they are sucked in by a peculiar action
of the tongue, cheeks, and lips.
2. Mastication.-Mastication, or the operation of
chewing solid food, breaking it into small fragments, and
thoroughly mixing it with the saliva, is effected chiefly
by the mechanical agency of the teeth. The morsel
of food is placed between the upper and the lower
range of teeth, by the combined action of the tongue,
lips, and cheeks, being cut by the incisors, torn by
the cuspids, and ground by the molars. The teeth
must be regarded as passive instruments in the operation-the upper jaw being fixed, and the lower one
forming a lever with upward motion; whilst muscles,
of very considerable strength and power, are the true

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY.

161

active agents. The movements between the two
jaws are upward and downward, forward and backward, and from side to side, so that the food is submitted to the individual action of the three kinds
of teeth.
3. Insalivation.-Insalivation signifies the admixture of saliva with the food, during the manducation
of the latter.
Saliva is composed of water, chloride of sodium,
sulphate of soda, phosphate of lime, etc., and of
a peculiar animal matter termed ptyaline. It is
secreted by three pairs of glands, viz., the sublingual,
placed under the tongue; the submaxillary, at the
inner surface of the lower jaw; and the parotid, in
front of and below the ear. In addition to these,
other smaller glands in the vicinity of the mouth
secrete a tenacious mucus, which facilitates the
passage of food down the gullet by coating it with a
slippery covering.
The saliva keeps the mouth moist, converts the
food into a pulpy mass easily swallowed, dissolves
solid substances, and renders them capable of exciting
the sense of taste; facilitates the movements of the
tongue during articulation and mastication; entangles
atmospheric air, whose nitrogen Liebig considers indispensable to digestion; and, lastly, it exerts a
peculiar chemical influence upon some kinds of food
preparatory to their introduction into the stomach.
4. Deglutition.--Deglutition, or the swallowing of
the food, may be considered under three stages. In
the first stage, the tongue, cheeks, and lips collect
M

162

HOMCEOPATHY.

the food into a mass, or bolus, which is left upon the
upper surface of the tongue near its root; in the second,
a series of complicated changes occur in the relative
positions of the important structures at the back of
the mouth, the effect being to prevent the return of
the food through the nostrils, to shut down the lid of
the windpipe, and to prepare for the third stage, in
which it is carried backwards into the pharynx, or
funnel-shaped commencement of the cesophagus or
gullet; lastly, the muscles of the latter tube grasp it,
and carry it down into the stomach, independently of
the will.
5. Chtymification.-Chymification is the process of
conversion of food into chyme, the true digestive
action taking place in the stomach. The stomach is a
large membranous bag lying across the upper, and
chiefly the left, side of the abdomen, constructed of
three coats-an external, or peritoneal; an internal, or
villous, which is soft, velvety, and furnished with
blood-vessels; and an intermediate, or muscular. It
has a superior opening, or cardia, placed at the left
side, where the gullet ends; and an inferior, or pylorus,
towards the right, where the intestine begins. Its
functions are, the reception of the food, and the secretion of gastric juice. This fluid is composed of water,
various salts of potash, lime, soda, etc., lactic acid, and
a peculiar animal principle called pepsine, which is the
immediate digestive agent. In physical characters,
the gastric juice is limpid, transparent, inodorous,
saltish, and slightly acid to the taste. It possesses
great solvent properties, and quickly dissolves the

ANA.TOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY.

163

food that has already undergone the preparatory processes already mentioned; it has also an antiseptic
action, and thus checks putrefaction by virtue of its
free acid. Solid substances previously reduced to a
pulp are at once acted upon; but soups and other
liquid foods have their fluid portions first absorbed by
the stomach, so that the solvent powers of the juice
may not be impaired by dilution. The quantity of
gastric juice secreted is exactly proportioned to that
amount of food which is just sufficient to supply the
requirements of the body; therefore, if more than
the proper complement be taken it remains in the
stomach undigested, becomes subject to the operation
of chemical laws excited into action by the temperature and moisture of that organ, and the train of
phenomena characteristic of dyspepsia supervene.
The food, then, is intimately mixed with the juice
by a peculiar churning action of the stomach, which
begins at its left large end, spreads through its body,
and ends near the pyloric orifice, in order to effect the
disintegration and solution of the particles composing
the alimentary substance. The result is cltymne-a
pulpy, uniform, greyish mass. This is permitted to
pass through a valve in the pylorus, into the intestines; but unless the chyme is thoroughly perfected
the valve closes on the indigested matter, and retains
it in the stomach to undergo further reduction. In
this way an ordinary meal is reduced, dissolved, and
chymified, in from three to four hours as a general
rule; but exceptions occur from various circumstances,
such as the amount, nature, state of division, solidity,

164

HO M(EOPATHY.

or liquidity of the food; the capacity and power
of the stomach; the time of taking a meal; the
quantity of saliva; and the general condition of the
system.
6. Chylifaction.-Chylifaction, or the process of
conversion of the chyme into chyle, occurs in the
duodenunm, or first portion of the intestine, and is
effected by the admixture of pancreatic juice and bile.
By the agency of bile, the chyme is separated into a
nutritious portion (chyle), and a non-nutritious portion (excrement), which is discharged from the body
as useless. The former is absorbed by an immense
number of small projections called villi, which stud
the inner surface of the intestine, whence it is
conveyed through lacteal vessels and mesenteric
glands to the thoracic duct. The latter is propelled
through the bowels by a peculiar movement, called
the peristaltic action. It is delayed in the large intestine and exposed to the action of an acid secretion
for the purpose of undergoing a supplementary digestion, in order to yield up any nutritive portions that
may have escaped absorption by the villi. Lower
down it becomes more solid and inspissated from loss
of its fluids, and, as decomposition speedily ensues, it
assumes the true fecal character.
7. Defecation.-Defecation is the act of ejecting the
non-nutritious portions of the food and the intestinal
excretions through the lower orifice of the bowels, in
obedience to a call consequent on their accumulation
in the rectum.
Alimentary substances, which the foregoing pro

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY.

165

cesses are concerned in digesting, are divided into two
classps-nitrogenized and non-nitrogenized.
(1.) Nitrogenized materials consist of albumen,
fibrin, and caseine derived from vegetables; and of
blood and flesh from animals. They become converted
into blood and re-form the worn-out tissues.
(2.) Non-nitrogenized materials consist of fat,
starch, gum, sugar, etc. They are incapable of being
transformed into blood, and are burnt up within the
body, to support respiration, and to generate and
maintain animal heat.
II. CIncULATION.-The circulatory organs include
those for the chyle and lymph, and those for the
blood.
1. The chyle and the lymph vessels.
The nutritive portion of the food having been
selected by the numerous projections, or villi, on the
inner surface of the mucous membrane of the intestine, is conveyed along small vessels, or lacteals,
which, after uniting into larger trunks, pass through
the so-called mzesenteric glands, between the folds of the
peritoneum, designated the mesentery, and ultimately
pour their contents, by three or four large canals,
into the lower portion of the thoracic duct. This is
the point of junction of the lacteal or chyle vessels,
and of the lymphatic or lymph vessels. The latter set
are distributed over the whole body, and on their way
to the common reservoir pass through so-called glands
in the groin, armpits, etc. Their office is to absorb
and carry into the general circulation those organized
materials deposited in superabundant amount to repair

166

HOMCEOPATHY.

the decay of the tissues, or those that are replaced by
fresher depositions from the blood. Some portions
are inimical to life, or are purely excrementitious;
they are, therefore, eliminated from the body by various processes. Others, however, that can be applied
to ulterior purposes, are mixed with the chyle in the
receptacle of the thoracic duct. Ascending this canal
through the cavity of the abdomen and the chest, and
lying upon the spinal column, they become capable of
spontaneous coagulation, and assume a reddish hue,
thus gradually approaching in character to the blood.
They are ultimately delivered into the general circulation of blood at the point of junction of the left
subclavian with the left jugular vein, whose two currents commingle them thoroughly with the gory tide.
This stream, containing imperfectly formed and impure
blood, is further admixed by the action of the right
auricle, passes into the right ventricle, which propels
into both lungs, where the action of the atmospheric
air completes the transformation of the chyle and
lymph into a bright red nutritive fluid essential to life.
2. The circulatory organs of the blood comprise:(1.) Arteries, arising from the left side of the heart, for
the conveyance of pure blood; they are dense in structure, encircled by a coat of muscular tissue, pulsate
during life, and retain the cylindrical form when
empty after death. (2.) Veins are the membranous,
non-pulsating conduits, furnished with valves, which
return the impure blood to the right division of the
heart. (3.) Capillaries are the small, hair-like tubes,
communicating, on the one hand, with arteries, and,

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY.

167

on the other, with veins, in which all the vital processes
of the animal economy occur. (4.) The heart.
The heart is the conical, hollow, muscular organ
situate in the thorax, and the primary cause of the
blood's movement. A vertical partition divides it
into two halves, which are again sub-divided by a
transverse boundary; hence the heart consists of four
compartments, of which the upper ones are called the
auricles, and the lower the ventricles. Each auricle
communicates with its corresponding ventricle through
an opening in the transverse division. Arteries arise
from, and veins end in, the heart; and by its alternate
contraction and dilatation, the blood is propelled
through the former and returned by the latter. At
each contraction its tip is tilted against the space
between the sixth and seventh ribs, and about two
inches nearer the medial line of the body than the
nipple; where its pulsations, averaging seventy per
minute, may be distinctly felt by the hand; or the
simultaneous beating of the radial artery, termed the
pulse, may be counted at the wrist.
The heart has two functions, which are carried on
simultaneously.
(1.) The left side of the heart, consisting of auricle
and corresponding ventricle, is engaged in the great
systemic or general circulation, in which the auricle
receives the purified and nourishing blood from the
lungs, and the ventricle propels it into the aorta,
whence it is distributed by off-shooting arteries into
all parts of the body, to be returned by the veins to
the right auricle, much changed in physical characters

168

HOMCEOPATHY.

and chemical composition. When the heart contracts, pure blood is leaving it; when it dilates, impure
blood is received from the veins.
(2.) The right side, auricle and ventricle, carries
on the little or pulmonary circulation in which the
impure blood poured by the veins into the right
auricle flows into the right ventricle, whose contraction propels it into arteries leading to both lungs,
where it is submitted to the renovating influence of
the air. Having recovered its health-giving properties,
it returns to the left auricle at the next dilatation of
the heart, and, having passed into the corresponding
ventricle, is again propelled by its contraction over
the whole body.
This apparatus, then, is for the general diffusion
of blood. Blood, whilst circulating, is a uniform,
viscid fluid, consisting of liquor sanguinis and blood
corpuscles.
a. Liquor sanguinis consists of serum holding
fibrin in solution. It is poured out from the vessels
to glue the sides of wounds together; forms a bag
which circumscribes abscesses; and is the material of
regenerating and reforming all the tisues.
b. The blood corpuscles are mixed with some
colourless ones, but the majority are red, and impart
to the blood its florid hue. The colour is said
to depend upon the presence of iron, which acts the
part of a carrier of oxygen from the lungs to the
tissues.
When the blood is withdrawn from the body and
allowed to cool, vapour of a peculiar odour exhales

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY.

169

from its surface, and it coagulates, or separates into a
solid portion called the clot, leaving a fluid called serum.
a. The clot consists of coagulated fibrin, entangled
corpuscles, some serum, and salts.
b. The serum is a pale, yellowish fluid, composed
chiefly of soluble albumen; by the application of heat
it coagulates and leaves another fluid, serosity, which
contains various salts soluble in the blood.
Blood is endowed with an independent life-principle, and its quantity is estimated at thirty-four and
a-half pounds in the male, and twenty-six pounds in the
female. Blood is of two kinds-arterial and venous.
a. Arterial blood flows in arteries; is of a florid
red colour; contains more fibrin and oxygen than
venous blood; stimulates the brain and the other
tissues; contains elaborated chyle, derived from the
metamorphosis of aliments; is the true nutritive fluid,
containing within itself every material requisite for
the preservation of the body; and supplies the materials for the secretion of certain fluids-as milk,
saliva, gastric juice-which serve ulterior, special, and
indispensable purposes.
b. Venous blood, on the other hand, runs in veins;
is of a dark purplish colour; exercises a sedative
effect on all the tissues; contains a considerable quantity of carbonaceous matter, derived from the wornout tissues, and from non-nitrogenized alimentary
principles; and, lastly, is not nutritious, because,
firstly, a portion of it contains non-elaborated chyle;
and, secondly, its great mass is contaminated with
certain.deleterious principles resulting from the pro-... '...:

170

HOM(EOPATHIY.

cesses of nutrition, which are removed from the body
by the various organs of excretion.
III. RESPIRATION.--The apparatus, the action,
and the agent will be consecutively considered.
1. The Apparatus.-The organs engaged in the
respiratory process are numerous muscles, which
directly or indirectly influence the dimensions of the
thorax; but chiefly the trachea and the lungs.
(1.) The trachea, or windpipe, opens into the
pharynx, or back part of the mouth, so that air inhaled either by the latter orifice, or by the nose, finds
admittance into the lungs through its aperture. The
upper part is called the larynx, which is the vocal
organ; its orifice is called the glottis, through which
no food can pass in consequence of the lid-like action
of the epiglottis, covering it over during the act of
swallowing. But as this valve lifts up during laughing or speaking, particles of food, in such cases, intrude
into the windpipe, and excite considerable coughing
in order to effect their expulsion. The trachea is
composed, below the larynx, of about twenty cartilaginous rings, imperfect behind, and connected together
by membrane. At its lower portion it bifurcates into
two branches, which, under the name of bronchial
tubes, divide and subdivide into numerous minute
ramifications throughout the substance of the lung.
They terminate ultimately in an air-cell, which is
lined by mucous membrane and surrounded by a network of capillary blood-vessels. Here the changes
attendant on respiration take place.
(2.) The right and left lobes of the lung are conical

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY.

171

in shape; yellowish-grey in colour; spongy and elastic
in texture; fill the cavity of the thorax in conjunction
with the heart, and have their surfaces covered by the
pleura, which is thence reflected on to the inner
side of the chest. They expand and contract in
correspondence with the movements of the chest,
whose dimensions are diminished or increased by
muscular agencies. When the chest enlarges, the
elastic lungs resile from the removed restraint and
pressure of the thoracic cavity, and in proportion to
the increased space thus procured, so is the quantity
of air that fills it up. On the other hand, when the
dimensions of the cavity are reduced by muscular
agency, the pressure upon the lungs is renewed, and
they are emptied of a certain amount of air proportionate to their diminished space and capacity. This
alternate action of inhaling (inspiration) and of exhaling (expiration) air constitutes respiration, which
occurs, on an average, in the young and well-made
adult, from eighteen to twenty times per minute.
But the entire quantity of air receivable by the lungs
is not renewed at every act of breathing, for only
about thirteen cubic feet are taken in and expelled at
every ordinary respiration; whilst nearly one hundred
remain as residual air, and are occasionally displaced
and renewed by unconscious or by voluntary actions
of deep inspiration and expiration; and also by the
forcible expulsions attendant on coughing, sneezing,
laughing, crying, etc.
2. The Action.-Respiration is subservient to three
purposes.

172

12HOM(EOPATHEY.

(1.) To Purify the Blood.-The venous blood conveyed to the lungs from the right ventricle by the
pulmonary arteries contains abundance of carbonaceous matter, derived from food or the waste of tissues;
it passes through the mesh-work of vessels around
the air-cells, meets with atmospheric air, whose oxygen penetrates through the intervening mucous membrane, combines with the carbon to form carbonic
acid, which is ejected in the gaseous state during expiration. The impure venous blood is thus terated,
oxygenated, or arterialized by subtraction of carbon
and absorption of oxygen; the change in chemical
composition being accompanied by alteration of colour,
from dark to bright red.
(2.) To Generate Animnal -Heat.--Combustion, being
the union of a combustible body with a supporter of
combustion, occurs during the combination of the
carbon of venous blood with the oxygen of the atmosphere; this chemical process is accordingly attended
with the development of caloric, which is absorbed in
a latent condition by the arterial blood, and is set
free as sensible heat during the circulation of that
fluid in the remote capillary system.
(3.) To Exhale Water. -Respiration is the means
of absorbing and of exhaling watery vapour. That it
is absorbed, follows from the inhalation of air which
contains vapour as one of its constituents; that it is
exhaled may be proved by expiring into a glass, when
the vapour will condense on the sides of the vessel
into drops of water, which on analysis yield animal
matter. This constant exhalation of water, resulting

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY.

173

from the union of hydrogen in the blood with oxygen
in the air, is not always apparent, because the transparency of a warm atmosphere is not impaired by the
aqueous particles which are dissolved in it; but in a
colder air they remain suspended in the form of vescicular vapour, giving rise to the appearance of fog or
steam.
3. The Agent.-The atmosphere, or air, is the
elastic fluid or gas which surrounds the earth; it accompanies this planet in its rotation round the sun,
and is under the influence of the centrifugal tendency
consequent on its revolution; it is computed to reach
a height of forty-five miles, terminating, as is supposed, at the point where the diffusive tendency of
the gas is counterbalanced by the force of attraction
exerted by the earth.
Atmospheric air is composed of twenty-one parts
of oxygen, seventy-nine of nitrogen, a trace of carbonic acid, and of ammonia, in tropical climates,
where it combines, under the synthetic influence of
electricity, with nitric acid to form nitrate of ammonia, which falls with rain to nourish the soil and
vegetables. It is also mixed with various extraneous
materials.
It has the following relations to man:
(1.) The oxygen entering into its constitution is
the great supporter of respiration, by means of which
many changes are wrought essential to life.
(2.) It also furnishes the oxygen to combine with
the carbon of venous blood-a chemical action which
purifies the blood and evolves caloric.

174

HOM(EOPA.THY.

(3.) It is the great supporter of combustion,
both within the body, as has been already said, and
without it; for, in the latter case, man resorts, in
certain climates and in certain seasons, to the use of
materials which can afford him heat.
(4.) Actions of ordinary combustion, independently
of that variety of it occurring in the lungs, are frequently accompanied by light, which acts on the
organs of vision.
(5.) It is the chief medium of sound, which is
brought to the ear in waves or undulations of the air.
The philosophical definition of sound is given under
the sense of hearing (' The Ear,' p. 182).
(6.) It holds in suspension, or in solution, certain
watery particles, which the skin and lungs are continually absorbing.
(7.) It is laden with numerous odoriferous particles, or emanations, and is the medium of carrying
them into the nasal chambers, where they act on the
olfactory nerves and excite the sense of smell.
(8.) Gases, the products of animal and of vegetable
decomposition, are mixed up in it; so are particles of
dust and other impurities, both of which infect man
with disease, or act injuriously upon him in many
ways.
(9.) It is dissolved in fluids, and especially in water,
which is essential to life.
(10). It presses upon our bodies with a gravity
equal to fifteen pounds in the square inch-in other
words, a square column of air, forty-five miles high,
weighs fifteen pounds-so that a man of ordinary

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY.

175

stature is computed to sustain an atmospheric pressure of more than 32,000 lbs. No inconvenience
results from this enormous burden, for three reasons:
firstly, because air being an elastic fluid, its whole
pressure is equal to its weight, and that weight presses
equally on every part of the surface; secondly, because air within the body exerts its elastic force, and
serves, in a measure, to counterbalance and lighten,
as it were, the outward pressure; and, thirdly, the
fluids within the body have an expansive tendency
which opposes the atmospheric pressure.
(11.) It diffuses the sun's rays, and by this means
adapts light to excite the sensation of vision.
(12.) Its presence is necessary in numerous processes which affect the economy of minerals, vegetables, and animals.
IV. SECRETION.-Secretion signifies the process
of separating from the blood certain materials, such
as bile, saliva, etc., which differ from it, or any of its
constituents, in character and composition. A distinction is drawn between secretions, which subserve
some ulterior purpose in the economy, and excretions,
which consist of substances withdrawn from the circulation, and ejected from the body in order to maintain the purity and nutritive properties of the blood.
The limited scope of this work will not permit of
a description of the structure of the organs by whose
agency these processes are carried on, or of any other
than a brief account of the more important secretions.
1. The Liver.-The liver secretes bile, which is
composed of a considerable quantity of fatty and

176

HOMEOPATHY.

other matters, whose ultimate analyses yield a large
proportion of carbon, hydrogen, and a smaller per
centage of nitrogen and oxygen. It is poured into the
first portion of the smaller intestines near the stomach,
where it separates alimentary materials into a nutritious and a non-nutritious portion. It is not directly
carried out of the system by this channel, for a large
quantity of its carbon and hydrogen is absorbed into
the general circulation by the coats of the intestines,
and is carried to the lungs, where it is finally eliminated by the respiratory process. The liver is, therefore, the instrument of expelling carbon, hydrogen,
oxygen, and a small amount of nitrogen from the body.
2. The Kidneys secrete urine; their chief office being
the excretion of some portions of the liquid and changed
solid food taken into the system, and of the greater
portion of the materials derived from the disorganization of the tissues. Urine contains water, urea, uric
acid, various saline matters, and other substances
derived from the blood. Urea and uric acid consist of a considerable quantity of nitrogen and carbon,
some oxygen, and a little hydrogen. The urine is,
therefore, the means of expelling chiefly nitrogen, and
the superabundant aqueous elements of the blood.
3. The Skin.-The skin is, in addition to the lungs,
the chief means of separating carbon with oxygen from
the blood; whilst the exhalation, and, under certain
circumstances, the secretion of water in the form of
sweat, regulates the animal temperature. Nitrogen
is also given off, especially after eating animal food.
4. The Lungs.-The lungs excrete carbonic acid, a

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY.

177

large quantity of water, and sometimes a small amount
of nitrogen.
Under the excrementitious or injurious matters
may be included the urine; the water and carbonic
acid from the lungs; the sweat; the menstrual discharge; the secretions of the mucous membranes; the
hair, cuticle, and nails; a small portion of bile, milk,
and semen. The latter two serve no ulterior purpose
in the system producing them; and yet they contain
no injurious matters, as the other excretions do.
Amongst the true secretions may be mentioned
those essential to digestion, as saliva, gastric juice,
bile, pancreatic juice, etc.; tears from the lachrymal
gland; the water which the kidneys withdraw to wash
away the saline excretions of the urine; mucous and
various other fluids which lubricate and protect the
parts secreting them.
III.-ORGANS OF THE SENSES.
The senses are five in number, namely, touch,
taste, smell, hearing, and sight. By the senses is
meant those faculties which enable us to take cognizance of certain bodily conditions, such as the feeling of
hunger or of anxiety; and of the general or the special
properties of external objects, such as their colour,
weight, odour, etc. The instruments employed in
these offices are the skin, tongue, mouth, etc.; the
nose, ear, and eye. Each of these organs is furnished with special nerves, along which the impression produced on them by external objects is con

178

HOM(EOPATHY.

veyed to the brain, where the mind is presumed to be
excited to the perception of, and belief in, the existence of the cause to which the sensation is due. The
organs of the senses, and their special functions, will
now be separately described.
I. THE SxIN.-The skin consists of three layers,
namely, the cuticle, the rete mucosum, and the cutis
vera.
S1. The cuticle, epidermis, or scarf-skin, is the
outermost layer of the integument, and consists of
condensed strata of superimposed scales, which are in
constant process of desquamation and replacement
from the true skin beneath. It is thickest on the
foot-sole, and its growth is accelerated by the c6nstant
and unequal pressure exercised by ill-fitting bootshence corns are produced; it is raised as the blister
following burns and scalds; it has no vessels or
nerves, and is, therefore, devoid of sensation; it protects the extremities of the nerves, and prevents their
sensibilities being too soon blunted.
2. The rete mucosom is the next stratum. It
is soft, and contains a peculiar matter called pigment,
which imparts to the skin its characteristic colour or
complexion. Thus, in the Caucasian race, including
all Europeans, this matter is more or less colourless,
and the complexion is fair; in the African, or negro
race, the skin is of a sable hue; in the American race,
copper-coloured; in the Malay race, brown; and in
the Mongolian, inclusive of Chinese, yellow or tawny.
3. The cutis vera, dermis, or true skin, presents
on its upper surface an immense number of minute

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY.

179

projections, called papille, which are most numerous
on the tongue and the ends of the fingers. They
endow the entire surface of the body with tactile sensation, by virtue of the loop-like ends of the nerves of
touch which enter into their formation. On the
under surface, the cutis blends with areolar tissue,
and is connected by its means to the deeper-seated
structures.
The appendages of the skin are-Nails, which are
regarded as condensed portions of the cuticle, growing from a deep groove in the skin; they enable the
hand to seize minute objects, and protect the sensitive
finger-ends from injury. Hairs, which grow from roots
or hair bulbs, placed in depressions in the skin; they
are hollow tubes, round, or more or less flattened,
and contain a fluid whose different colours determine
the various hues of the hair; they obviate the effects
of friction in the armpit, and in other places which
admit of much motion; in the nose they retard the
passage of minute particles of dust, which might
otherwise accumulate in the lungs or the windpipe,
to the consequent detriment of health. Sebaceous
glands, placed in the true skin, and secreting an
unctuous fluid, which anoints the surface; they are
most numerous on the face, in order to obviate the
drying and cracking of the skin, induced by exposure
to sun and air; hence the oiliness of the negro's skin,
which is constantly exposed to the direct rays of a
scorching sun. And, lastly, sudoriferous or sweat
glands, which are situated at the lower portion of the
dermis; their tortuous ducts pierce all the strata of

180

HOM4EOPATHY.

the skin, and end on its external surface in open
mouths or pores.
The uses of the skin are the following:-To cover
and protect the parts beneath; to constitute the
organ of touch or feeling, by means of which sensations are experienced regarding those properties of
external bodies ascertainable by contact, such as
smoothness, roughness, cold, heat, and the like; to
eliminate carbon from the body in the form of carbonic acid, the presence of which may be proved by the
white powdery covering of carbonate of lime, which results from the immersion of the hand in lime-water; to
absorb various fluids and gases; to aid the kidneys in
depurating the blood from serosity and salts; and,
lastly, to excrete fluid from the cutaneous arteries, in
the forms of insensible and sensible perspiration. In
the former case, invisible vapour is evolved; in the
latter, it is condensed into drops of water which
adhere to the skin. The perspiration, speaking
generally, moistens the skin, and, accordingly, keeps
the epidermis and the nervous papille of the cutis
vera in the condition best fitted for the purposes of
common sensation; whilst, in insensible perspiration,
heat is given off from the body in a latent state during
the evaporation of the sweat, by which means the
injurious consequences attendant on accumulation of
caloric are averted, and the body is maintained at an
equable temperature.
The skin is continuous at the various orifices of the
body-viz., those of the nostrils, the eyes, the ears,
the mouth, the anus, and the urethra-with the mucous

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY.

181

membrane lining the respiratory, digestive, and
genito-urinary organs; it has also an uninterrupted
connection, through the apertures on the nipple, with
the mucous membrane forming the inner covering of
the ducts of the breasts. The mucous membrane
is indeed only a complicated infolding of modified
skin; and this anatomical relation is well exemplified
in the sympathies of disease. Thus, irritation of the
mucous membrane not unfrequently occasions an
eruption on the skin, known as tooth-rash; whilst,
on the other hand, burns, injuries, and suddenly
checked perspiration, not seldom induce violent inflammation, or even ulceration, in one or other portion
of the two great tracts of mucous membrane.
II. THE TONGUE.-The tongue consists of a mass of
tissue, mostly of a muscular nature; of three nerves,
which confer upon it the sense of taste, ordinary sensation, and the power of motion; of numerous arteries
and veins; and of an investment analogous in structure to the skin.
The tongue is, after the hand, the most delicate
instrument of ordinary sensation; some of its papillce
assist in the comminution of food; its peculiar
position and mobility enable it to change the form of
the mouth, and thus to modify the various vocal
sounds which man is capable of uttering; on this
account, too, it aids in the thorough mastication and
insalivation of aliments; it is an essential requisite in
articulate utterance, by which the thoughts and
desires of the human race are expressed and understood; and, lastly, it is the chief organ of the sense of

182

HOMCEOPATHY.

taste, the tip, sides, and a small part at the back being
the only portions of it affected by sapid substances.
Other parts of the mouth are endowed to a small
degree with the sense of taste. This, then, is the
apparatus placed at the entrance of the digestive
organs, whose duty it is to take cognizance of substances before they are swallowed, in order to ascertain their acrid or nauseous quality, and their heat,
size, smoothness, hardness or other physical properties,
which might exercise an injurious influence upon the
stomach; it likewise fixes a standard by which the
appetite is, or ought to be, regulated. By taste, is
understood the sensation produced by sapid substances when placed in the mouth. For the perfection
of this function, two conditions are essential-solubility of the substance, if solid, else it will give rise
only to the sensations of touch, following direct
contact; and a moist state of the mouth, otherwise
taste will not be excited.
III. THE EA.R.-The ear is perhaps the most
wonderfully constructed piece of workmanship in the
body. Its complicated arrangement of bones, muscles,
nerves, vessels, membranes, canals, and fluids, warn
us not to attempt its description; because it would
puzzle, rather than enlighten, the general reader, for
whom this part of the work is designed. Thus much,
however, may be said, that the outer ear collects
sound, which may be defined as the sensation consequent on the impression made on the organ of hearing, by the vibrations of the atmosphere, set in
motion by the temporary agitation of particles of

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY.

183

matter in sonorous bodies; these vibrations are
directed along the auditory canal, until they impinge
against the tympanic membrane, or drum of the ear,
which, being elastic, acquires a tremulous motion;
this motion is transmitted by the small bones in
the internal ear to the fluid in the labyrinth; and,
lastly, the expansion of the auditory nerve receives
the impression thus applied, and conducts it to the
brain, where a perception of sound ensues.
IV. THE EYE.-The globe of the eye, and its
appendages, the eyelids, the lachrymal apparatus, bloodvessels, nerves, muscles, and other structures, are
lodged in the orbit, and constitute the organs of
vision.
1. The eyeball, or globe of the eye, is composed of
membranes and humours.
(1.) The membranes of the eye are placed one
within the other; they are the conjunctiva, the sclerotica, the cornea, the choroid, the retina, the iris, and
other tissues which need not be named.
a. The conjunctiva lines the borders and the inner
surface of the eyelids, and is thence reflected on to
the globe, whose anterior third it covers.
b. The sclerotica is the exterior proper envelope
of the globe, immediately underneath the conjunctiva.
It is a stout, fibrous, resisting membrane, well fitted
to protect the important structures below, and to
serve as the medium of attachment to the muscles
which move the eye. It is convex externally, concave
internally; pierced behind by a hole, through which
the optic nerve passes, and bevelled at its edges in

184

HOM(EOPATHY.

front to receive the cornea as a watch does its
glass.
c. The cornea is the horny, transparent, convex,
and bulging substance forming the anterior fifth of
the eyeball, through which the rays of light pass.
d. The choroid, lying between the sclerotica and
the retina, is composed of small arteries and veins,
united by areolar tissue.
e. The retina is the soft, pulpy, net-like membrane, placed between the choroid and the vitreous
humour, consisting chiefly of an expansion of the
optic nerve, which receives and transmits the impression produced by the impingement of light.
f. The iris is the circular, muscular, differently
coloured curtain surrounding the pupil of the eye,
which diminishes or enlarges that aperture, according
to the quantity or the intensity of light admitted to
the retina beyond. It is hung in a vertical direction
between the cornea and the crystalline lens, dividing
this space into two unequal compartments, the anterior and the posterior chambers, which communicate
through the pupil.
g. Each of the humours is enclosed or invested
by a membrane peculiar to itself.
(2.) The humours are, the aqueous, the lens, and
the vitreous.
a. The aqueous humour is composed, not simply of
water, as its name implies, but of albumen mixed with
water; it occupies the anterior chamber, which lies between the cornea and the iris, and also the posterior
and smaller chamber, between the iris and the lens.

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY.

185

b. The crystalline humour, or lens, is the white,
transparent, firm, double-convex body, lamellated and
dense in the middle, softer at the circumference, and
enclosed in a membranous capsule, which is situated
at the point of junction of the anterior third, with the
two posterior thirds of the eyeball, behind the iris,
and embedded in a depression on the front aspect of
the vitreous humour. By means of its highly refractive power, it causes the rays of light to converge to
a point on the retina, where a perfect image of the
external object is formed. The lens is the seat of
cataract; its transparency is then impaired, and the
rays of light are, in consequence, not transmitted to
the retina.
c. The vitreous, or glass-like humour, occupies the
posterior third of the interior of the eyeball, behind
the lens, and is surrounded by a fine, delicate membrane.
2. Of the ocular appendages, those only merit a
brief notice in this place which have a protective
office. They are the eyelids and the lachrymal gland.
(1.) The eyelids are composed of skin, hair, muscle,
and mucous membrane; they protect the eyeball from
outward violence, and the retina from the evil effects
of exposure to an intense and brilliant light. The
eye has been poetically christened "the window of
the mind;" the eyelids are its shutters.
(2.) The lachrymal gland secretes tears -the limpid,
inodorous, saltish liquid, which washes the front of
the eye and the inside of the eyelids; removes dust,
or minute particles of other foreign substances;

186 HOM(EOPATHY.
moistens the cornea, and prevents its becoming dry
and opaque; hinders the adherence of the eyelids to
the eyes; facilitates the movements of the lids on the
ball; and, lastly, obviates the effects of friction.
Such, then, is a succinct account of the visual
apparatus; its function, vision; its stimulus, light.
First. Vision is the faculty of seeing, or the perception of external objects, as regards their colour,
position, form, size, etc., derived from an impression
made by them, or, more correctly, by the light reflected from, or transmitted by them, on the organs
of this special sense. A knowledge of their correct
forms, true characters, and real distances, cannot,
however, be derived from this source; but, in man,
the sense of touch materially aids in its acquisition.
Second. Two theories as to the nature of light have
been broached; the corpuscular of Newton, and the
undulatory of Young, the latter of which is the one
more generally accepted. According to it, a very
subtle and imponderable fluid, or ether, pervades the
whole universe, and is thrown into undulations or
waves by luminous bodies; this motion is propagated
from one particle to another, by which means light is
conveyed through the atmosphere, after much the
same manner as sound, only at a far greater velocity.
The sources of light are the sun, the fixed planets,
combustion, electricity, phosphorescents, some processes of crystallization, mechanical friction, etc.
Light is essentially necessary to animal and vegetable
existence; because, by its influence carbonic acid, a
deadly poison, becomes decomposed into carbon and

ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY.

187

oxygen, the former of which contributes to the increment of plants; the latter, to the processes of
vitality in animals.
V. THE NosE.- The nose is the prominent, pyramidal-shaped part of the face, composed of skin,
cartilages, bones, etc., and consisting of two symmetrical cavities, or nostrils, which open in front on the
face, and behind in the mouth. Numerous cells,
cavities, ducts, and holes open into, or lead from it.
The internal surface of the nose is covered by a fine
velvety tissue, called the pituitary membrane, whose
superficies is equal to several square feet; but it
occupies only a small space, owing to its abundant
involutions. The nerves of smell-in numerical order
the first, and by special name, the olfactory-after
issuing from the brain, and piercing the sieve-like
plate of the ethmoid bone in the roof of the nose,
spread out in numerous filamentous branches upon
this membrane. Their upper portion is the most sensitive to the impressions of odours; and hence the air,
laden with odoriferous particles, is quickly and forcibly
snuffed up. They secrete the nasal mucus, which protects the sensitive nerve; diminish the too strong impressions of pungent effluvia; and are, in other ways,
essential to perfect olfaction, for, if they do not always
possess the same physical characters, the sense of
smell is either impaired or lost. The nose is furnished with hairs, to impede the passage of foreign
substances, held in suspension by the air, into the
windpipe and the lungs.
The functions of the nose are-to intonate the

188

HOM(EOPATHY.

voice in speaking; to permit of inspiration and expiration, independently of the mouth; to add grace and
beauty to the facial contour and expression; to act
as the drain for the tears that have swept the eyes;
and to constitute part of the apparatus engaged in
the sense of smell.
Smell, then, may be regarded as the faculty of
perceiving certain qualities of bodies, by means of
impressions made on the olfactory nerves, which are
the essential instruments. This power is stimulated
to action by odours, which are extremely tenuous particles of matter evolved from almost every body, and
floating in the atmosphere. They act most powerfully when in the gaseous state; or when volatile
vapour is given off from a substance naturally fluid.
Some solids, as musk, yield a tenacious and persistent
fragrance, without suffering any appreciable diminution of bulk or loss of weight; in which case it is
presumable that the effluvia is owing less to the substance itself, than to a rare vapour resulting from its
action on the constituents of the atmosphere. Be
this as it may, the air is the common vehicle of all
odours, and by its means they are drawn into the nose
and impress the olfactory nerves with their characteristic qualities.

DICTIONARY OF MEDICAL TERMS.
Abdomen. The belly.
Ablution. The act of cleansing the body by means of water.
Abortion. The act of miscarrying, or displacing the young
from the womb before the natural period. When the accident
occurs prior to the sixth month, it is termed an abortion; after
this period and before the full time, premature labour.
Abrasion. A superficial wound of the skin, owing to the
removal of a portion of the cuticle.
Abscess. A collection of matter in any tissue or organ.
Absorbents. Small vessels, called the lacteals and the lymphatics, which imbibe matters from the tissues of the body, and
convey them into the general circulation of the blood.
Absorption. The process of imbibing certain materials into
the vessels of circulation, whether these contain lymph or
blood.
Acid. A compound (as sulphuric acid) capable of uniting
with a base (such as potash) to form a salt (sulphate of potash).
Acids have a sour taste, and change the blue colour of certain
vegetables to red.
Adhesion. The reunion of divided parts by means of a
process technically called adhesive inflammation; also, the
morbid union of parts not naturally adherent, though contiguous.
Adipsia. Absence of thirst.
Agglutination. The act of uniting, or the state of being
united, by a tenacious or adhesive substance.
Aggravation. The increased severity of the symptoms of an
existing disease, which is said sometimes to follow the administration of a medicine selected on the principle that " like cures
like."
Alkali. A body, as opposed to an acid, which possesses a
peculiar acrid taste, changes the blue colour of vegetables to
green, and that of turmeric to brown.
Allopathy. That system of medical practice which attempts

190 DICTIONARY OF MEDICAL TERMS.
to cure diseases by inducing a condition of the afflicted part
different from, or incompatible with, the state which characterises the original complaint.
Alternately. A word used to express the administration of
the doses of a medicine in turns, so that each is followed by
that one which it succeeds.
Alveolar. Containing sockets; as the alveolar process of
the lower jaw, which contains the teeth.
Alvine. Belonging to the excrements of the belly.
Amaurosis. A disease characterised by loss or diminution
of sight, but without any apparent defect in the eye; and
depending on some unhealthy condition of the retina, optic
nerve, or brain.
Amenorrhosa. Absence of the menses from causes independent of pregnancy and advanced age.
Ancemia. A disease in which the blood is deficient of red
corpuscles.
Anasarca. A collection of watery fluid in the areolar
tissue under the skin, causing a pale, soft, inelastic swelling,
which leaves a hollow when the point of the finger is pressed
upon it.
Anatomy. The science and the art which investigate the
situation and structure of the different parts of an organized
body.
Anchylosis. Immobility and stiffness of a joint.
Angina. The general designation of quinsy, sore throat, and
some other diseased states, attended with difficult respiration.
Anorexia. Want of appetite, independent of dislike to food.
Anterior. A term employed by anatomists to indicate those
parts of the body which are placed in front of others.
Anthrax. Carbuncle.
Antidote. Any substance which prevents or counteracts the
injurious consequences of poisons when admitted into the
stomach.
Anus. The lower opening of the bowels through which the
excrement is discharged.
Aphonia. Loss of voice.
Aphtha. A disease, recognized by small white ulcers on the
tongue, gums, lips, etc., which resemble pieces of curdled milk.
Apoplexy. A disease which is recognized by sudden suspension of the brain's functions, and consequent abolition of
voluntary motion and sense.
Apparatus. A complete set of instruments for the performance of one common purpose; as the digestive apparatus, consisting of teeth, stomach, liver, bowels, etc.

DICTIONARY OF MEDICAL TERMS. 191
Apyrexia. The period of absence or of intermission of fever.
Areolar tissue. A membrane of meshwork, containing an
immense number of interstices, which communicates with, and
invests and connects, all the parts of the body together.
Arthritis. Gout.
Artery. A dilatable and contractible tube carrying pure
blood.
Articular. Pertaining to joints; as articular rheumatism.
Ascaris, plural Ascarides. A genus of round worms which
have thin, tapering ends, and inhabit the bowels.
Ascites. Dropsy of the belly; a collection of water, which
gives rise to a tense, elastic, fluctuating enlargement of that
cavity.
Asthenic. A term applied to those diseases which are characterised by loss of strength.
Astringent. A medicine which checks profuse discharges,
contracts the parts to which it is immediately applied, coagulates
the animal fluids, and strengthens and invigorates the solids.
Atmosphere. The fluid, consisting of air, watery vapour,
certain gases, and particles of matter, which surrounds the earth.
Atony. Want of tone, or defect in muscular power.
Atrophy. A wasting of the body from defective assimilation
of the food.
Attenuation. The condition of a body whose particles are
finely broken and subtilized.
Auscultation. The method of determining diseases, particularly of the lungs and the heart, and of diagnosing pregnancy,
by the detection of unnatural or non-permanent sounds when
the ear is directly, or by the instrumentality of the stethoscope,
applied to the surface of the cavity through whose walls these
sounds are transmitted.
Bandage. A roller of cloth used for several purposes. (See
page 71.)
Bilious. Affected by bile.
Biliary. Belonging to the bile.
Blepharitis. Inflammation of the eyelids.
Borborygmus. Rumbling of flatus or wind in the bowels.
Bronchial tubes. The small ramifications of the windpipe
through the lungs.
Bronchitis. Inflammation of the mucous membrane which
lines the inside of the air-tubes.
Bulimy. A disease in which the chief symptom is a constant
and insatiable appetite.
Cadaverous. Death-like, resembling the dead human body.

192 DICTIONARY OF MEDICAL TERMS.
Canthus. The part at the inner angle of the eye, next to
the nose.
Carcinoma. Cancer.
Cardialgia. A violent sensation of heat in the stomach, and
rising into the gullet.
Carditis. Inflammation of the heart.
Caries. Death of bone-structure.
Cartilage. Gristle.
Catamenia. The monthly courses of the female.
Cataract. Opacity of the lens or of its capsule, which interferes with the transmission of the rays of light, and thereby
causes partial or total blindness.
Catarrh. A cold or disease characterised by the symptoms
of fever, and by a copious mucous secretion from the nose,
throat, and air-passages.
Catarrhal ophthalmia. An inflammation of the first covering
of the eyeball, produced by or associated with cold.
Cavity. A hollow in the body for the reception of some part.
Cellular. Consisting of cells.
Cellular tissue. (See Areolar tissue.)
Cephalalgia. Headache.
Cephalic. Belonging to the head.
Cerebellum. The little brain.
Cerebral. Pertaining to the brain.
Cervical. Belonging to the neck.
Characteristics. The features or marks which serve to distinguish one thing from another.
Charlatan. A talking, vain, empty boaster, who arrogates
to himself the possession of more skill than he commands.
Chlorosis. A disease of the female, recognised by full or
greenish complexion, debility, palpitation, etc.
Chorea. St. Vitus's dance.
Chronic. Disease of slowv progress and long duration.
Chyle. The milk-like fluid absorbed by the lacteal vessels.
Chyme. The food after the stomach has acted on it.
Cicatrix. The white, hard elevation of skin which is left
after the healing of a wound.
Circulation. The act of moving in a course, so that the
moving body returns to the part which it left; as the circulation
of the blood.
Circumscribed. To be enclosed within a certain boundary or
limit.
Clonic spasm. The alternate contraction and relaxation of
muscles in regular order and quick succession; as in falling
sickness.

DICTIONARY OF MEDICAL TERMS. 193
Coagulum, pl. Coagula. A clot of blood.
Ceecum. A portion of the small intestines.
Colic. Gripes, or violent pain in the bowels.
Collapse. Sinking of the vital powers.
Colliquative. Profuse and morbid discharge of the animal
fluids.
Coma. Sleepiness.
Comatose. Disposed to sleep in consequence of some disease.
Combustion. The union of a combustible body with a supporter of combustion.
Compress. A piece of linen folded in several layers, used to
cover dressings, or to stanch bleeding, with the aid of bandages.
Concussion. The shock produced by two bodies coming
into violent collision.
Congenital. That which belongs to a person from his birth.
Congestion. A preternatural accumulation of blood in any
part.
Conjunctiva. The most superficial covering of the eye.
Constipation. Defective excretion from the intestines, whilst
the excrement is hardened and fills the bowel.
Contagion. The communication of a disease by contact,
through the instrumentality of matter emanating from a diseased person and received by a healthy one.
Convalescence. The process of gradual and imperceptible
recovery of health and strength after illness.
Cornea. The transparent, bulging, watch-glass like front of
the eye.
Corporeal. Material, as opposed to spiritual; as the corporeal frame.
Corrosive. Substances which gradually wear away the particles of matter, whether organic or inorganic, to which they
are applied.
Cortical. Belonging to the outer covering; as the cortical
part of the brain.
Coryza. Cold in the head.
Coxalgia. Pain in the hip-joint.
Cranium. The skull.
Crepitation. The crackling sound produced by moving the
ends of broken bones; by pressing the areolar tissue filled with
air, and by the passage of air through fluids.
Crisis. That important phenomenon of a disease characterized generally by some evacuation, by which the safety or
the danger of the patient may be judged of.
Cutaneous. Belonging to the skin; as a cutaneous disease.
Cystitis. Inflammation of the bladder.
0

194 DICTIONARY OF MEDICAL TERMS.
Debility. General weakness of the body.
Deciduous. Literally, falling; a term applied to the temporary teeth of childhood.
Defecation. The act of passing stools.
Deglutition. The act of swallowing.
Delirium. Disordered state of the intellect, in which ideas
are at variance with truth and reality.
Dentition. The process of cutting teeth in infancy.
Depletion. The act of lessening the quantity of blood in the
vessels by the operation of bloodletting.
Depurating. Freeing from impurities.
Dermis. The true, as distinguished from the scarf, skin.
Desquamation. Separation of the cuticle in small scales.
Development. The changes which an organized body undergoes from its beginning to its maturity.
Diagnosis. The art of distinguishing one disease from
another.
Diaphragm. The muscle which divides the chest from the
belly.
Diarrhoea. Looseness of the bowels.
Diathesis. Habit of body.
Digestion. The operation of receiving and preparing food to
fit it to nourish the body.
Dilution. The act of rendering more liquid; or the degree
of subdivision of particles of a medicinal body.
Disinfectants. Substances which purify from infectious
matters.
Dissection. The operation of separating the constituent parts
of an organized body, in order to examine their structure and
uses.
Dorsal region. In the region of the back.
Duodenum. The twelve-inch or first portion of the bowel.
Dura mater. The outermost investment of the brain.
Dynamic. Pertaining to power or force.
Dysentery. Bloody flux.
Dyspepsia. Indigestion.
Dyspncea. Difficulty of breathing.
Dysury. Difficulty in voiding the urine.
Effluvium, pl. Effluvia. The exhalation from bodies.
Elaboration. The perfected condition, after successive operations of improvement.
Elastic. The property of matter by which, on the removal
of pressure, a body regains the original condition which that
pressure disturbed.

DICTIONARY OF MEDICAL TERMS. 195
Emaciation. The condition of being reduced in flesh.
Emanation. That which issues from any body; effluvium, etc.
Emetic. A medicine which excites vomiting.
Encephalitis. Inflammation of the brain and of its membranes.
Endemic. A disease limited to a certain country or district,
and therefore originating from local causes.
Enema. A glyster.
Ephemeral. Existing for a day.
Epidemic. Diseases, as influenza, etc., which attack many
people at the same time, in the same place, and, after having
raged for a certain period, disappear.
Epigastrium. The region of the upper and front part of the
belly.
Epilepsy. Falling sickness.
Epistaxis. Bleeding from the nose.
Eructations. Belchings of wind from the stomach.
Erysipelas. St. Anthony's fire.
Evacuation. Discharges by the bowels, bladder, or by other
natural outlets.
Exacerbation. The periodical increase of such fevers as remit
in severity but do not altogether cease.
Exanthema. An eruptive disease attended with fever.
Excretion. A separation, by means of glands, of some matter
from the blood, which is directly voided from the body as either
useless or injurious.
Exhalation. That which is emitted in the form of vapour,
either visible or invisible.
Exhaustion. Deprivation of strength.
Exhilaration. A condition of cheerful spirits.
Expectoration. The act of discharging phlegm, or other
secretion, from the lungs.
Expulsion. The act of driving, or the state of being driven
out or expelled.
Fcces. Excrement.
Farina. The gluten, starch, and mucilage, constituting the
flour or meal which is left after the grinding and sifting of
wheat and other seeds.
Fauces. The throat.
Febrile. Belonging to fever.
Femur. The thigh-bone.
Fetor. Stench.
Fibrin. One of the proximate principles which exist in both
animals and vegetables.

196 DICTIONARY OF MEDICAL TERMS.
Fistula. A narrow, deep, hard-sided ulcer, arising generally
from abscesses.
Flatulence. Windiness in the stomach and bowels.
Flatus. Wind.
Foetus. A name given to a young animal after its parts are
formed and until its birth.
Foment. To bathe with warm water.
Fomentation. The application of lotions, or of hot water.
Friction. The rubbing together of the surfaces of two bodies.
Function. The office, or action, of any particular organ of
the body.
Functional. Relating to the action of a particular organ.
Furunculus. A boil.
Ganglion. A small enlargement on some nerve.
Gangrene. Mortification of a part of a living body.
Gastralgia. Pain in the stomach.
Gastritis. Inflammation of the stomach.
Gestation. Pregnancy.
Gland. A body copiously furnished with blood-vessels which
secretes some fluid from the blood.
Globule. A form in which the homceopathic medicines are
prepared.
Glossitis. Inflammation of the tongue.
Glottis. The upper orifice of the windpipe.
Granulations. The small fleshy, grain-like bodies on wounds
and ulcers which repair breaches of the surface.
Gullet. The passage from the mouth to the stomach for the
food.
HTematemesis. Vomiting of blood.
Hemoptysis. Spitting of blood from the lungs.
Hemorrhoids. Piles.
Hectic. A fever characterized by exacerbation and by remission, and attended with increase of fever towards evening
and profuse sweat at night.
Helminthiasis. Worm disease.
Hepatitis. Inflammation of the liver.
Hepatization. The liver-like condensation of texture resulting from inflammation.
Hereditary. That which has been or may be transmitted
from parent to offspring.
Hernia. The protrusion of any viscus from its natural
cavity, applied chiefly to displacement of the bowel.
Hydrocephalus. Dropsy of the head.

DICTIONARY OF MEDICAL TERMS. 197
Hydropathy. A mode of treating diseases by the copious internal and external use of pure cold water.
Hygiene. That department of medicine which treats of the
preservation of health and of the means to be employed.
Hypogastrium. The middle portion of the lower region of
the belly.
Hypochondria. The sides of the belly under the false ribs,
and on each side of the epigastrium.
Hypochondriasis, adj. Hypochondriacal. A. disease characterized by derangement of the digestive apparatus, and by
sensibility and perversion of the nervous functions.
Hysteria. A disease recognised by convulsive struggling,
sense of suffocation, rumbling in the belly, etc.
Homceopathy. That method of treating diseases by the administration of a medicine which is capable of producing in
healthy individuals symptoms similar to those of the disease
which it is given to cure.
Hordeolum. Stye.
Ichor. A thin, watery running from ulcers and wounds.
Icterus. Jaundice.
Idiopathic. Indicative of an original disease.
Idiosyncrasy. Individual peculiarity.
Ilium. The haunch-bone.
Incarcerate. To confine.
Incubus. The nightmare.
Indication. A symptom of disease by which the selection of
a suitable remedy is governed.
Infection. The communication of disease by effluvia in
the air.
Infiltration. The entering of a fluid through the interstices
of a body.
Infinitesimal. An indefinitely small quantity of matter.
Ingesta. The food taken into the stomach.
Insanity. Derangement of intellect.
Inspiration. The act of drawing air into the lungs.
Inspissated. Rendered thicker by subtraction of liquid.
Integument. The natural covering of any part of the
body.
Iris. The moveable curtain within the eye which widens
or narrows the pupil to admit or to exclude the rays oi
light.
Irritability. That property of muscular fibre by which it is
capable of alternately contracting and relaxing on the application of a stimulus without conscious action.

198 DICTIONARY OF MEDICAL TERMS.
Ischium. The bone on which we sit.
Ischuria. Suppression of urine.
Lachrymation. The act of shedding tears.
Lactation. The act of giving suck.
Laryngeal. Belonging to the larynx.
Laryngitis. Inflammation of the larynx.
Larynx. The upper part of the windpipe.
Latent. Hidden or concealed.
Lesion. An injury.
Lesion, organic. Structural injury.
Leuco-phlegmatic. A dropsical condition of the body attended with pale, bloated skin.
LeucorrhAca. The whites.
Ligament. A strong tendinous substance which connects one
bone to another.
Lobe. A division of the lungs, liver, brain, etc.
Lochea. The discharge from the womb after labour.
Lotion. An external application or wash.
Lumbago. A rheumatic affection of-the muscles of the loins.
Lumbar. Belonging to the loins.
Lumbricus. The round or earth-worm.
Lunatic. An insane person, whose derangement is supposed
to be influenced by the change of the moon.
Luxation. Dislocating a joint from its proper place.
Lymphatics. The vessels which carry lymph.
Mamma. The breast.
Mania. Madness.
Marasmus. A wasting of the body without any apparent
cause; often, however, depending on disease of the mesenteric
glands.
Materia medica. That branch of medicine which investigates the nature and action of substances possessed of curative
properties.
Medicine. A substance that is given to cure or to relieve
disease.
Meibomian glands. Small glands on the edges of the eye-lids.
Melancholy. Deranged mind.
Membrane. A thin, white network of fibres, which serves as
a covering or investment.
Menorrhagia. Immoderate menstrual discharge.
Menstrual flux. The monthly discharge.
Menstruation. The function of the monthly discharge of
females.

DICTIONARY OF MEDICAL TERMS. 199
Metastasis. The translation of disease from one part to
another.
Miasm. The fine, noxious particles of putrefying bodies
which float in the air.
Micturition. The act of passing water.
Morbus coxarius. Hip-joint disease.
Mother tinctures. The concentrated solution of a medicinal
substance.
Mucilage. One of the proximate principles of vegetables, or
a solution of gum in water.
Mucous membrane. The lining of cavities which open externally
Mucus. The secretion of the mucous membrane.
Narcotic. A substance which produces sleep and stupor.
Nasal. Pertaining to the nose.
Nasal cartilage. The cartilage of the nose.
Nates. The buttocks.
Nausea. Sickness at the stomach, attended with disposition
to vomit.
Nephritis. Inflammation of the kidney.
Neuralgia. Pain in a nerve.
Neuralgiafacialis. Faceache in a nerve.
Nodosities. Knot-like swellings.
Notalgia. Pain in the loins.
Obesity. Preternatural deposition of fat.
Occipital. Belonging to the back part of the head.
Occiput. The back part of the head.
Odontalgia. Toothache.
(Edema. Dropsical swelling.
Olfaction. The act of smelling.
Omentum. Folds of peritonmum lying in front of the
bowels.
Ophthalmia. Inflammation of the conjunctiva.
Orchitis. Inflammation of the testicle.
Ossification. The process of conversion into bone.
Os uteri. The mouth of the womb.
Otalgia. Earache.
Otitis. Inflammation of the ear.
Otorrhsca. Discharge from the ear.
Ozana. Ulcer in the nose.
Palpitation. A preternatural beating of the heart.

200 DICTIONARY OF MEDICAL TERMS.
Pancreas. A gland situated between the lower part of the
stomach and the lumbar vertebra.
Paralysis. Palsy.
Paraplegia. Palsy of the lower limbs.
Parenchyma. The substance of organs.
Parotitis. Inflammation of the parotid gland.
Paroxysm. A fit of any disease.
Parturition. The process of labour.
Pathogenetic. Producing disease.
Pathology. That branch of medicine which treats of the
causes, symptoms, and nature of disease.
Pathognomic. That character by which a disease may be
distinguished from any other.
Pectoral. Pertaining to the chest.
Pelvis. The basin-like cavity which forms the lower part of
the belly.
Percussion. The act of striking the walls of cavities to elicit
sounds.
Peritonceum. The serous membrane which lines the cavity of
the belly, and invests its contents.
Periosteum. The delicate investment of bones.
Peritonitis. Inflammation of the peritonaeum.
Perspiration. The watery secretion of the skin.
Pertussis. Hooping-cough.
Petechice. Purplish spots.
Phagedcena. Eating ulcer.
Phalanges. The fingers.
Pharynx. The back part of the mouth.
Phrenitis. Inflammation of the brain.
Phthisis. Consumption.
Physiology. The science which investigates the functions of
the body.
Pilules. One form of preparation of homceopathic medicines.
Plethora. Redundant fulness of blood.
Pleura. The membrane which lines the chest and invests
the lungs.
Pleurodynia. Pain in the side.
Polypus. A pear-shaped tumour, found in the uterus,
nose, etc.
Ponderable. Capable of being weighed.
Porrigo. Ringworm.
Posterior nares. The back opening of the nostrils.
Potency. Power.
Pneumonia. Inflammation of the lungs.

DICTIONARY OF MEDICAL TERMS.

201

Prcacordial. Relating to front region of the chest.
Prehension. The act of grasping.
Predisposition. Prior adaptation to any impression or
change.
Pregnancy. Child-bearing.
Prognosis. The foretelling the progress and termination of
a disease.
Prolapsus ani. Protrusion of the rectum.
Prolific. Productive.
Prophylactic. Preventive.
Proving. As applied in homoeopathy, taking a medicine
when in health for the purpose of proving or ascertaining what
symptoms it produces.
Proximate principles. Distinct compounds, such as albumen, fibrin, etc., which exist in the blood ready made.
Prurigo. Itching of the skin.
Puerperal. Belonging to child-birth.
Pulmonary. Belonging to the lungs.
Puriform. Like pus.
Purulent. Consisting of pus.
Pus. Matter.
Pustule. An elevation of the epidermis containing matter.
Pylorus. The lower orifice of the stomach towards the right
side.
Pyrosis. Waterbrash.
Quinsy. Inflammatory sore throat.
Rabies. Madness; applied generally to hydrophobia in
animals.
Rachitis. Rickets.
Ranula. A small tumour under the tongue.
Reaction. A vital phenomenon arising from the application
of some influence.
Rectum. The lowest portion of the large intestine.
Remittent. Applied to fevers, characterized by remissions,
and by subsequent exacerbations.
Repercussed. Driving back.
Respiration. The process of breathing.
Retina. The expansion of the optic nerve, on which the rays
of light impinge.
Bhonchus. A wheezing or rattling sound.

202 DICTIONARY OF MEDICAL TERMS.
Rigor. Sudden coldness, attended with shivering.
Resolution. The dispersion of a tumour without the formation of matter.
Rickets. A disease of children; characterized by large head,
bent back, swelled belly, and deficient development of the bones,
whilst the mental faculties are often precocious.
Rubeola. Measles.
Sacrum. The wedge-shaped bone, composed of false
vertebras, which forms the lowest portion of the spinal
column.
Saliva. The fluid secreted by the salivary glands, and
poured into the mouth by ducts to become mixed with the
food.
Sanies. A thin, red discharge from lesions.
Sanguineous. Bloody.
Scabies. The itch.
Scalp. The skin of the head.
Scapula. The shoulder-blade.
Sciatica. A rheumatic affection of the fibrous covering of
the sciatic nerve.
Science. The collection of general principles in any branch
of knowledge.
Scirrhus. A hard tumour in a gland.
Sclerotica. One of the coverings of the eyeball.
Sebaceous. Fat-like.
Secretion. The process of separating from the blood, by the
agency of glands, certain materials which differ from that fluid
in character and composition.
Secretory vessels. Those organs which secrete.
Sedentary. Applied to employments which require much
sitting.
Semi-lateral. Confined to one side.
Sequel. That which follows.
Serum. The thin, transparent portion of the blood; and
also the fluid secreted by serous membranes.
Sinew. Tendon.
Sinus. A channel in bone, or between tense membranes;
or a long narrow abscess with a small outlet.
Slough. The dead part of tissue which separates from the
lining structure.
Solidification. Condensation of a spongy or other structure.
Somnolence. Inclination to sleep.

DICTIONARY OF MEDICAL TERMS. 203
Spasm. A sudden, violent, and temporary contraction of
muscular fibre.
Specific. A medicine which exerts its action in a uniform manner, on one organ, and in one disease more than in
others.
Splenitis. Inflammation of the spleen.
Sporadic. A term applied to those diseases which occur in
single and isolated instances.
Sputum. The matter ejected from the lungs.
Sternum. The breast-bone.
Stethoscope. The cylindrical instrument for conducting
sounds from the surface of any cavity to the ear of the
listener.
Strabismus. Squinting.
Strangury. Painful dropping of urine.
Stricture. Diminution of the calibre of a tube.
Stye. An inflamed tumour on the edge of the eyelid.
Submaxillary. Under the jaw.
Submaxillary glands. The salivary glands under the lower
jaw.
Suppuration. The process of producing matter.
Suspended animation. Apparent death.
Symmetrical. Proportioned as to dimensions.
Synovia. The fluid which lubricates joints.
Synovial membrane. The membrane which covers the joint
ends of bones, and which secretes synovia.
Symptom. A certain apparent change in the structure or
the function of the body, concurrent with, and indicative of,
disease.
Symptomatic. That which arises from some already existing
disorder.
Symptomatology. The doctrine of symptoms.
Syncope. Fainting.
Synocha. A simple continued inflammatory fever.
Tabes mesenterica. Wasting of the body in consequence of
scrofulous disease of the mesenteric glands.
Tartar. The concretion on the teeth.
Tendon. The white, shining cord which attaches a muscle
to bone.
Tenesmus. Straining.
Tetanus. A disease characterized by rigidity and spasm of
the voluntary muscles.
Thorax. The cavity of the chest.

20-4 DIOTIONARY OF MEDICAL TERMS.

Thrush. Small, white, curd-like ulcers on the tongue, lips,
etc.
Tic douloureux. Faceache.
Tonsils. The almond-shaped glands on each side of the
throat.
Tonsilitis. Inflammati6n of the tonsils.
Topical. Limited to a part.
Tourniquet. An instrument used to restrain bleeding in the
limb after an injury or amputation.
Trachea. The windpipe.
Tracheotomy. The operation of opening the windpipe.
Traumatic. Pertaining to wounds.
Tremor. A shivering.
Trismus. Lock-jaw.
Trituration. The subdivision of particles of matter by
rubbing.
Tumefaction. A swelling.
Tumefied. Swollen.
Turgidity. The condition of being swelled.
Tussis. A cough.
Typhoid. Of a typhus character.
Typhus. A low, continued fever.
Ulcer. A breach of any of the soft parts.
Umbilical cord. The navel-string.
Umbilicus. The navel.
Unctuous. Greasy.
Union by the first intention. The process of healing by adhesion, and without the formation of matter.
Urethra. The conduit for the discharge of urine.
Uterus. The womb.
Vaccination. Inoculation with the-cow-pox, to protect from
the contagion of small-pox.
Varicella. Chicken-pox.
Varicose. Dilatation of a vein.
Variola. Small-pox.
Varix, pl. Varices. Swelling of the veins.
Vascular. Full of vessels.
Vertigo. Giddiness.
Vesicle. An elevation of the cuticle, containing a watery
fluid.
Volition. The act of exercising the will.
Vomica. An abscess in the lungs.

DICTIONARY OF MEDICAL TEnMS. 205
Vicarious. In the place of another.
Virus. The matter of a disease which can, on inoculation
or absorption, produce the same affection in a healthy person.
Vital. Endowed with the principle of life.
Vitreous. Glass-like.
Viscid. Thick and tenacious.
Viscus, pl. Viscera. One of the contents of a cavity.
Whitlow. An inflamed swelling inside the nail or at the
ends of the fingers.

Fist
OF
HOM(EOPATHIC PRACTITIONERS
IN GREAT BRITAIN.
1867.
The following List of Homoeopathic Practitioners
is taken from the ' Homoeopathic Medical Directory
of Great Britain and Ireland' for 1867, to which work
we beg to refer our readers for further particulars if
required.
LONDON LIST.
(Arranged according to the Postal Districts.)
NORTHERN DISTRICT.
Edmonton-DR. LASERON, Fore Street.
Holloway-DE. LILLIE, 8, Richmond Villas, Seven Sisters'
Road.
Islington-ME. BARTOOT, 117, Barnsbnry Road.
Islington-MR. ROBERTS, 10, Canonbury Lane.
Islington-DR. CLARKE, 2, Canonbury Park.
Islington-MR. MILES, 17, College Street.
Islington-Mn. E. R. B. REYNOLDS, 17, College Street.
Islington-DE. Suss-HAINEMAYN, 25, Duncan Terrace.
Islington-DE. MORGAN, 14, Tyndale Place.

LIST OF HOM(EOPATHIC PRACTITIONERS. 207
Islington-DR. DAVISON, 112, Upper Street.
Pentonville-DE. VIETTINGHOFF, 10, Chadwell Street, Myddelton Square.
Stoke Newington-DE. KENNY, 8, High Street.
NORTH-EASTERN DISTRICT.
Clapton-DE. METCALFE, 1, Portland Place.
EASTERN DISTRICT.
Commercial Road-DR. MCCONNELL REED, 10, Colet Place.
NORTH-WESTERN DISTRICT.
45, Camden Road-MR. BucK.I
101, Camden Road-DR. NEATBY.
15, Euston Square-MR. ENGALL.
Hampstead-DR. NEATBY, 29, Thurlow Road.
Hampstead-MR. D. HANDS, 5, New Finchley Road.
Regent's Park-DR. WIELOBYCKI, 4, Eaton Villas, Acacia Road.
St. John's Wood--D. WILKINSON, 4, Finchley Road.
St. John's Wood-DR. PATTISoN, 10, Cavendish Road.
SOUTHERN DISTRICT.
Brixton-MR. CUTMORE, 30, Upper Brixton Place.
Brixton-DE. CRONIN, Claremont House.
Brixton-DR. HASTINGS, Liverpool Lodge.
Camberwell-MR. REYNOLDS, Lower Denmark Hill.
Camberwell-ME. LONGMORE, 61, New Church Road.
Clapham Common-DE. EUGENE CRONIN, Old Manor House.
Upper Norwood-DR. ANDERSON, 4, Sandloft Villas, Palace
Road.
Upper Norwood-DE. CROUCnHE, Wilton House, Palace Road.
53, Stamford Street-MR. VARDY.
Southwark-ME. RAY, 35, West Square.

208 LIST OF HOM(EOPATHIC PRACTITIONERS.
SOUTH-EASTERN DISTRICT.
Blackheath-ME. TATE, 1, Bennett Park.
Blackheath-ME. HARMAR SMITH, Heathfield House.
Blackheath-MR. THEOBALD, 25, Lee Terrace.
Bromley-DE. JONES, Grange House.
122, Newington Causeway-DR. POWELL.
Sydenham-DR. RANSFORD, Salisbury Villa.
Sydenham--M. WATTS, 10, Park End.
Woolwich-ME. ROWBOTrAM, 17, Rectory Place.
Woolwich-DR. CARLESS, 32, Rectory Place.
SOUTH-WESTERN DISTRICT.
Brompton-DE. N. WooD, 10, Onslow Square.
South Belgravia-MV. PEARCE, 12, Gloucester Street.
Richmond-DR. ANDERSON.
Richmond-DE. HARMER.
Belgravia-MR. D. SMITH, 64, Sloane Street.
Surbiton-DE. CARFRAE, Adelaide Road.
Lowndes Square-DE. V. BELL, 17, William Street.
EAST CENTRAL DISTRICT.
Myddelton Square-DR. VIETTINGROFF, 10, Chadwell Street.
12, Finsbury Place South-DR. BATCHELOUR.
Leadenhall Street-DR. WILKIN, 34, Lime Street.
Bank-MR. ROBINSON, 20, Moorgate Street (Chambers).
Bank-DR. WATSON, 35, Moorgate Street (Chambers).
Bank-MR. HARMa A SMITH, 51, Moorgate Street (Chambers).
Bank-DE. YELDHAM, 53, Moorgate Street (Chambers).
Bank-DR. KIDD, 60, Moorgate Street (Chambers).
Old Broad Street-DR. RANSFOED, 3, Pinner's Court.
Finsbury Circus-DE. SuSS-HARNEMANN, 1, West Street.

LIST OF HOMOEOPATHIC PRACTITIONERS. 209
WESTERN DISTRICT.
15, Old Bond Street-DR. HARMER.
Grosvenor Square-DR. WILSON, 22, Brook Street.
22, Cavendish Square-DR. CHEPMELL.
Berkeley Square-MR. SCHEIBLER, 42, Davies Street.
Portland Place-DR. G. N. ErPP, 20, Devonshire Street.
Hanover Square-DR. VAUGHAN HUGHES, 5, George Street.
Hanover Square-DR. KIDD, 17, George Street.
Portman Square-DR. HERING, 3, Gloucester Street.
Bond Street-DR. HAMILTON, 22, Grafton Street.
Hyde Park-DR. WYLD, 12, Great Cumberland Street.
50, Grosvenor Street-MR. ROBINSON.
Hammersmith-MR. HANDS, 23, The Grove.
Cavendish Square-DR. DRURY, 7, Harley Street.
Cavendish Square-DR. E. PHILLIPS, 40, Harley Street.
May Fair-DR. W. BELL, 18, Hertford Street.
May Fair-MR. H. CAMERON, 43, Hertford Street.
Cavendish Square-MR. AYERST, 20, Holles Street.
Bayswater-Dr. BLUNDELL, 20, Inverness Road.
Kensington-DR. WATSON, 2, Holland Terrace.
Hyde Park Gardens-DR. C. D. F. PHILLIPS, 107, Lancaster
Gate.
21, Langham Place-DR. A. DE NOr WALKER.
Hanover Square-MR. PEARCE, 41, Maddox Street.
53, Montague Square-DR. DUDGEON.
Grosvenor Square-DR. QUIN, 111, Mount Street.
Notting Hill-DR. LAURIE, 6, Boyne Terrace.
15, Old Bond Street-DR. HARMER.
16A, Old Cavendish Street-DR. ROTH.
Cavendish Square-DR. MAOEECHNIE, 16, Princes Street.
May Fair-DR. G. F. CAMERON, 11, Portugal Street.
304, Regent Street-DR. A. O. JONES.
Southall-MR. SIMMONS, The Green.
Portman Square-MR. HENRIQUES, 67, Upper Berkeley Street.
P

210 LIST OF HOMOEOPATHIC PRACTITIONEERS.
26, Welbeck Street-DR. PATTISON.
Westbourne Grove-DR. DAVIsoN, 9, Garway Road.
Cavendish Square-DR. WILKINSON, 76, Wimpole Street.
Cavendish Square--M. COBBE, 81, Wimpole Street.
1, Leinster Square-DR. MARKWICK.
Bishop's Road--M. WATTS, 7, Westbourne Place.
Hyde Park-DR. MADDEN, 16, Westbourne Street.
Portman Square-DE. LEADAM, 1, York Place.
Portman Square-DR. PARTRIDGE, 2, York Place.
WEST CENTRAL DISTRICT.
Bedford Square-Mr. R. EPPs, 22, Charlotte Street.
8, Great Ormond Street-DE. DIXON.
Great Ormond Street-MR. STEPRENS, Homceopathic Hospital.
89, Great Russell Street-DR. J. EPPs.
Gordon Square-DR. YELDHAM, 10, Taviton Street.
PROVINCIAL LIST.
ASHTON-UNDER-LYNE (LANCASHIRE).
MR. CHARLES THOMPSON.
BANBURY (OxoN).
Mn. SAMUEL EADoN.
BARNSLEY (YoRxs., W.R.).
DR. A~NDEEW ROWAN.

LIST OF ]IrOMCEOPATHIC PRACTITIONERS. 211
BATH (SOMERtSET).
DR. BATES.
DR. MORGAN.
DR. NEWMAN.
BELFAST (IRELAND).
DR. GARDINER.
DR. GALGEY.
BIRKENHEAD (CHESTER).
DR. GiEOGRIEGANI.
DR. WRIGHT.
BIRMIN~GHAM.
DR. BLAKE.
MR. IRWIN.
MR. LAWRENCE.
DR. NANHIVELL.
MR. HENRY ROBaERTSON.
MR. E. W. THOMAS.
BLACKBURN (LANCASHIRE).
DR. MOREROUSE.
BLACKPOOL (LANCASHIRE).
DR. WALCOTT.
BOLTON (LANCASHIRE).
DRm. SINCLAIR.
BOWDON (CHESIRE).
MR. HowDEN.

212 LIST OF HOMCEOPATH'IO FRICTITIONERS.
BOWNESS (WESTMORELAND).
MR. SPENCER HALL.
BRADFORD (Yomcs., W.R.).
DR. BRADY.
DR. EVANS.
BRIGHTON.
DR. ACWORTH.
DR. HANSON.
DR~. HILBERS.
DR. HUGHRES.
DR. HUTCHINSON.
DR. MASSY.
DR. ROTH.
DR. WOODGATES.
BRISTOL.
DR. BLACK, Clifton.
DR. SHEPHERD, Clifton.
MR. WOLSTON, Clifton.
MR. MILLARD, Bristol.
MR. PRITCHARD, Bristol.
BROMLEY.
DR. A. 0. JONES.
BUXTON (DERBYSHIREa).
DR. DALEELL.
CAMBRIDGE.
DR. BuBB.
CANTERBURY.
DR. TucHKEY.

LIST OF HI
C

[EMCEOPAT-HIO PRACTITIONER'S. 213
ARDIFF (GLAMORGAN).
LTENHAM (GLOUCESTER).

DRI. LUTRE
DR. GUINN
DR. GWILL
DR. KER.
DR. NORTO
Mr. TxiomA
DR. CRAIG.
DR. HENR~
DR. MARS~E
DR. DUNN.
DR. STEWA
DR. W. F.
DR. BLYTI
DR. SORIY:
DR. WALT

R.
CHE
Ess.
ig.
N.
~S.

CHESTER,

CRAMLINGTON (NORTHUMBERLAND).
CROYDON.
DEVIZES (WILTS).
ON.
DONCASTER (YORKS.).
DUNDEE (SCOTLAND)..RT.
DUN~STABLE (BEDS.).
LAURIE.
DUBLIN (IRELAND).
EN.
RR.

214 LIST oF, 1OM~EOJATHIC JRA.CTITIONERS.
EDINBURGH.
Dn. ALLSHORN.
DR. BAiKIE.
PROFESSOR HENDERSON.
DR. JAMES LAWRIE.
DR. Lyscaimmx.
EXETER (DEvow).
MER. KYNGDON.
GALWAY (IRELAND).
DRE. MACSWINNEY.
GLASGOW (SCOTLAND).
DR. J. COCKBURN.
DR. S. COCKBURN.
DR..TR-o-M~soN.
GUERNSEY.
DR. CASANOVA.
DR. EDcIELOW.
HARROGATE (YORKSHIRE).
DR. J. H. RAmSBOTHIAM.
HASTINGS (SUSSEX), includes ST. LEONARD'S.
DRE. BATCHELOUR.
DR. HA-LE., St. Leonard's.
ME. SHiAW, St. Leonard's.
HUDDERSFIELD (YoRRxs., W.R.).
DR. CAMERON,
DR. SCOTT.

LIST OF HOMCOIOFATHIC PRACTITION~ERS. 215
HULL (YORKS., E.R.).
MR. FRASER.
'DR. PYBURN.
DR. WILSON.

HUNSLET (LEEDS, YORKS.).
MR. BOOTH.
IPSWICH (SUFFOLK).
DR. ROCiE.
ILKLEY WELLS (YORKS.).
DR. HARRISON.
JERSEY.
DR. GiNESTAT.
KENDALL (WESTMORELAND).
MR. FREEMAN.
KNOWLE.
MR. WALLIS.
LEAMINGTON (WARWICK)
DR. COLLINS.
MR. HITORMAN.
DR. SUTHERLAND.
LEEDS (YORKS.).
DR. CLARE.
MR. COCKERt.
DR. J. H. RAMSBOTHA.M.
DR. S. H. RAMSBOTRAM.
31E. WADSWORTH.

216 LIST OF H0'MCOPATIIIC PRACTITIONERS.
LEICESTER.
MR. ELLIOTT.
DR. GIITTERIDGE.
LINCOLN.
MR. HAYMAN.
LIVERPOOL.
DR. DRYSDALE.
DR. HAYWARD.
DR. HUDSON.
MR. MOORE.
DR. O-'NEILL.
MR. PROCTOR.
DR. SIMMONS.
MR. WILLANS.
LOWESTOFT (SUFFOLIK).
AMR. J. C. BELL (two days in the week).
LYNN REGIS (NORFOLK).
I)R. LADE.
DR. REED.
MAIDSTONE (KENT).
I)R. OLIVER.
DR. SHULDHAM.
MALVERN WELLS (WORCESTER).
DR. AYEEST.
MALVERN (GREAT).
MR. CROIKER.
DR. MA.RSDEN.

LIST OF HOM(EOPATHIC PRACTITIONERS.

217

MANCHESTER.
MR. BLACKLEY.
MR. COGHLAN.
MR. Cox.
DR. DRUMMOND.
DR. FLEURY.
DR. GALLOWAY.
MR. MACMILLAN.
DR. MOIRE.
DR. MATHEWS.
DR. PHIPPS.
DR. RAYNER.
MATLOCK BRIDGE HYDROPATHIC ESTABLISHMENT.
DR. CASH.
NEWARK (NoTTs).
DR. IRVING.
NEWCASTLE-UPON-TYNE.
DR. KENNEDY.
DR. MATHESON.
DR. WILMOT.
NORTHAMPTON.
MR. CLIFTON.
NORTH WALSHAM (NORFOLK).
MR. CUTTING.
NORWICH.
MR. BELL.
DR. HARTMANN.
DR. HOLLAND.

218 L~IST OFi HOM(EOPA.TH1C PRA.CT1TIOIERS.
NOTTINGHAM.
DR. BRADSHAW.
PENMAENMAUR (N. WALES).
DR. NORTON.
PENZANCE.
MR. NANRuITELL.
PLYMOUTH (DEVON).
MEI. BATTYX.
ME. BLAKE.
PORTSMOUTH.
ME. DENRABI.
RAMSGATE.
DR. ANDERaSON (during the summer months).
HEADING (BEnERS).
DR. RUDDOCOR.
REDCAR (YomRs-).
DR. J. HORNER.
REDHILL (SURREY).
DR. KELSALL.
RICHMOND (SURREY).
DR. HARMER.
ROCHDALE (LANCASTER).
DR. HAYLE.
ROSS.
DR. STRONG.

LIST OF THOM(EOPATHIC PRACTITIONERS. 219
RUGBY (WARWICK).
DR. SHARP.
RYDE (ISLE or WIGHT).
DE. LowDER.
ST. CATHERINE'S HILL (NEAR GUILDFORD).
DR. MALAN.
SALFORD (LANCASTER).
See MANCHESTER.
SCARBOROUGH.
DR. CRAIG.
SHEFFIELD.
MR. PEARSON.
DR. RYAN.
SHREWSBURY (SHROPSHIRE).
DR. CARTWRIGHT.
SOUTHAMPTON (HANTS).
DR. COOPER.
SOUTHPORT (LANCASHIRE).
DR. HARVEY.
DR. STOKES.
SOUTH SHIELDS.
DE. O'BRIEN.
SPALDING.
MR. J. MANSELL (for the present only).
STOCKPORT (CHESTER).
DR. ROGERSON.
STOKE-UPON-TRENT (STArFORD).
DR. MooRE.

220 LIST OF HOM(EOPATHIC PRACITITONERS.
SUNDERLAND (DURHAM).
MI. POTTS.
SWINDON.
DR. MARSTON (once a month).
TAUNTON (SOMERSET).
DR. BLAKE.
TORQUAY (DEVON).
MR. GILLOW.
DR. MACKINTOSH.
TUNBRIDGE WELLS (KENT).
DR. SMART.
DR. WALKER.
WESTON-SUPER-MARE (SOMERSET).
DR. COCHRAN.
WINDSOR (BEERs).
DR. HARPER.
WINCHESTER (HANTS).
ME. WILDE.
WOLVERHAMPTON (STAFFORDSHIRE).
MR. BLAKE.
WOODBRIDGE (SUFFOLK).
Mn. MOORE.
WORCESTER.
MR. MILLIN.
WORTHING (SUSSEX).
DR. HANSON.
YORK.
MR. POPE.

INDEX.

ABBREVIATED names of remedies, 16
Abdomen, cavity of, 153
Ablution, daily, 126
Accidents, management of, 77
Aconite and its uses externally, 40
Advantages of homceopathy, 10
Administration of medicines, 37
Advice to pregnant women, 105
Age, 122
Ailments durin pregnancy, 100
Air, impure, 139
Ale, 71
Alternation, 37
Alternately, 37
Anatomy, 146
Animation, suspended, 87
Apparent death, 87
Appendages of skin, 179
Applications, external, 37
Apoplectic constitution, 121
fits, 82
Aqueous humour, 185
Arm-bandage, 72
Armpit ditto, 74
Arm-sling, 75
Arnica and its uses, 39
Arrowroot, 63
Arsenic, poisoning by, 97
Arteries, 166
Artificial mother's milk, 111
Ass's milk, 64
Athletic temperament, 120
Atmosphere, the, 173
Attendants on sick, 57
duties of, 58
Alternation of medicines, 36
Bandages, 71
how to make, 71
uses of, 71
Bandage for arm, 72
hand, 72
foot and leg, 73
knee, 74
armpit, 74
finger, 74
head, 76
Barley, 65
Barley-water, 66
Baths, 125
cold, 125
plunge, 125

Baths, shower, 125
warm, 128
tepid, 128
hot, 128
effects of, 127
Bathing, sea, 126
Bed-clothing, cleanness of, 130
Bed of sick-room, 48
Beef, essence of, 64
tea, 65
marrow-bones, 65
Beer, 201
Belly, cavity of, 153
Bilious temperament, 119
Blancmange, 164
Bleeding, profuse, 86
Body-linen, cleanness of, 130
Bones, 148
of the extremities, 154
face, 150
head, 149
trunk, 152
Bran poultice, 42
Brandy, 201
Bread panada, 65
poultice, 42
and suet poultice, 42
Broth, Liebig's, 64
Bruises, 87
Burns, 82
Butter-milk whey, 65
Cake, invalid, 68
Calendula and its uses, 39
Camphor and its uses, 38
to be kept separate, 58
Cantharides and its uses externally, 39
Capillaries, 165
Carbonic acid gas, 93
sources of, 93
poisoning by, 94
Carrots, mashed, 68
Carrot poultice, 42
Casualties, management of, 77
Causes of bad health, 123
Causticum and its uses externally, 40
Caustic alkalies, poisoning by, 98
Cavity of belly, 153
chest, 153
skull, 149
Cerebellum, 157
Cerebral nerves, 158

222

INDEX.

Cerebro-spinal system, 157
Cerebrum, 156
Character of Hahnemann, 2
Charcoal, 57
Chest, cavity of, 153
exercise of, 134
Chloride of zinc, 57
Chlorine, 56
Chlorine gas, 56
Chocolate, 66
Choroid, the, 183
Chyle, 164
Chyle vessels, 165
Chylification, 164
Chyme, 163
Chymification, 162
Circulation, 165
organs of, 165
Cleanliness conducive to health, 124
of infants, 108
personal, 124
Clothes on fire, 83
Clothing of adults, 136
infants, 108
children, 116
Cocoa, 66
Coffee, 71
Cold ablution, 126
bath, 125
broth, 64
Common names of remedies, 16
Conjunctiva, the, 183
Constitution, 121
Consumptive constitution, 121
Contagion, 52
Contagious diseases, 52
Contusions, 87.
Convalescent, cookery for the, 63
Cookery for sick, 63
Copper salts, poisoning by, 98
Cornea, the, 183
Corrosive sublimate, poisoning by, 98
Cotton, 40
Crystalline lens, 184
Cure, law of, 2
Curd soap, 40
Custard, 64
Cuticle, 178
Cutis vera, 178
Cuts, treatment of, 85
Death, apparent, 87
Defecation, 161
Deglutition, 161
Derangement of mind, 77
Dermis, 178
Dictionary, 189
Diet in acute diseases, 62
Diet of adults, 141
general rules for, 142
of homoeopathy, 14
of pregnant women, 102

Diet of the sick, 61
Digestion, 159
actions of, 158
Diseases of different temperaments, 120
hereditary, 122
requiring medical man, 34
Disinfectants, 54
Dissipation, 144
Division of a drop into fractional
parts, 35
Domestic practice, 32
rules for, 33
Dose of homoeopathy, the, 5
Doses of medicines, 35
Dress of pregnant female, 102
Drinks for the sick, 65, 71
Drinking spirits, 143
Drop, how to, the tinctures, 35
divide, 35
Drowning, prevention of, 88
Drowned, treatment of, 89
Dry heat, 45
Drunkenness, 95
Duties of nurse and attendants, 58
Ear, the, 182
Emetic of mustard, 99
Epidermis, the, 178
Epileptic fits, 82
Excessive clothing, 137
Excrementitious matters, 177
Excretion, 175
Exercise, 131
deficient, 132
excessive, 132
active and passive, 131
rules for taking, 133
of clisst, 134
of infants, 115
of pregnant women, 104
External applications, 39
Extremities, bones of the, 154
Experiments on medicines, 2
Eye, the, 183
Eyelids, the, 185
Face, bones of, 150
Fainting fit, 81
Fig poultice, 43
Finger bandage, 74
Fire, clothes on, 83
house on, 84
Fish, poisoning by, 98
Fit of apoplexy, 82
epilepsy, 82
fainting, 81
hysterical, 79
Flannel as clothing, 136
hot, 45 '
Fluids of the body, 147
Followers of homoeopathy, 7
Fomentations and their uses, 14
Food for sick, 63

INDEX.

223

Food, nature of, 142
nitrogenized, 165
non-nitrogenized, 165
for infants, 108, 111, 113
Foot bandage, 72
Forms of medicines, different, 35
Functions of nervous system, 158
Gases, poisonous, 93
Gas, carbonic acid, 93
sulphuretted hydrogen, 95
Gastric juice, 162
Genuineness of the medicines, 38
Globules, 35
Good practice, how to judge of, 14
Gravy soup, 66
Groat gruel, 66
Gruel, oatmeal, 69
Hmemorrhage, 86
Halnemaun, 1
Hair, cleanness of the, 130
wash for, 130
structure of, 179
Hall's "ready method," 91
Hamamelis virginica and its uses, 41
Hand bandage, 72
Hanging, 95
Head bandage, 76
bones of, 149
Health, 118
characteristics of, 118
means of preserving, 124
Heart, 165
Heat, latent, 124
dry, 45
Helianthus anum and its uses, 41
Hereditary predisposition, 121
diseases, 122
Homoeopathy, its discoverer, 1
its law of cure, 2
its dose, 5
its separate medicine, (
its followers, 7
its success, 8
its advantages, 10
its preferableness, 10
its tests, 13
its diet, 14
its remedies, 16
Homoeopathic invalid cakes, 66
Hot bricks, 45
House on fire, 84
Human body, 145
Humour, aqueous, 184
crystaline, 185
vitreous, 185
Hunger, 92
Hypochondria, 79
Hysteria, 79
Hysterical fit, 79
Idiosyncrasy, 121
Idleness, 144

Impure air, 139
Infancy, 105
Infant, washing the, 106
clothing the, 108
food of, 108
sleep of, 112
cleanliness of, 115
exercise of, 115
moral training of, 117
mental culture of, 117
Infection, 52
Infectious diseases, 52
prevention of, 53
Insalivation, 161
Insanity, 77
management of, 78
Insensible perspiration, 124
Internal medicines, 35
Intoxication, 95
Involuntary muscles, 155
Iris, the, 184
Irritants, 97
Irritant poisoning, 97
Isinglass jelly, 67
Kidneys, the, 176
Knee bandage, 73
Lachrymal gland, 185
Latent heat, 124
Law of cure, 2
Lemonade, 71
Leg bandage, 72
Lens, crystalline, 184
Liebig's cold broth, 64
Light, theory of, 186
Liniment of arnica, 39
for burns, 83
of cantharides, 40
of rhus tox., 40
Linseed-meal poultice, 43
tea, 68
Liquids at meals, 143
List of homceopathic medicines, 16
practitioners, 206
Liver, the, 175
Lotion of aconite, 41
arnica, 39
calendula, 40
rhus, 40
hamamelis, 41
Lungs, the, 171
exercise of, 165
Lymphatic temperament, 120
Macaroni pudding, 68
Management of insane, 78
pregnancy, 100
Marrow-bones, 65
Marrow, spinal, 157
Mastication, 160
M'Dougall's disinfecting powder, 57
Medical terms, dictionary of, 189
Medulla oblongata, 157

224

INDEX.

Medicines, separate, 6
internal, 35
forms of, 35
doses of, 35
attenuation of, 36
administration of, 37
preservation of, 36
genuineness of, 38
Medical man, diseases requiring, 34
prefers homceopathy, 10
Melancholic temperament, 120
Mineral acids, poisoning by, 98
Motion, organs of, 147
Mother's milk, 109
substitute for, 111
Muscles, 154
Mustard emetic, 99
Mushroom poisoning, 98
Nails, the, 179
cleanliness of, 130
Names, of medicines, synonymous, 16
Narcotics, 96
Narcotic poisoning, 96
Nervous system, 156
temperament, 120
Nitrogenized foods, 165
Non-nitrogenized foods, 165
Nose, the, 187
Nurses, duties of, 59
qualifications of, 59
Oatmeal, 69
S poultice, 42
Odours, 188
Opium-eating, 143
Organs of motion, 147
digestion, 157
sense, 177
Oxalid acid, poisoning by, 98
Panada, 65
Part of a drop, how to get, 35
Patients prefer homoeopathy, 10
Personal cleanliness, 124
Perspiration, 124
Phlegmatic temperament, 120
Pharynx, 162
Physiology, 146
Pilules, 35
Plunge bath, 125
Poisoning, 96
Porter, 71
Poultices, and their uses, 42
bran, 42
bread, 42
bread and suet, 42
carrot, 43
fig, 43
oatmeal, 43
linseed meal, 43
Practice, domestic, 32
Prehension, 160
Preferableness of hommeopathy, 10

Pregnancy, management of, 100
Preparation of food for sick, 53
Preservation of health, 124
medicines, t7
Prevention of drowning, 88
infectious diseases, 53
Profuse bleeding, 86
Qualification of sick-nurses, 59
Ready method of Marshall Hall, 91
Remedies of homceopathy, 16
Respiration, 170
uses of, 171
Rete mucosum, 178
Retina, the, 184
Rhus and its uses, 41
Ribs, the, 152
Rice, 68
Roller, the, 71
for hand, 72
arm, 72
foot, 73
leg, 73
knee, 73
Room, sick, 47
Sago, 70
Saliva, 161
Salt bags, 45
Sanguine temperament, 119
Scalds, 82
Scarf-skin, 178
Sclerotica, 183
Sea bathing, 126
Sebaceous glands, 179
Secretion, 175
Secretions, true, 177
Senses, the, 177
Shower bath, 125
Sick, attendants on the, 57
diet of the, 61
Sick-nurses, 59
duties of, 59
Sick-room, 47
furniture of, 48
temperature of, 50
ventilation of, 51
Skeleton, bones of the, 154
Sin, the, 178
Skull, bones of the, 149
Sleep, 134
of infants, 112
Sling for arm, 75
Smell, 188
Soda-water, 71
Solids of the body, 147 -Sound, 182
Spinal cord, 157
nerves, 158
Spongio-piline, 44
Spoon food, 112
Sprains, 87
Sternum, 153

INDEX.

225

Stomach, 162
Strains, 87
Success of homceopathy, 8
Sudoriferous glands, 179
Sulphuretted hydrogen, 95
Suspended animation, 87
Sweat glands, 179
Sympathetic system, 159
Synonyms of remedies, 16
Tapioca, 70
Taste, 182
Teeth, the, 157
cleanliness of, 130
Temperaments, 119
Temperature of sick-room, 50
Tests for homoeopathy, 13
Thorax, cavity of, 153
Tight-lacing, evils of, 104
Tinctures, 35
Tobacco, use of, 143
Tongue, the, 181
Trachea, 170
Trituration, 35
Trunk, bones of the, 152
Turnips, 69

*Urine, the, 176
Veins, the, 165
Ventilation, 139
of the sick-room, 51
Ventilators, 140
Vertebrae, 152
Vital organs, 159
Vitreous humour, 184
Vision, 186
Voluntary muscles, 155
Warm bath, 128
Warm clothing, 137
Washing, daily, 125
infants, 106
Wash for hair, 130
Water, 71
Weaning, 114
Whey, to make, 65
Why homoeopathy preferred by medical
man, 10
Why, by patient, 12
Wine, 71
Windpipe, 170
Wounds, 85

THE END.

PRINTED BY J. E. ADLARD, BARTHOLOMEW CLOSE.
Q

IÃ½J5

LIST
OF
HOM(EOPATHIC WORKS
PUBLISHED AND IMPORTED BY
HENRY TURNER &amp; CO.,
HOM(EOPATHIC CHEMISTS AND MEDICAL PUBLISHERS,
77, FLEET STREET, E.C., AND 106, NEW BOND
STREET, W., LONDON;
41, PICCADILLY, &amp; 15, MARKET STREET, MANCHESTER.
*** All Books, the published price of which is 1s. or upwards, are
delivered post free to any address within the limits of:the
reduced Book Postage.
AMERICAN HOM(EOPATHIC REVIEW.
Conducted under the immediate supervision of Drs. P.
P. Wells, Carroll Dunham, and H. M. Smith. Each
issue is supplied immediately on its arrival in this
country. Terms, 15s. per annum, post free, payable
in advance. Single copies, ls. 3d.
*, Intending subscribers should, in order to avoid disappointment, send in their names early.
ARNICA, CALENDULA, CANTHARIDES, CAUSTIcum, Rhus, and Urtica as External Remedies; comprising
plain directions for the use of these Medicines in cases
of Accident, Operation, Gout, Rheumatism, &amp;c. Limp
cloth, Is.
ASIATIC CHOLERA; DIRECTIONS FOR THE DOmestic use of Homceopathic Medicine in. Gd. per dozen,
or 3s. 6d. per 100.

HENRY TURNER AND CO.'S

BAYES (DR. WM.) ADDRESS TO THE GOVERNORS
of Addenbrooke's Hospital. Sewed, 6d.
BAYES (DR. WM.) TWO SIDES TO A QUESTION; A
few observations on Mr. Braithwaite's c Temperatq&amp;Examination of Homceopathy.' Second Edition, with emendations and additions. Sewed, 6d.
BAYES (DR. WM.) MEDICAL TERRORISM IN 1862.
Sewed, 6d.
BAYES (DR. WM.) REMARKS UPON ARCHBISHOP
Whateley's Letter on Medical Trade Unions. Sewed,
3d.
BECKER (DR. A. C.) CONSUMPTION, DISEASES OF
the Eye, Constipation, and Dentition, in 1 vol. Cloth,
5s.
B(ENNINGHAUSEN (DR. C. VON) ESSAY' ON THE
Homceopathic Treatment of Intermittent Fevers. Translated and edited by Dr. C. J. HEMPEL. 2s. 6d.
B(ENNINGHAUSEN (DR. C. VON) THERAPEUTIC
Pocket-Book, for the use of Hommopathic Physicians.
Edited by Dr. C. J. HEMPEL. Cloth, 10s.
B(ENNINGHAUSEN (DR. C. YON) SIDES OF THE
Body and Drug Affinities- Homceopathic Exercises.
Translated and edited by Dr. C. J. HEMPEL. In wrapper, Is. 6d.
BOWERS (DR. B.) MEMOIR OF THE LATE DR. B. F.
JOSLIN. Sewed, Is.
BRITISH JOURNAL OF HOM(EOPATHY. Edited by
Drs. DRYSDALE, DUDGEON, and HUGHES. Published
Quarterly. Price to Subscribers, post free, 18s. per
annum; single copies, 5s.
-,* This is the oldest-established Medical Quarterly in Great Britain.

LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.

BRITISH WORKMAN'S GUIDE TO HOM\(EOPATHIC
Treatment: compiled chiefly from the Works of Drs.
SGUERNSEY, MALAN, HERING, and MooRE, with the object
of rendering the domestic practice of Homceopathy incommon ailments as simple as possible, to meet the
requirements of the working-classes. Second Edition,
Twentieth Thousand. Limp cloth, Is.
"This miniature volume, though small in size, is great
in its significance and importance to the working-people."
--North American Journal of Homoneopathy.
"This treatise, dedicated to the thousands of British
"Workmen who value life and health in themselves and
their families, is admirably adapted for the purpose intended. All will find many useful hints on all varieties of
disease."-Manchester Spectator.
"This is a very useful little work for a family, and is
well deserving of a place in every workman's household."
-Newcastle Chronicle.
BRYANT (DR. J.) RIVAL SCHOOLS OF MEDICINE;
or; Homoeopathy versus Allopathy. In wrapper, Is.
BRYANT (DR. J.) POCKET MANUAL; OR, REPERtory of Homoeopathy, Alphabetically and Nosologically
Arranged. Second Edition. Bound, 6s.
CAMERON (Di. G. F.) REVIEW OF THE PRESENT
State of Homceopathy (1862). Sewed, Gd.
CASPARI'S HOM(EOPATHIC DOMESTIC PHYSICIAN.
Edited by F. HARTMANN, M.D., Author of "Acute and
Chronic Diseases." Translated from the Eighth German
Edition, and enriched by a treatise on Anatomy and,Physiology. Embellished with 30 Illustrations, by Dr.
W. P. Esrey. Half-bound, 8s.

HENRY TURNER AND CO. S

CHANNING (DR. W.) THE REFORMATION OF MEDIcal Science, demanded by Inductive Philosophy. A
discourse delivered before the New York Physicians'
Society. Second Edition. Sewed, Is. 6d.
CHEPMELL (DR. E. C.) DOMESTIC HOM(EOPATHY
restricted to its legitimate sphere of practice; together
with rules for diet and regimen. Eighth Edition, revised
and improved. Cloth, 6s.
CHEPMELL (Dn. E. C.) PRACTICAL GUIDE TO
Domestic Homceopathy, with a selection of fourteen
remedies. Limp cloth, Is.
CHOLERA AND ITS HOM(EOPATHIC TREATMENT.
With Statistics, showing the successful treatment of this
epidemic with Homeopathic Remedies, giving sanitary
precautions and elementary instructions for its treatment.
First series. Id., or 7s. per 100.
COCKBURN (DR. SAMUEL). THE TWO SYSTEMS
of Medicine Cure explained and Contrasted. Limp
cloth, 2s.
"We recommend this little book as one of the most
readable and reliable exposes of the Allopathic and
Homceopathic Systems we have met with."-British
Journal of Homceopathy.
" The whole of the book is well and pleasantly written."
-Monthly Hommoaoathic Review.
COCKBURN (DR. SAMUEL). EXPOSITION OF THE
Homeopathic Law, with a refutation of some of the
chief objections advanced against Homoeopathy: a
lecture delivered in Glasgow under the auspices of the
Glasgow Homoeopathic Association. Sewed, 3d.
COE (DR. GLOVER). CONCENTRATED ORGANIC
Medicines, their therapeutic properties and clinical
employments. Fourth Edition. Cloth, 7s. 6d.

LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.

CRAIG (Dr. W. S.) HOMiEOPATHY: A LETTER IN
answer to Mr. Braithwaite's 'Temperate Examination of
Homoeopathy.' Sewed, 2d.
CURTIS AND LILLIE (Drs.) EPITOME OF HOMCEOpathic Practice. Compiled chiefly from Jahr, Riickert,
Beauvais, Bcenninghausen, &amp;c. Second Enlarged Edition.
Cloth, 4s.
DENHAM (W. H., M.R.C.S.) THE FOLLY AND MISchief of using Purgative Medicines. Sewed, 2d.
DENHAM (W. H., M.R.C.S.) LETTER TO MR. GARrington, Mayor of Portsmouth. Sewed, 6d.
DOMESTIC HOM(EOPATHY SIMPLIFIED; OR,
Twelve Remedies and their use in common ailments.
Sewed, 6d.
DOUGLAS (DR. J. S.) THE HOMAEOPATHIC TREATment of Intermittent Fevers. 2s.
DRUMMOND (DR. J.) HOM(EOPATHY AMONGST
the Allopaths, being a collection of evidence favorable to
the tenets of Hahnemann and his followers, EXTRACTED
FROM THE STANDARD WORKS OF THE OLD SCHOOL. In
stiff cover, Is.
"Experience tells us that Dr. Drummond's mode of
argumentation is more bothering to our opponents than
any other."-Monthly Homoeopathic Review.
DRUMMOND (DR. J.) A FACT IN FAVOUR OF HOmceopathy. Sewed, 2d.
DRUMMOND (DR. J.) HOM(EOPATHY AS PRACTISED
in Manchester, in harmony with its alleged principles.
A reply to Dr. Roberts' pamphlet. Sewed, 6d.
DRURY (DR. W. V.) FATTY DISEASE OF THE
Heart and Softening, with Homceopathic Treatment.
Sewed, Is.
DRURY (DR. W. V.) HOM6EOPATHIC GUIDE FOR
the Treatment of Accidents. Cloth, 2s. 6d.

HENRY TURNER AND CO./S

DRYSDALE, DUDGEON, AND BLACK (DRs.) THE
Halhnemann Materia Medica Pura, Part I. In stiff
cover, 7s.
DUDGEON (DR. R. E.) LECTURES ON THE THEORY
and Practice of Homoeopathy. Cloth, 7s. 6d.
"A complete epitome of the history and development
of Homoeopathy."-Civil Service Gazette.
" The volume teems with interesting matter."-British
Banner.
"We cordially recommend it as suitable for a place in
every Homoeopathic physician's library."- Philadelphia
Journal of Homceopathy.
A We commend Dr. Dudgeon's work to the public and the
faculty."-Globe.
"A more useful exposition of our system was never
read."-The Homaopathist.
"We have never seen so full and comprehensive an
account of the principles and practice of Honceopathy."Nonconformist.
" The best acquisition to Homceopathic literature during
the whole year, and a better work than any other treating
on the same subject."-Dr. C. Hering.
ESREY (DR. W. P.) TREATISE ON ANATOMY AND
Physiology. With 30 Illustrations. Cloth, 2s. 6d.
ESREY (DR. W. P.) MATERIA MEDICA OF AMERICAN
Provings. With Repertory. Cloth, 6s.
FLETCHER (DR. JOHN G.) ELEMAENTS OF GENERAL
Pathology. Edited by Dns. DRYSDALE and RUssELL.
Cloth, 10s. 6d.
GLIMPSES OF HAHNEMANN, THE FOUNDER OF
Homceopathy: A compilation from various sources,
illustrative of lie life and character of Hahuemann.
Extra bound, gilt edges, 2s., reduced to Is.

LIST OF PUBLICATIONS. 7
GOLLMANN (DR. W.) THE HOM(EOPATHIC GUIDE
in all Diseases of the Urinary and Sexual Organs. Translated, with Additions, by Dr. C. J. HEMPEL. Cloth,
7s. 6d.
GUERNSEY AND THOMAS'S DOMESTIC PRACTICE.
Fourth English Edition,thoroughly revised, with important
additions. Containing a plain description of Diseases
and instructions for their cure, giving express directions
in each case for the administration of the remedy, both
in tinctures and globules; containing also chapters on
Varieties of Constitution and Temperament, the Pulse,
the Urine, General Diagnosis, Diet, Hygiene, Climate, and
Bathing, and a MTateria Medica and Glossary. Cloth, 5s.
In handsome binding, to accompany the Complete
Family Medicine Chest, fitted expressly for this work, 8s.
"** This edition of Guernsey's 'Domestic Practice' is
divested of everything which is objectionable in a book of
general reference for the use of families.
" Of all Domestic Treatises we give the preference to Dr.
Guernsey's."-North American Journal of Homocopathy.
" Dr. Guernsey's Book of 'Domestic Practice' is a
reliable and useful work. It is especially adapted to the
service of well-educated heads of families."-J. F. Gray,
lM.D.
" The work before us is a most excellent and trustworthy
guide."-Monthly Homoeopathic Review.
"The volume is remarkably comprehensive, and well
entitled to be designated as it is,' Domestic Practice.' "British Standard.
" Those who wish to be initiated into the mysteries of the
system will here find all the information they can desire;
and such as have already adopted its principles will find
a convenient and intelligible manual for practice."Quiver.

HENRY TURNER AND CO.S

GUERNSEY'S HOM(EOPATHIC DOMESTIC PRACtice. The Unabridged American Edition. With full
descriptions of the dose to each single case. Containing
also chapters on Anatomy, Physiology, Hygiene, and art
Abridged Materia Medica. Cloth, 7s. 6d. Handsomely
bound, to accompany the Complete Family Chest to this
work, 12s. 6d.
GUERNSEY (DR. E) THE GENTLEMAN'S HANDbook of Homoopathy;.specially for Travellers, and for
Domestic Practice. Second Edition. Cloth, 4s.
HAHNEMANN (DR. S.) MATERIA MEDICA PURA.
Translated by DR. C. J. HEMPEL, in 1 vol. Half-bound,
30s.
HIAHNEMANN (DR. S.) CHRONIC DISEASES; THEIR
Specific Nature, and Homeopathic Treatment. Translated and Edited by DR. C. J. HEMPEL, with a Preface by
Dn. C. HErING. 5 vols., cloth, 35s.
HAHNEMANN, MEDALLION OF. 7s. 6d.
HA-INEMANN (DR. S.) ORGANON OF HOM(EOPAthic Medicine. Fourth American Edition, with Improvements and Additions from the last German Edition,
together with Dr. Hering's Introductory Remarks.
Cloth, 6s.
HAHNEMANN, PORTRAIT OF. ENGRAVED ON STEEL.
By WOODMAN, nTOM A PAINTING BY G. F. HERING,
EsQ.
This superb engraving was taken from a portrait in the
possession of William Leaf, Esq., and is considered by
those best qualified to judge, the best extant of the
venerable founder of Homceopathy.
Prints, 10s. 6d.; Proofs, on India paper (only very few
remain), 21s.

- LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.

HALE (DR. E. M.) MONOGRAPH UPON GELSEMInum; its Therapeutic and Physiological Effects, together with its uses in Disease. Sewed, 2s.
HALE (DR. E. M.) ON THE HOM(EOPATHIC TREATment of Abortion. Sewed, 2s.
HARPER (DR. J. P.) HOMUEOPATHY TESTED BY
Facts; being a collection of cases illustrative of the
Hommopathic action of remedial agents. Third Edition,
sewed, Gd.
HARTLAUB AND WOOD (DRs.) THE CHILD'S HOmneopatlhic Physician; or, full and plain advice to
Parents on the management of Infants and Children,
and on the treatment of their disorders. Translated
from Dr. Hartlaub's fourth foreign edition, with the
addition of cases illustrating the treatment, and many
new chapters. By Dr. NEVILLE WOOD. Cloth, 5s.
This book describes the symptoms, causes, and probable
termination of every disorder, and gives plain and precise
instructions as to the general and medicinal treatment of
the case.
" We very cordially recommend this book. * * * a very
valuable addition to the best class of domestic books."Monthly Homeopathic Review.
" Dr. Neville Wood has done well in presenting this work
to the public."-Notes of a New Truth.
" The cases are well selected." -British Journal of
Homweopathy.
" The present treatise will be found admirably useful."Daily Telegraph.
" Of all domestic guides, it is certainly the most intelligible. Homoeopathic mothers will find it invaluable. * **
As a guide to the believer, this work is indispensable."Constitutional Press.

HENRY TURNER AND CO. S

HARTMANN (DR. F.) CHRONIC DISEASES AND
their Homceopathic Treatment. Translated and revised
from the third German edition, with additions, by
Dr. C. J. HEMPEL. 2 vols., cloth, 15s.
HARTMANN (DR. F.) DISEASES OP CHILDREN,
and their homoeopathic treatment. Translated, with
remarks, by Dr. C. J. HEMPEL. Cloth, 10s.
HARTMANN (DR. F.) PRACTICAL OBSERVATIONS
on some of the chief homceopathic remedies. Translated from the German by Dr. OKIE. Cloth, 5s.
HASTINGS (DR. HUGH) CONSUMPTION, ITS PREvention and cure (Homoeopathically). Sewed, 6d.
HASTINGS (Di. HUGH) A DIALOGUE ON THE
theory and practice of Homoeopathy and Allopathy.
Third Edition, sewed, 6d.
HASTINGS (DR. HUGH) SCARLATINA AND DIPHtheria, their treatment and prevention. Second Edition.
Sewed, '6d.
HASTINGS (DR. HUGH) HOM(EOPATHY TESTED
and weighed in the Balance. In wrapper, 3d.
HAYWARD (DR. J. W.) ALLOPATHY AND HOMG(Opathy contrasted.
Part 1, Medicine-its origin and early history; Allopathy-what it is; Homoeopathy-what it is.
Sewed, 3d.
Part 2, The origin and early history of Allopathy and
Homoeopathy. Sewed, 2d.
Part 3, The basis of the old and new systems.
Sewed, 3d.
HELMUTH (DR. W. T.) TREATISE ON DIPHTHERIA.
Its Nature, Pathology, and Homoeopathic Treatment.
Cloth, 7s. 6d.

.LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.

HEMPEL (DR. C. J.) A. TREATISE ON THE USE OF
Arnica in cases of Contusions, Wounds, Sprains, Lacerations of the Solids, Concussions, Paralyses, Rheumatisms,
Soreness of the Nipples, &amp;c. &amp;c., with a number of Cases
illustrative of the use of that drug. Sewed, Is.
HEMPEL (DR. C. J.) COMPLETE REPERTORY OF
the Homceopathic Materia Medica. 1224 pp. Bound,
30s.
"4We have now before us the result of Dr. Hempel's
incessant labours, in the shape of a portly volume of.upwards of 1200 pages, for which he deserves the best
thanks of the Homoeopathic body at large. This volume
will be a great acquisition to all the practitioners of our
art, as it will facilitate very much their search for the
appropriate remedy. We have already made extensive use
of it. Thanking Dr. Hempel most heartily for his ' Repertory,' we commend it confidentially to our English
colleagues. It will be found useful by all; and it will, in
many cases, guide the practitioner to the ready discovery of
an appropriate remedy when all the other works hitherto
published in our language would leave him in the lurch."British Journal of Homopathy.
HEMPEL (DR. C. J.) ECLECTICISM IN MEDICINE;
or, a Critical Review of the Leading Medical Doctrines.
An inaugural thesis presented at the New York University, in March, 18415, by Dr. C. J. HEMPEL. Sewed,
Is. 6d.
HEMPEL (Di. C. J.) ORGANON OF SPECIFIC HOmocopathy; or, an inductive exposition of the principles
of the homceopathic healing art, addressed' to physicians and intelligent laymen. Cloth, 5s.
HEMPEL (Di. C. J.) HOM(EOPATHY, A PRINCIPLE
in Nature, its Scientific Universality unfolded, its Development and Philosophy explained, and its applicability
to the treatment of diseases shown. Cloth, 6s.

HENRY TURNER AND CO.S

HEMPEL (DR. C. J.) A NEW AND COMPREHENSIVE
System of Materia Medica and Therapeutics. Arranged
upon a Physiologico-Pathological Basis, for the use of
Practitioners and Students of Medicine. 1220 pp.
Bound in calf, 25s.
"In this work, the subject of Homoeopathic Materia
Medica and Therapeutics is presented, as it should be, in
connection with Pathology and Physiology. It is the
concurrent testimony of those who have seen the work that,
in this splendid volume, Homoeopathic Materia Medica is,
for the first time in the history of Homoeopathy, presented
as a scientific system of Therapeutics. Homoeopathic
physicians will find it a reliable and most comprehensive guide in the treatment of disease. Students and
Allopathic practitioners may acquire a thorough and comparatively easy knowledge of Homoeopathy by a perusal of
its pages; we would even venture to assert that Homoeopathic physicians of experience may read this work with
profit and pleasure. In no work that we know of is the
subject of HIomoeopathy presented to the inquiring mind in
the same broad and comprehensive sense as in the present
volume. We feel justified in recommending it to the
profession as a standard work, which every friend of
Homoeopathy should possess."
HEMPEL AND BEAKLEY (DKs.) MANUAL OF HOmceopathic Theory and Practice. An Elementary Treatise on the Homceopathic Treatmcnt of Surgical Diseases.
Second Edition. Cloth, 12s.
This work may safely be recommended to practitioners,
as a reliable guide in the Homceopathic treatment of diseases. It does not confine itself to any particular range
of potencies, but recommends high or low attenuations,
according to the requirements of the case. An extensive
chapter on Surgical Diseases, by Dr. Beakley, has been

LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.

added, with directions for the treatment of all ordinary
surgical diseases, and with suggestions in cases of sudden
injuries. Especially designed for the use of medical
students and practitioners.
HERING (Dr. C.) HOM(EOPATHIC DOMESTIC PHYsician. The only authorised English edition recognised
by the Author, thoroughly revised and reformed from
the original, and augmented by numerous additions.
Cloth, 8s. Bound in limp roan, with gilt edges, to accompany the Complete Family Medicine Chest, fitted up
expressly for this work. 12s. 6d.
"In our opinion the best of all domestic guides."British Journal of Homceopathy.
HILL AND HUNT'S HOM(EOPATHIC PRACTICE OF
Surgery, together with Operative Surgery. Illustrated
by 240 Engravings. Bound in sheep, 17s.
HILL (DR. B. L.) EPITOME OF THE HOMUEOPATHIC
Healing Art. Cloth, 2s.
HIRSCHEL'S RULES AND EXAMPLES FOR THE
Study of Pharmacodynamics. Translated by THOMAS
HAYLE. Cloth, 5s.
HITCHMAN (DR. WM.) CONSUMPTION, ITS NAture, Prevention, and Homceopathic Treatment, with
illustrations of Homceopathic practice. Cloth, 3s.
" This Treatise is the most complete work on the subject
of Consumption that has ever been issued by the Homceopathic press. It shows most conclusively that Consumption
may be cured by Homoeopathic remedies if the treatment
is not delayed too long. The nature and course of this
serious disorder are very lucidly explained, and the Homoeopathic treatment is illustrated by a number of interesting
cases. No physician, after studying this volume, can be
at a loss how to treat Consumption successfully, if the

HENRY TURNER AND CO. S

case is not absolutely beyond the reach of treatment.
The volume is neatly got up, and should meet, as it
undoubtedly will, with a ready sale."
" Hitchman on ' Consumption' is the best monogram in
Homceopathic literature-of great practical interest, scholarly and beautifully written."-North American Journal
of onomeopathy.
IIOLCOMB (DR. W. H.) THE SCIENTIFIC BASIS OF
Homceopathy. Cloth, 5s. 6d.
HOLCOMB (DR. W. H.) YELLOW FEVER, AND ITS
Homoeopathic treatment. Cloth, 2s.
HOLLAND (DR. G. C.) ORIGIN AND NATURE OF
Disease, and the physiological action of auxiliary
remedies in connection with Homomopathic Treatment.
Cloth, 9s.
HOM(EOPATHIC OBSERVER. Edited by the Honorary
Medical Officers of the Manchester and Salford Hommoopathic Dispensary. Published monthly, single numbers,
3d. Supplied post free to Subscribers for 4s. per annum,
payable in advance.
IIOM(EOPATHIC PHARMACOP(EIA. Compiled by
order of the German Central Union of Homaeopathic
Physicians, and Edited especially for the use of Pharmaceutists, by. Carl E. GRUNER. Translated from the
second German Edition. Half-bound, and interleaved
for notes, 10s. 6d.
HORNER (DR. F. R.) REASONS FOR ADOPTING THE
rational System of Medicine, being a Letter to the
Governors of the Hull General Infirmary. Fifth Edition.
(Twentieth Thousand.) Sewed, 6d.

LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.

"Here is a manoccupying a most distinguished position
as an allopathicphysician, who, after investigating principles, brings them to the test of practice, and then, being
convinced of their truth, at once heartily adopts them."*Manchester Weekly Advertiser.
HORNER (DE. JONAH) ON HEALTH; what preserves,
what destroys, and what restores it. Limp cloth,,
Is. 6d.
HOUSEHOLD HOM(EOPATHIST; or, MOTHER'S.
Guide to Practice. Cloth, is. 6d.
HUFELAND'S EUCHIRIDION MEDICUM, or THE,
Practice of Medicine. The result of fifty years' experience of the Physician in ordinary to the late King of
Prussia, and Professor in the University of Berlin.
Second American Edition. Translated from the Sixth
German Edition by Dr. BRUCHHAUJSEN. Cloth, 12s. 6d.
HUGHES (RD., M.R.C.S.) ON THE PRESENT STATE
of the Physiology and Pathology of the Nervous System
(1861). Sewed, Is.
HULL'S JAHR; A NEW MANUAL OF HOM(EOPAthic Practice. Edited with Annotations by F. G. SNELLING, M.D., from the last Paris Edition. Fourth Edition.
2 vols., 35s.
HUMPHREY'S (PorF. Dn. F.) CHOLERA AND ITS
Homceopathic Treatment. Cloth, 2s.
HUMPHREY'S (DR.) DYSENTERY, AND ITS HOM(EOpathic Treatment. Containing also a Repertory and
* numerous Cases. Cloth, 2s. 6d.
IRISH COLLEGES versus MEDICAL PROGRESS.
Sewed, 3d.

HENRY TURNER AND CO.S

JAHR (DE. G. H. G.) DISEASES OF THE SKIN; or,
Alphabetical Repertory of the Skin symptoms and external alterations of Substance; together with the morbid Phenomena observed in the Glandular, Osseous,
Mucous, and Circulatory symptoms, arranged with Pathological remarks on the diseases of the skin. Edited
by C. J. HEMPEL, M.D. Bound, 5s.
JAHR (DE. G. H. G.) THE HOM(EOPATHIC TREATment of Diseases of Females and Infants at the Breast.
Translated from the French by C. J. HEMPEL, M.D.
Bound, 10s. 6d.
JAHR ON MENTAL DISEASES. Translated by Dr. GALLowAY. Cloth, 10s., reduced to 3s.
JAHR'S NEW MANUAL OF THE HOM(EOPATHIC
Materia Medica, with Possart's Additions. Arranged
with reference to well-authenticated observations at the
sick-bed, and accompanied by an alphabetical Repertory,
to facilitate and secure the selection of a suitable remedy
in any given case. Fifth Edition, revised and enlarged by
the Author. SYMPTOMATOLOGY and REPERTORY. Translated and edited by C. J. HEMPEL, M.D. Bound, 17s. 6d.
This work is a condensation of the Symptomen Codex,
which will supply the wants of a great class of readers
better than the largest work.
The Repertory, as one of the best and most faithful of
its kind, is exceedingly useful to the cultivated layman and
junior practitioners, and far from useless even to the most
experienced. To medical students it will prove a capital
handbook, being a complete SYMPTOMATOLOGY and
REPERTORY in one volume.
JAHR'S NEW MANUAL OR SYMPTOMEN CODEX.
Translated, with important and extensive additions from
various sources, by Dr. C. J. HEMPEL,. assisted by Dr.

. -.,

LIST OF PUBLICATIONS. 17
QUIN; with revisions and notes by Dr. J. F. GRAY.
Contributions by Drs. A. GERALD HULL and G. W.
COOKE, of New York, and Drs. C. HERING, J. JEANES,
C. NEIDHARD, W. WILLIAMSON, and J. KITCHEN, with a
preface by Dr. HEIUNG. In 3 vols. Bound, ~6 6s.
(Scarce.)
JONES (DR. ELIJAH U.) DRY COUGH OR TUSSISsicca. Sewed, 6d.
JOSLIN (DR. B. F.) PRINCIPLES OF HOM(EOPATHY.
In a series of Lectures. Cloth, 3s.
JOSLIN (DR. B: F.) HOM(EOPATHIC TREIATMENT OF
Cholera, including Repertories for this disease and for
summer complaints. Third Edition, with additions.
Cloth, 5s.
JOSLIN (DR. B. F.) POTENCIES AND CRUDITIES.
In wrapper, Is.
KREUSSLER (DR. E.) THE HOM(EOPATHIC TREATment of Acute and Chronic Diseases. Translated from
the German, with important additions and revisions, by
CHnLEus J. HEMPEL. Small print, to make it convenient
for the pocket. Cloth, 5s.
LADE (DR. G.) RESULT OF AN EXPERIMENTAL
Inquiry into the Homoeopathic Treatment of Disease.
Second Edition. Sewed, 6d.
LUDLAM (DR. R.) A COURSE OF CLINICAL LECtures on Diphtheria, delivered before the Class of Hahnemann Medical College, Chicago, session 1862-3. Cloth,
7s. 6d.
MACLIMONT (DR. R.) HOM(EOPATHY THE ONLY
Law of Cure, a simple and concise Exposition of the System, with an Appendix containing the record of a few cases
from the note-book of the writer. Post 8vo, sewed, 3d.

HENRY TURNER AND CO.'S

MACLIMONT (DR. R.) THE IMPORTANCE OF
change of climate in the first stage of Pulmonary
Consumption, embracing the result of some years' experience of the climates of Madeira, Rome, Nice, Mentone,
etc., in Affections of the Chest. Sewed, Is.
M'MIANUS (DR. F. R.) AN ADDRESS DELIVERED AT
the Seventeenth Annual Meeting of the American Institute
of Homceopathy, in June, 1860. Sewed, Is.
MALAN (DR. H. V.) POCKET-BOOK OF HOM(EOpathy. Containing concise Directions for the Treatment
of some of the most common Ailments in Families.
Fourth Edition, revised. Limp cloth, 2s.
MALAN (DR. I. V.) ANSWER TO THE QUESTION,
"How can such small Doses have any Effect?" Sewed,
3d.
MALAN (DR. H. V.) WHAT TO DO IN CASE OF
Cholera. 7s. per hundred.
MARSTON (DR. C. H.) HOM(EOPATHY AND SIR
Benjamin Brodie. A Review of Sir B. Brodie's Letter
on Homoeopathy in 'Fraser's Magazine,' with a critical
Investigation of the System. Demy Svo, sewed, 3d.
MASSY (DR. R. TUTHILL) MILD MEDICINE IN CONtradistinction to Severe Medicine. Second Edition.
Cloth, 2s. 6d.
MASSY (DR. R. T.) QUEENSTOWN, A CLIMATE FOR
Consumption. Sewed, 3d.
METCALF (DR. J. W.) HOM(EOPATHIC PROVINGS.
An Appendix to the North American Journal of Homceopathy. Cloth, 7s. 6d.

LIST Or PUBLICATIONS. 19
METCALF (DR. J. W.) HOMOEOPATHY, AND ITS
Requirements of the Physician. Sewed, 6d.
MILLARD (DR. H. B.) THE CLIMATE AND STATIStics of Consumption. Read before the American Geographical and Statistical Society. Cloth, 3s. 6d.
MONTHLY HOM(EOPATHIC REVIEW. Edited by Dr.
RYAN. Posted free to subscribers, as issued. Terms
12s. per annum, payable in advance. Each number consists of 64 pages, making a volume at the end of the
year of 768 pages. Single copies, Is.
tl This serial is registered for transmission abroad,
and, therefore, entitled to all the privileges granted to
newspapers, including the newspaper rate of postage to all
parts of the globe.
MOORE (DR. G. L.) POPULAR GUIDE TO
Homoeopathy for Families and Private Use. Second
SEdition. (Tenth Thousand.) Limp loth, Is.
" A waistcoat pocket encyclopaedia on the subject."Manchester Weekly Advertiser.
MOORE (DR. G. L.) SUPPLEMENT TO THE
'Domestic Practice of Homceopathy,' being a companion
to the various works thereon; containing information on
a variety-of subjects connected with, and bearing on, the
family practice of Homcopathy, but not treated of in
the domestic works on that subject-such as the domestic management of the sick-room, conduct of Nurses and
Attendants, Ventilation, Baths, Bandages, Poultices, and
Cookery for the Sick and Convalescent, &amp;c., &amp;c. Cloth,
2s. 6d.
"No sick room should be without this useful little work,
giving as it does in a condensed form many most useful
hints, which if acted upon will add considerably to the
comfort of the patient, and so hasten the recovery."

HENRY TURNER AND CO./S

MOORE (Mit. JAS., V.S.) OUTLINES OF VETERINARY
Homoeopathy. Comprising Horse, Cow, Dog, Sheep, and
Hog Diseases, and their Homceopathic Treatment. Third
Edition, revised and enlarged by the Author, with Additions. Cloth, 5s.
"Eminently plain, practical, and useful."-Liverpool
Mercury.
" A concise and popular treatise, almost wholly divested
of technical terms; such a book as no one with ordinary
capacity can misunderstand."-Irish Farmer's Gazette.
" In this work the various diseases of the horse, cow,
sheep, pig, and dog, are succinctly yet clearly set forth;
the homceopathic remedies for each of which are plainly
prescribed."-Farmer's Herald.
" By purchasing and keeping this work by him, together
with a small collection of the medicines, any farmer may
be his own cattle doctor to a very great extent, and often
by the timely application of a simple antidote to disease,
save the lives of much valuable stock."-Thorley's Agricultural Gleaner.
" The publication of a third edition of the ' Outlines ' is
a proof of its merits, and we would here draw to it the
attention of all who have to do with horses, as we are
convinced that by the aid of Mr. Moore's guide they will
be more successful in the diseases of these valuable animals
than if they confided them to the care of the ordinary horse
doctor, whose treatment is generally as unsuccessful as it is
barbarous and inhuman."-British Journal of Hommeopathy.
" Mr. Moore's 'Outlines' are prepared with great
judgment and care, and, in the hands of a farmer of
ordinary intelligence, the work will be a treasure."Monthly Hommoopathic Review.
"We have no hesitation in recommending this work to
our readers, as a most useful and trustworthy guide to
veterinary homceopathy."-Homeopathic Observer.

LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.

"The volume is clearly entitled to a place, not only
in the library of every veterinary surgeon, but of every
farmer."-British Standard.
" Its directions for the selection of the remedy are precise
and clear."-Manchester Examiner and Times.
"' To farmers, both professional and amateur, the book
will prove exceedingly useful."-Manchester Weekly Advertiser.
" This is a useful work."-Newcastle Chronicle.
MOORE (MR. JAS., V.S.) COMMON DISEASES OF
Animals, and their Bomoeopathic Treatment; carefully
abridged from the 'Outlines of Veterinary Homceopathy,'
by the Author of that work. Cloth, 2s. 6d.
MOORE (MR. JAS., V.S.) LUNG DISEASE OF CATTLE,
or, Pleuro-pneumonia curable by Homceopathy, with
directions for its treatment. Seventh Edition. Sewed, 6d.
MOORE (MR. JAS., V.S.) MILK FEVER OF COWS; ITS
Homoeopathic treatment and cure, with directions.
Second Edition. Sewed, 6d.
MOORE (M.JAS.V.S.,)VETERINARY HOM(EOPATHY.
Illustrated by 125 Cases, selected from many years'
practice in the Homoeopathic treatment of Animals, with
observations. Sewed, 6d.
*.* To those unacquainted with the method of treating
animals Homoeopathically, this pamphlet is of the greatest
assistance.
MORGAN (DR. WM.) DIPHTHERIA, ITS PATHOlogy and Hommoopathic treatment, with cases illustrative
of its cure. Sewed, 6d.
MORGAN (DR. S.) TEXT BOOK FOR DOMESTIC
Practice. Fourth Edition. Cloth, Is.

HENRY TURNER AND CO. S

MURE (Dn. B.) MATERIA MEDICA; OR, PROVINGS
of the principal Animal and Vegetable poisons of the
Brazilian Empire; and their application to the treatment
of disease. Translated and arranged according to Hahnemann's method. By DA. C. J. HEMPEL. Cloth, 5s.
NEIDHARD (DR. C) CROTALUS HORRIDUS IN
Yellow Fever, also in Malignant, Bilious, and Remittent
Fevers. With an account of Humboldt's Prophylactic
inoculation of the venom of a serpent at Havana, Cuba.
Cloth, 4s.
NORTH AMERICAN JOURNAL OF HOM(EOPATHY.
A Quarterly Magazine of Medicine and the Auxiliary
Sciences, with which is incorporated " TBE UNITED
STATES JOURNAL OF HOMCEOPATHY." Price 3s. 6d.
Posted free to Subscribers on the arrival of the first mail
after its publication in New York for 14s. per an.,
payable in advance.
NORTON (DR. J. E.) HOM(EOPATHIC FAMILY MEDIcine. Second Edition, revised and enlarged. Cloth, 2s. 6d.
NOTES ON DOMESTIC HOMIEOPATHY. Sewed, 6d.
PATHOGENETIC CYCLOPIEDIA. PART I, CONTAINing symptoms of the Head, Mind, and Disposition, by
Dr. Dudgeon. Cloth, 18s., or to subscribers to the New
Repertory, 10s. 6d.
PEARCE (DR. A. C.) DIARRH(EA AND CHOLERA.
Their Homoeopathic treatment and prevention briefly
described. Sewed, 6s.
PEARCE (DR. A. C.) THE MEDICAL PRACTITIONER'S
Bill of 1858. A brief analysis of its oppressive and
unconstitutional clauses. Sewed, 3d.

LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.

PETERS (DR. J. C.) A TREATISE ON HEADACHES:
Including Acute, Chronic, Nervous, Gastric, Dyspeptic
or Sick Headaches; also, Congestive, Rheumatic, and
Periodical Headaches. Based on Th. J. Riickert's
'Clinical Experience in Homoeopathy.' Cloth, 4s.
PETERS (Dn. J. C.) A TREATISE ON APOPLEXY.
With an Appendix on Softening of the Brain and Paralysis.
Based on Th. J. Riickert's 'Clinical Experience in
Homocopathy.' Cloth, 4s.
PETERS (DR. J. C.) A TREATISE ON DISEASES OF
the Eyes. Based on Th. J. Riickert's 'Clinical Experience in Homecopathy.' Cloth, 4s.
PETERS (Da. J. C.) A TREATISE ON INTERNAL
Diseases of the Eyes; including Diseases of the Iris,
Crystalline Lens, Choroid Retina, and Optic Nerve.
Based on Th. J. Riickert's 'Clinical Experience in
Homceopathy.' Cloth, 4s.
PETERS (DR. J. C.) A TREATISE ON INFLAMmatory and Organic Diseases of the Brain. Based on
Th. J. Riickert's 'Clinical Experience in Homceopathy.'
Cloth, 4s.
PETERS (DR. J. C.) A TREATISE ON NERVOUS DErangements and Mental Disorders. Based on Th. J.
Ruckert's 'Clinical Experience in Homoeopathy.' Cl., 4s.
PETERS (DR. J. C.) THE SCIENCE AND ART, OR
the Principles and Practice of Medicine. Issued in
"numbers, of 96 pages each. Price of each Number, 3s.
Parts I to VI now ready, with Title and Introduction.

HENRY TURNER AND CO. S

PHARMACOP(EIA AND POSOLOGY (HOM(EOpathic). Compiled from the Works of Buchner and
Gruner, also the French Works of Jahr, with Original
Contributions. By Dr. C. J. HEMPEL. Cloth, 8s.
POPE (DR. A. C.) ETHICAL IMPEDIMENTS TO THE
Progress of Homeopathy throughout the Profession.
Sewed, 6d.
POPE (DR. A. C.) THE HOMIEOPATHIC SYSTEM OF
Medicine; its Theory and Results examined and compared
with those of other Methods of Treatment. Sewed, 6d.
POPULAR HOM(EOPATHIC TRACTS. Sewed, 6d.
PRICE (JOHN, EsQ., M.A.) HOM(EOPATHY. Addressed
to Sir B. Brodie, Bart., P.R.S. Reprint from the
' Monthly Hommopathic Review,' vol. v. Sewed, Is. per
dozen.
PRINCIPAL USES OF THE SIXTEEN MOST IMPORtant Homceopathic Medicines. Third Thousand. Limp
cloth, 2s.
PULTE (DR. J. H.) WOMAN'S MEDICAL GUIDE;
Containing Essays on the Physical, Moral, and Educational development of Females, and the Hornmopathic
treatment of their Diseases in all periods of Life; together with Directions for the Remedial Use of Water
and Gymnastics. Cloth, 7s.
RANSFORD (Da. C.) PREVENTION AND TREATment of Scarlatina in its various forms, according to
Homceopathic Principles. Sewed, 2d.
RANSFORD (DI. C.) REASONS FOR EMBRACING
Homceopathy, and reasons for continuing to practise it.
Fourth Edition. In wrapper, 6d.

LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.

RAPOU (DR. AUG.) TREATISE ON TYPHOID FEVER
and its Homoeopathic treatment. Translated from the
French by Arthur Alleyn Granville. Cloth, 3s.
RAU (DR. G. L.) ORGANON OF THE SPECIFIC
Healing Art of Homoeopathy. Translated by C. J.
HEMPEL, M.D. Cloth, 6s. 6d.
RAYNER (DR. T.) HOM(EOPATHY. A REVIEW OF
Dr. Roberts' Attack on the Homoeopathic Practitioners
in Manchester. Sewed, 6d.
REASONS FOR ADOPTING HOM(EOPATHIC TREATment in the diseases of Animals. Sewed, 2d.
REIL (DR.) MONOGRAPH UPON ACONITE-ITS
Uses, together with accurate statements derived from
various sources. A Prize Essay translated from the
German by DR. H. B. MILLARD. Cloth, 3s. 6d.
REMARKS ON SIR BENJAMIN BRODIE'S LETTERI
on Homoopathy in 'Fraser's Magazine' for September,
1861. Reprinted from the 'British Journal of Homceopathy' for October, 1861. Sewed, 6d.
REPERTORY (THE NEW); OR SYSTEMATIC ARrangement and Analysis of the Homoeopathic Materia
Medica. This work is expected to be completed in
about six or eight parts, five of which are already published. Post free to subscribers for 4s. per part; to nonsubscribers the price per part is 5s.
ROKITANSKY'S PATHOLOGICAL ANATOMY. Translated from the German, with Additions on Diagnosis,
from Schonlein, Skoda, and others. By De. J. C.
PETERS. Cloth, 4s.

HENRY TURNER AND CO.'S

ROTH (DR. M.) THE PREVENTION OF SPINAL
Deformities, especially of Lateral Curvatures. Illustrated.
Cloth, 3s. 6d.
ROTH (DR. M.) THE PREVENTION AND CURE OF
many Chronic Diseases by Movements. Illustrated.
Cloth, 10s.
ROTH (DR. M.) THE:GYMNASTIC FREE EXERCISES
of P. H. Line. Cloth, 2s. Gd.
ROTH (DR. M.) EXERCISES ACCORDING TO LING'S
System. In sheet, Is.
ROTH (DR. M.) GYMNASTIC EXERCISES WITHOUT
Apparatus. In sheet, 6d.
ROTH (DR. M.) THE RUSSIAN BATH. Is.
ROTH (D.R. M.) HANDBOOK OF THE MOVEMENT
Cure. Cloth, 10s.
ROTH (DR. M.) HYGIENIC TREATMENT OF PARALYSIS. Cloth, 3s. 6d.
ROTH (DR. M.) INJURIOUS POSITIONS. In sheet,
Gd.
ROUFF'S REPERTORY OF HOM(EOPATHIC MEDIcine, Nosologically arranged. Translated from the
German by A. H. OKIE, M.D. Second American Edition,
with Additions and Improvements by Dr. G. Humphrey.
Cloth, 7s. 6d.
SCIHEFER'S VETERINARY HOM(EOPATHY. Translated from the German, and edited, with additions, by
C. J. HEMPEL, M.D. Cloth, 6s. 6d.

LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.

SHARP (DR. WM., F.R.S.) AN INVESTIGATION OF
Homoeopathy in a series of essays. Seventh Edition,
extra cloth, 5s.
"It is a certain fact that every truth meets with opposition, and only triumphs after repeated struggles which
are sometimes long and obstinate. Hence the imperative
necessity that every truth should have defenders. Dr.
Sharp is one of the most striking which Homoeopathy has
found in England. His book shows proof of a great
science, of proper and honorable feeling, and great clearness of mind."-L'Art Medical.
SHARP (DR. WM., F.R.S.) A LETTER TO SIR BENjamin C. Brodie, Bart., P.R.S., in reply to his letter in
'Fraser's Magazine' for September, 1861. Second Edition, extra cloth, uniform with the 'Investigation of
Homoeopathy,' 2s. 6d.
"Dr. Sharp's letter to Sir Benjamin Brodie is written
in a happy style of impressive argumentation-gentlemanly and unflinching. It is not merely a ' reply' to the
venerable baronet's manifesto, but it is, in itself, an epitome of Homceopathy."-Monthly Homceopathic Review.
"Sir Benjamin Brodie's letter has drawn forth one of
the most telling epistles that for many a day has seen
the light." " As a defence the book is complete."-British
Standard.
SHARP (DR. WM., F.R.S.) TRACTS ON HOM(EOpathy.
1. What is Homccopathy? Eighth Edition. 2d.
2. The Defence of Homceopathy. Sixth Edition. 2d.
(An answer to Routh's ' Fallacies of -Iomoeopathy.')
3. The Truth of Homoeopathy. Sixth Edition. 2d.
4. The Small Dose of Homceopathy. Sixth Edition.
(Single numbers out of print.)
5. The Difficulties of Homoeopathy. Third Edition. 2d.

HENRY TURNER AND CO./S

SHARP (DR. WM., F.R.S.) TRACTS ON HOM(EOpathy (continued).
6. The Advantages of Homoeopathy. Third Edition. 2d.
7. The Principle of Homceopathy. Third Edition. 2d.
8. The Controversy of Homoeopathy. Second Edition.
Single numbers out of print.
9. The Remedies of Homceopathy. Second Edition. 2d.
10. The Provings of Homceopathy. Third Edition. 2d.
11. The Single Medicine of Homceopathy. Third Edition.
2d.
12. The Common Sense of Homoeopathy. Third Edition.
2d.
(In all 48 Editions, comprising 173,000 Copies exclusive
of the American sale, which has been of equal magnitude. The Series was begun in 1852 and completed
in 1854.)
Sg The complete series in stiff cover, 2s.
SHERILL'S MANUAL OF HOMWEOPATHIC PREscription, with an Improved Repertory; also an Introduction, in which the doctrine and nature of the
Homoeopathic System is explained. ls. 6d.
SHERILL (DR. H.) A TREATISE ON HOM(EOPAthic Practice of Medicine. Comprised in a Repertory
for prescribing, adapted to domestic use. Third
Edition, improved and enlarged. Cloth, 5s.
SHERWIN (DI. W.) PHYSIOLOGY AND PHARMACO
dynamics. A Lecture. Sewed, 6d.
SMALL (DI. A. E.) MANUAL OF HOM(EOPATHIC
Practice. Seventh enlarged Edition. Cloth, 10s.

LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.

SMALL (Di. A. E.) THE POCKET MANUAL OF
Hommopathic Practice. Abridged from the 'Manual of
Homceopathic Practice,' by Dr. J. F. SHEEK. Cloth, 2s.
SMITH (REV. F.) HOMEOPATHY, AND ITS ADVANtages to the Working Classes; a Lecture delivered in
Turner Street Schools, Manchester. Sewed, 3d.
SMITH (J. H., M.R.C.S.) FACTS IN EVIDENCE OF
the Truth of Homeopathy. Being an account of ffly cases
successfully treated on that principle, with remarks.
Sewed, 6d.
SNELLING (DR. F. G.) THE HOMEEOPATHIC TREA.Tment of Diphtheria. Sewed, Is.
STAPF (DR. E.) ADDITION TO THE MATERIA
Medica Pura. Translated by DR. C. J. HEMPEL.
Cloth, 7s. 6d.
STENS (DR. WILHELM) THERAPEUTICS OF THE
Day, in a series of Letters translated from the German,
with special permission of the Author, by H. St. Clair
MAssIAL. Second Edition, revised. In handsome cloth
binding. 8s. 6d.
TARBELL (DR. J. A.) HOMEIOPATHY SIMPLIFIED,
or, Domestic Practice made easy. Containing explicit
directions for the treatment of Disease, the management
of Accidents, and the preservation of Health. Fourth
Edition. Cloth, 6s.
TARBELL (D.n J. A.) SOURCES OF HEALTH, AND
the Prevention of Disease. Cloth, 2s. 6d.

HENRY TURNER AND CO.'S

TEN REASONS WHY I PREFER HOMOOPATHY
to the common system of Medical treatment. By the
FATHER OF A FAMILY. Third Edition. (Thirty Thousand.) In wrapper, 2d.
TESSIER (DR. J. '.) CLINICAL RESEARCHES
Concerning the Homeopathic treatment of Asiatic
Cholera. Translated by DR. C. J. HEMPEL. Cloth, 4s.
TESTE (DR. A.) THE HOM(EOPATHIC MATERIA
Medica, arranged Systematically and Practically. Translated by DR. C. J. HEMPEL. Cloth, 12s. 6d.
TESTE (DR. A.) A HOM(EOPATHIC TREATISE ON
the Diseases of Children. Translated by EMMA H. C6TE.
Third Edition. Revised by T. H. PULTE, M.D. 8s.
THOMAS (DR. I-I.) ADDITIONS TO THE ROM(EOpathic Materia Medica; with explanations and remarks
respecting the Provings of Homceopathic Medicines.
Limp cloth, 2s. 6d.
THOMAS (DR. H.) DISEASES OF CHILDREN, AND
their Homoeopathic treatment. Compiled from the
works of TESTE, HARTMANN, WILLIAMSON, and others,
with additions. Cloth, 3s.
THOMAS (DR. H.) EXTERNAL REMEDIES IN CASES
of Accident, &amp;c. Third Edition, illustrated. Limp
cloth, ls.
TURNER (MR. HENRY) ON THE FOOD OF YOUNG
Infants; or, Wet Nurses and Hand-feeding Superseded
by the Discovery of a true and exact Analogue of the
Human Milk. Reprinted from No. LXI of the 'British
Journal of Homoeopathy.' (Eighth Thousand.) Sewed,
2d.

LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.

TURNER'S ILLUSTRATED AND DESCRIPTIVE
Guide in the selection of a Homcopathic Medicine Chest.
Post free on application.
WALKER (DR. A. DE NOE) ON THE THERAPEUTIC
Action of Atomic Doses. Sewed, 6d.
WATTER'S HOM(EOPATHIC CHART: Giving the Symptoms and Remedies for Diseases coming more particularly
under Domestic Treatment. In cloth case, Is. 6d.; in
sheet, ls.
WELLS (DR. P. P.) THE HOM(EOPATHIC TREATment of Diarrhoea and Dysentery. In coloured wrapper, Is. 6d.
WILLIAMSON (DR. WALTER) DISEASES OF
Females and their Homcmopathic Treatment; containing
also a full description of the Dose of each Medicine.
Second English Edition. Cloth, 2s.
WOLF (DR. C. W.) APIS-MELLIFICA; OR, THE
Poison of the Honey-Bee, considered as a Therapeutic
Agent. In stiff cover, ls. 6d.
YELDHAM (S., M.R.C.S.) REMARKS ON THE DIFferent Modes of administering Hommeopathic Medicines, with a view to the disuse of the Globule.
Sewed, 3d.
YELDHAM (S., M.R.C.S.) ARNICA, RHUS, AND
Calendula. A Lecture on 'Surgery as Modified by
Homoeopathy,' delivered at the London Homoeopathic
Hospital. Sewed, 6d.

32 TUIJNEI AND CO. S LIST OF PUBLICATIONS.
YELDHAM (S., M.R.C.S.) HOMOEOPATHY IN VENEreal Diseases. Cloth, 2s. 6d.
"The present work is unmistakably the production of
a practical man. It is short and pithy, and contains a
vast deal of sound practical instruction. It is a book
which might with profit be consulted by all young, and
many old practitioners of Homceopathy."-British Journal
of Homocopathy.
"We have no hesitation in recommending it to the favorable notice of our readers."-Homroopathic Observer.
"This excellent brochure will materially assist in filling
up a void in our Homoeopathic Literature for well written
essays on special diseases."-American Homceopathic
Review.
YOUNG (Dn. G. H.) HOMAEOPATHY, WHAT IT IS,
and why it should be adopted. Sewed, 6d.
New Books and Pamphlets on Homceopathy published in
this country are supplied as soon as issued, and New American
Works, imported as soon as possible after their issue, are
punctually supplied on their arrival.

J. E. ADLARD, PRINTER, BARTIHOLOMEW CLOSE, LONDON, E.C.

N- Yi%&gt;Y&amp;.&amp;tTh
- t--.
A
A:4
7-1
- -. - - - yr,--?

AT,;
1 -. if.

| UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN
3 9015 020II 17 848IIIIII
K 9015 02017 8482

WWbwrbm IM

.- I Ã½.,,-AÃ½Ã½,,, e" 3;, 1Ã½__ -. Ã½ A. -, Ã½Ã½Z-,,., I " -Ã½Ã½;. Ã½ -'Ã½. -.11-1.1 -1
1-Ã½!iÃ½Ã½Ã½iÃ½dw iÃ½Ã½?:;";-"-.%*"Ã½Ã½,-V"Ã½t,Ã½, __., - ",._,,Ã½,,Ã½f -ti`Ã½ -,1Ã½ti-Ã½,-,'. -,7, *,-,,Ã½. -Ã½",.1--Ã½Io#,C -,I Ã½, A..,,Ã½, Ã½,, ", _ Ã½Ã½, _,Ã½ -, -,W-., 4 Is
l`Ã½,_1 l'., 1, I '' - Ã½P,IÃ½-,,,!Ã½-,:.,.Ã½,,,,,Ã½',.-Ã½Ã½,,IÃ½Ã½Ã½.Ã½,Ã½-Ã½,.tt.,,,,-.:.;-Ã½;Ã½;.,Ã½Ã½.;Ã½-.Ã½,Ã½..... - 1., I, Ã½.. Ã½ - V -,Ã½--Ã½- Ã½ i-,-',-Ã½,*Ã½-Ã½% ", " " -,, Ã½ - *-,2Ã½7IvPvS QQjjvQ "St 7 yn jqx __,. " -.1. " Ã½, i,".. Ã½,l -, -, I, - - I " - Ã½ -...Ã½'. Ã½,, - A, t. -., I- Ã½ ',_-,Ã½_-,.-, - I,,- *Ã½,,_-_Ã½Ã½Ij_,;Ã½, %,
-Ã½,-.'', -,,, -",, Ã½ -,. Ã½. "T O WNQ I Ã½..:,',Ã½., Ã½, I,,. )1'1,4"Ã½,--:-`Ã½,.,- Ã½,Ã½Ã½, I - Ã½ Ã½ Ã½., 'Ã½ T,
-CI"i,.,.-,,. ",, Ã½', "..".Ã½"I.",Rin-,-Ã½-,Ã½:,Ã½,-Ã½Ã½.Ã½Ã½,Ã½,,Ã½".,Ã½..,, *Ã½,Ã½ *Ã½, '' -'i -',4`Ã½-. --,';_,,,,Ã½ Ã½Ã½, -1-1_
IÃ½il', 0 " A.11 _... " Ã½ _- -. ". -, I I,., ", -, - oÃ½,. i, Ã½- Ã½ o - -I,,. -, -11.."',' *_1 -,, " Ã½, -,',Ã½,.* -v, AÃ½,I-.. I, - -.'- -Ã½4.,-, - Ã½Ã½ -, Ã½ _Ã½, -.. -;_k -.Ã½,-,Ã½,;Ã½.",.-,- Ã½"'-- -: I,:.
V, 11, 1L. I I.. I;,,;_-,,Ã½, Ã½'11,1-1.Ã½,.. -Ã½ - --I, - -, - -, - -,Ã½. I - Ã½ I -.'! __Ã½', -,.. "..'OÃ½ ---. V *,,;"Ã½--,Ã½; -;, - - - -;,----, Ã½,,";,"', _., - Ã½,Ã½. I ",, -, - - -, - 11
I,-,,, JÃ½ -, ",I -,..,7. ", Ã½-.. " Ã½ _, "VÃ½,..1y,, t * - I:, ", Ã½_Ã½ Ã½., -Ã½, Ã½, '.,, '.
loi;, --- -; -Ã½f t u,A -. _:,, Ã½ Ã½,.!Ã½
Ã½!,Ã½ A;,,. I. Ã½ 1-,!,., -il,'.'I,-'.".,;.. Ã½ __,.-,,,.Ã½i.L. -; Ã½ - '. I ". Ã½, - I
W
t, Ã½,Ã½ -,,j, Ã½,. --,..,.. - -, -, -, Ã½,,.,x;, 4. - Ã½ -,!.,,A -`Ã½,Z, - - - - - -:-Ã½ '4Ã½, Ã½ "_ I- _.,, -,::Ã½, A,, 1,11'.1. -i,. ",Ã½ 1, "..;" i, l,' - -A"Ã½,-,-Ã½ I,,-'.. - -.. -,
IÃ½'__ I A Ã½- - 4',,. -Ã½. -l, - - -:''-. Ã½ - - __.,,, Ã½ _ I,, 4" %-."'IÃ½.1;A, I Ã½ -1,, k-',':Ã½,; Ã½',- _',Ã½*Ã½
ql. Ã½ W MOVS.., - ". I. - - -1:I. - - - " - _',-,,...,,. Ã½ -- -,Ã½_ ". Ã½, v --
I,. '' -,,.*I kÃ½. Ã½ 1Ã½ -1 1,,, I,I.. " -;% I A;,,, Ã½.%Ã½ - --,,Ã½A -.,, - I " -, -:1:01,, Ã½ - I..,.,. I.,Ã½ -.Ã½.;,
"AnwaSQ:,,,,, - Ã½, Ã½., I, I I.-I Ã½ - - I -;Ã½Ã½ 4.,,, -,Ã½,Ã½
II ly- M y" - - ` -Ã½,Ã½ - " *,..Ã½ F ', I-,Ã½ - I Ã½,, I Ã½,, -,.Ã½
Q 'I - -k-M."', iMACIAIM "'"'Tal, As ea, njyj, _ - I 'r...
N = 115M -, " -,:..-..',,'--. " ". Ã½:, 11
-1... ' M A yu.n.'s, Ã½",'t-_-",-_..;,, " "-,,',. -
-A I Kv.. A."A" MANP;,,,., A, -1 *X 0 0,_ - Ã½ Ã½f Ã½._.',
0-5 W IWI,,. N"_41A,,,,,Ã½, _-,, " -.,Ã½ Ã½ Ã½;_ -.. I --Q, j-. -I I I U QQ -",Ã½viowmÃ½ao",Ã½,-"."&amp;.-.t-Ã½q-w--Vnyv.,j,, #.Ã½.'eÃ½,,, 0 =__, I.,_. I..., T.,,Ã½,Ã½ ":-Ã½%Ã½,,, w Ã½, - " -Ã½.-,,,:
1. mI. li,,..Ã½ - --- - I _,t.":, I 0 1 A!"AM" " -- "vG_;-F 411-11Ã½ _Qj.__,&amp;%Ã½" 01 Q, QM"
I, "'.,.,Ã½li-,,Ã½-,Ã½-,$Ã½,-.,-.,,t..t"lÃ½Ã½Ã½l-.,ClÃ½I, _. _Ã½'_ 1Ã½1 '-r, i",-7,.40'Ã½-_ 6, Ã½;'-,,- j -- Ã½-, -.,,.141 -'-4 I I, " If,!...Ã½"..Ã½l.;,Ã½Ã½,,Ã½Ã½.Ã½,,Ã½Ã½.,Ã½Ã½Ã½,,Ã½.Ã½Ã½.Ã½,kÃ½,-Ã½-Ã½ _i, --1,Ã½i,'-.-r' -, Ã½,-.' ", Ã½., - Ã½ Ã½Ã½ Ã½.)Ã½,.Ã½, Ã½, l, _;, 'l?%. '. Ã½_- -, Ã½Ã½"P*-.,Ã½Z -77
-,..- Ã½. A Ã½-,;Ã½.- 1- A, ".,,--, -.. Ã½ I,,,.,,. -I V. 1,,, tj I Ã½-,,.-4 " e, Ã½ _,-Ã½- ',", --Ã½Ã½,.,Ã½- - -Ã½- Ã½ _.- "L _'_ Ã½.A, - Il,, A I Ã½ Ã½ _'r. I Ã½, Ã½,.A11A, I I., 'if - -- - - - Ã½xi r.Ã½-,.. Ã½ _,., - Ã½,
i, N A,.'. I Ã½, l, -Ã½', 4t -, Ã½Ã½ Ã½,-,.,. -.;Ã½',`_'Ã½, -.w!-_Ã½ ': Ã½
11 " I A,?" 17,,.A.. I A,,I.-.; ". " Ã½ _Ã½I,,,.,Ã½,Ã½Ã½.Ã½' 1'--.,Ã½Ã½44.'_,_
I Aw" M &amp; 0I - 1 I 4 A.. _,Ã½ Ã½ I, ',-Ã½ -QÃ½,-,,,#_,,'. I - ". - -,--,;,*".;Ã½._ --,,, Ã½2-_;,
Ail Ã½ "Till ''. I '.. - Ã½ -1.1III., J. Ã½,, v -, 1, -I - --,! '., -,, I " Ã½:. Ã½ " 0;Ã½ -, ".", Ã½,Ã½
0; ", - - W '.Q. 10P.Mly, _- 1 j;W, * " --,Ã½Ã½,!,, - A"A,.Ã½-;"Iqx,;,;_,'-Ã½,,, -,Ã½,,,,,, eÃ½ y -'j. I tÃ½ 4Il;,-,_!. I., Ã½.- - I,..IZ;;,Ã½f-.,IIit0 "Q.- - 11-1 Ã½,,,,,Ã½., -., qÃ½-- -jÃ½,;,---.:,-,-_,, -Ã½:- Ã½,, -
_f,, A,,,. I, I 0,... Ã½t I Ã½I`,.Ã½ I.,,Ã½, A I Ã½Ã½ I, Ã½.., _',Ã½Ã½c Ã½-.A
1. -.", y. A., '.. -,j
-,,Ã½--Ã½ - Ã½ i_"?;,!","&amp;Ã½ I- I,.,.,. A, - Ã½,Ã½,.., - - "I,,,Ã½, -_ - - - &amp;"T,. " 'ZÃ½#',1%1. A A-4'.','Ã½-'Ã½Ã½-_-_4_-., Ã½.1 " e--N-II1_1vAy-y.q0".nAW," "'.". I(;. Ã½ 'l! --- - -,'A' - I, -,., - 4.-, t, $ - Ã½_, ".-.,Ã½-,-.Ã½,.
K -,,,,I-*,- -, I - " WÃ½ Ã½ ') 4, Ã½ tÃ½"Ã½Ã½ I,._Ã½, -, Ã½ IÃ½.".y.,", -Ã½. Ã½L;Ã½_, Ã½.Ã½,-_.Nr-,-.",, VTÃ½',-,Ã½ -'-YÃ½6j I - I " " - -, -,
r Ã½_, Ã½Ã½ - ",Z,- Ã½, A, _- -, ___Ã½,. Ã½i,,v,,Ã½;-,, -..,.1!*,A r',,4 Ã½,Ã½,Ã½,.,,-I'$',`Ã½'Ã½Ã½,!;Ã½Ã½,'.A. q -.. ",,.. -,Y -, A,, Ir If, f, - "-1vI,.,Ã½1:,!"_, 4' '0 A I Ã½.;,, Ã½, Ã½ I "
li-1.1 '
14, '., -., Ã½ '(1..,.l 11.",,. Ã½,Ã½. cÃ½, --,X-,%,KÃ½lÃ½,., - t., -.1 " r! - ". " Ã½ - 5Ã½.,,,Ã½ I, 1, ",.Ã½ 1...,0- ".., I Ã½.1. -Ã½rÃ½, I,,, Ã½ -Itz"S. Ã½o "I 4.Ã½. lE-, 111;Ã½4" I.., " Ã½ -, j- ` r'Ã½,Ã½;- Ã½;Ã½;u K
-, 4 % 'Ã½ I' " -1, - PA., -,-;4-W-V,:;w,1 -,.- -, `AÃ½tx-.Nj;Ã½;Ji,Ã½ Ã½,_!j?:I WÃ½Ã½ - w. I**.. ILIxv,,- t Ã½,--.. I., t, i,:. Ã½Ã½ Ã½ Ã½ ",.. -,a,.,.-,'Ã½-.Ã½-,-.,o;:Ã½"IN.,Ã½.-II--Ã½:,-;,;:-1l_ Ã½ Z-;_11 -1. Ã½,, -Ã½ 14
Ã½V_ f.,.,,A, Ã½Ã½, I!.I I q -Ã½-Ã½,,P I 7,:, 1Ã½', I; _ ` J Ã½Ã½,_, -,.,.;
1, 'N ' 1;..Y.Ã½., - - Ã½ - - - Ã½,-.-,,, -o-.,k1N-,, 1,, -_'tÃ½;,., I-' j 4,7, I I~
I i. Ã½--.., Ã½ '_-, Ã½Ã½#, i -." Ã½': ( 4,'Ã½,, " -, "' "N I, I -
A, _:. _. ". ": -. I. Ã½,.Ã½%--Ã½,!Ã½Ã½',Ã½Ã½,,'Ã½,*C!Ã½,-,,Ã½.,IÃ½-,- - -,Ã½Ã½-A- Ã½.-Ã½,.," " 7 Ã½ " 1 " - Ot "Q,'", q-,. ".,`;,Ã½Ã½ - -:1, Ã½-. - "',.,..!Ã½Ã½ _ -. 111._!Ã½-,,-.Ã½,% Ã½;'I,,-'Ã½Ã½Ã½tÃ½.,41Ã½Ã½tÃ½',-i'2'.Ã½41,,.,,,Ã½.;, Ã½_A Ã½,ttÃ½Ã½Ã½,?;Ã½Ã½.,c,Ã½i,,-"-Ã½,"Ã½iÃ½,Ã½l,,:_R,, j",!.": -Ã½. -;, ",., - - -..iiÃ½,,Ã½.;,.,A,. Ã½ - I -. Ã½._-4Ã½'-,Ã½,,Ã½.. '."' I -, _-, I ", yÃ½w- -,;Ã½,-'-' Ã½ -I,,Ã½ _,.,. 1,0 -Ã½ ".".A.,.", - - 1'Ã½-, I -, - - _,,Ã½
IA'i-poÃ½Ã½A-oo-A"-yÃ½-I-wlot"t M y. JA, FÃ½ - - -Ã½,Ã½,.',,-.Ã½._. I-:".-;,7 -,- Ã½Ã½.',.;-,*. -:Ã½,Ã½ i -.-.., - ". Ã½ Ã½__ " -..!,,.tÃ½__ ':.,,;-- I Ã½Ã½_,Ã½Ã½.W, ic - -Ã½-Ã½, _ _ t".".
ki, I, ',IsÃ½ Art -`- M Z,,Ã½%,' f'.M." A,, I - - I - -1 - Ã½, I- Ã½,,,,,
Ã½,Ã½ -. W% A % _Ã½-,.,T- A, _..,l, _-.r,,,r,'%',,',7A rÃ½_';Ã½' - -1.,,.'.r Ã½'Ã½Ã½,-',Ã½Ã½,.Ã½,.-,",Ã½Ã½Ã½--tÃ½',Ã½i,Ã½',Ã½-.,.,4 Ã½;,Ã½Ã½4 Ã½, ", " Ã½',
ill-I"I
i 1, -.1.11.1,,;;",1.Ã½It. * 'Ã½Ã½"`:Ã½"Ã½ ';`;, - I, - - -.",, '' Ã½ - 1%?-- Ã½,.-,Ã½%.,Ã½F.;. -., Ã½, 1,., -., Ã½ I "-. ". -. I *Ã½ I, ", 1 xxÃ½ P.0-00(li.,, '.X't-,','Ã½tÃ½-PÃ½,Ã½,'.,,,Ã½,,, Ã½,_,;Ã½Ã½,,Ã½Ã½ - -:Ã½_ I I
0_111;., ", -Ã½Ã½,Ã½fÃ½ I,,,' - - - 0QKAv= A= '!Ã½,- -.Ã½,!,;- Ã½Ã½.'Ã½-',';_',, -Ã½"_'Ã½Ã½,,'_,Ã½Ã½,:,Ã½ -A i, 5 Ã½ Ã½. I,_, I ll!-,Ã½i Ã½-Ã½ -,Ã½,, ",.,.;Z.t A,'Z-'1N1.v-1 I_.,, I j, Ã½,,,,',- ". -',,,Ã½J.. Ã½Ã½, i_', Ã½!Ã½,Ã½
I., Ã½ i -..-__tÃ½,Ã½,,a Ã½4Ã½,Ã½Ã½'. --,,-,;I - A- k kÃ½.-j I,.- -..,,A..S_.-lÃ½hJ, J-. " _.,,I,1 Ã½ ) 1
", Ã½ I ` - N_,-,-Ã½%7' 1.1 I'., Ã½ - - "',
Ã½Ã½z -4.Ã½N*'.'Ã½4.1.Ã½Ã½,Ã½i,Ã½* - I. A,'Ã½; - 1, i.-,Ã½; A,Ã½,jÃ½tl Ã½Ã½__,,,,,lÃ½,Ã½Ã½,,.,,, -,
1. -. NX -;,IzÃ½, -,". "al,SÃ½'.-Ã½ ` Ã½; 0... Ã½ ",rlz, - Ã½. 1". Ã½,!,. " - - Ã½'Ã½ Ã½ 2I,, - -,!. -NÃ½ Ã½',, "-"""Sttx! I,,,
- -,'.*.. Ã½,., 4'! OiA." Ã½e, `.t 4 I t-4, _Ã½
Ã½,; I,--lÃ½-)-,Ã½'.4Ã½,.Ã½.ci,.iÃ½-.i;,,Ã½-Ã½,,.Ã½Ã½,,.Ã½-iltÃ½,'.--t,-Ã½,*,:,'.,;.Ã½,Ã½Ã½Ã½', U A - - -i,-,-Ã½-.-. I,.",,Ã½ "I " I -;,4, - " 4,t, Ã½ Ã½l " 2Ã½1-.-q,'.Ã½,Ã½,;Ll',
-." _-x-7i-,.A`-Ã½t -,'Ã½,r'Ã½. - A.,V..Ã½,:Ã½, I I,;%-,.%--.%'-,%.Ã½,,,Ã½Ã½- --Ã½!Ã½Ã½,;".Ã½Ã½ I;,,,,- " -, '. -N, I.., "I.,Ã½nÃ½
1.Ã½4,c Ã½ _k,...... ). "''-pi-,!.Ã½,-,
-'t-, _1 -$-I - Ã½Ã½!V.,I - 'I,.- Ã½'Ã½k,;.:.",Ã½";-"Ã½."Ã½Ã½."-.".,.".Ã½I "'.."', A,,.Ã½IA__Ã½n_._Ã½-- -Ã½t-v-, -1 Ã½ - I Ã½. Ã½i Ã½Ã½,;, I 14.
61" 'Ã½-iÃ½.v'1,7.v]v of Q i,Ã½Ã½,---,k.,%-,%'-%Ã½'. Ã½,A,`k!_._ - 1, 1l,. ", "'. -,,"4 I'Ar, I,0".-'Ã½.!tl -,, ", -Ã½,
Ã½;,;*V,Ã½ Ã½.Ã½l,;,,#-',Ã½$2"-!-,,',It".Ã½-,.'.Ã½l'iÃ½ - -,Ã½,-;,-:Ã½-'., AÃ½_ -,. II. 1, 1111 _-, - - Ã½, "Z
-A', Z" ---,I-,,Ã½.Ã½-,Ã½;...t..-.Ã½',(,Ã½..', - Ã½..,-..,,Ã½."".,_, 'A,".., -:,-.,-..1 If",,, N.",--, 1-1Ã½.,;.;. ".7".1, -,..-,,**-, 1 " Ã½.. Ã½, 1,-q;,".1;.1'Ã½**; Ã½', 11--. -Ã½' A..,Ail'i- 'Ã½ Ã½..1, I. -_Ã½." L -'--l'.'.,5. - 11,-Ã½."&amp;Ã½Ã½, - 'M - Ã½
I -. -Ã½( ilr I-, I, A', -,,.,I,
Al,',, _.,, Ã½,:, Ã½ -
Ã½.;.Ã½,,, I A., ZÃ½ " "., Ã½ I",, A,;,. " I I., ',:A,Ã½:,,';,Ã½,'clÃ½_.,,' -Ã½ Ã½ lI --,".-, Ã½ Ã½,j!04 JÃ½:,Ã½#,4;, -i N'Ll, 'O"t,
Ã½) W, 11Ã½ r'.- - _,- Ã½, l. ",,
'g;!,., I, ", Al, 'e't.',.K.. 9 -Aypuvq.Ã½",Ã½'---,r!Ã½Ã½, jÃ½,Ã½,I, -, I Ã½:'Ã½.Ã½ l Ã½,&amp;,,;w 6 Ã½ILÃ½J';Ã½
I IN, t, "I - - - ", " - j., " -Ã½ -,Ã½,J- - C. -,. -..4 -`. "'., W-Ã½-.- --..
'p. Ã½_,.A f;, ", Ã½,*.. Ã½",,Ij,-l-l,,)" Ã½i",;",Ã½. a ` M PM W N S SM I Ã½ 0-",-.`l,'.i,,'n, -, I -,,Ã½ -,,_f..f,Ã½lisl.*Ã½mt,,-.IsiÃ½.Ã½n,'I- "A"NvAn.,Ã½?. '' ', - "e Ã½. ',,.n., _Ã½Ã½,-,_,.`Ã½
- - -. '-Ã½-,k_. _,_y
7,,; 1. " i -, I.'I.lw:Ã½N' I I,I,;,, Ã½-!Ã½ -w'-', -i.,.,. Ã½ A%,. -'.." ',. -X, Ã½'.-, -,Ã½:,?.Ã½ Ã½, 1.*-Ã½'Ã½Ã½_-I_-. "': - - I,,,,-;Ã½, f, I, __I
PÃ½Ã½I'lj,,,,, -,I, tÃ½-,y,..,.-,%'- Ã½`_-Ã½,7, It~', W1;!i";%Ã½"-'.',,e;A- I,Ã½, I Ã½ -Ã½,,. -.,. Ã½,.: "Ã½AÃ½-.-,l Ã½,%" t, 5
- Ã½
- " I. VÃ½ - 'No I QÃ½. 0 " Ã½Tv;,I ".-:,i"i ".'.. I.." - A- `_Ã½,,,;Ã½,Ã½M,!,-DO, It 4,
X, - -. -1,,Ã½,.. _. -. N;, 1-Al
*- Ã½. "'A -0%l.,,,, A" Ã½ `, t - A M 45M OM * -, R - -,4A.Ã½ ir"j,., f I,.. Ã½Ã½, *11'...." - ",.-I.. -'.-,.-.-.,,Ã½. -,:,,.,Ã½-',Ã½4Ã½",Ã½f,,-.T'.'-Ã½, - --,, it
- I -1,Ã½-il`r 1_! I 1. ", I ".,Ã½_
" iP 11"t.. - -"N"'.11Ã½.N11 -= --, I -1 -1, T _"._r;-Q,,,AMQQn1MjM `
A T. Ã½v.l,_113,, Ã½`Ã½ tÃ½ Ã½ Ã½,, Ã½ QÃ½aj-,"- VÃ½,.QQ,_-t""&gt; Ã½`
Ã½" ", M. iÃ½ Ã½` f-`-Ã½ I I ',.,,,.IÃ½4i,Ã½,;.,-*,-'.,,,.',.,,,Ã½.r..,-,,Ã½,,; -rv -00 -,-Af -- -,, -
P-4-l't: Ã½6 1, Ã½'-.,%Ijl,.I;r,`Ã½,,%, i.,
itÃ½ll"Ã½-;.,Ã½-Ã½--N *'*IowÃ½4-.VÃ½.-.Oo;:JQ"aAyx1Q K0%Q.Ã½Ã½ Ã½ - - P(, - i 4k--Ã½ys Z;:.,, - I A..A.
", -.-, - -,.z Ã½:Ã½Ã½,,,,,NÃ½I - Ã½Ã½,;Ã½ A.Ã½I:,.,Ã½,. _ Ã½,!, "Ã½
AtI4, A. -, Ã½- -,, I., Ã½, "n a 5 a M; "AAM. Ã½.-.-Ã½ v Ã½,.:" Ã½,Ã½tMI, ",;_, *11
Ã½Ã½ 0 V IA Ã½ - &amp;MA, #. - I,,,0'.,kL-.,..,,,,. -.. I f-,Ã½.--", I 1,, Ã½._ S,;Ã½Ã½ili4iÃ½zvv _,Ã½ "
r, -AÃ½.,,,, *,Ã½ Ã½,- 4,.. I,, Vv %!Ã½ - I., ', - IF.. A - ',Ã½,.Ã½
- A*,._Ã½-:**;"L I- rÃ½Ã½_,, ",, ' - - __Ã½
VQ M "..-'-J'Ã½.r' r.,Ã½.!Ã½Ã½..*Ã½Ã½%-Ã½Ã½:;!-,I.I-,,.'nÃ½Ã½ Ã½!,Z- I Ã½4,Ã½'O I Ã½ A, I,, A,ZvÃ½ A, i.Ã½:.D-,,. -,,,)..". -,- I 11I,,, vÃ½ - Ã½ - Ã½:Ã½ ''.,. kÃ½Ã½, Ã½Ã½',- h 'Ã½.Ã½T,.7Ã½,,,,k I r
". -I.,,,, Ã½;,,iI,,Q:, "
j.,Ã½.,Ã½,:, - Ã½Ã½ _.". -" Ã½..4 1 ". Iq, " I- -,,,. I " Ã½ Ã½,Ã½, - I - qv" - M V - 4"Ã½-f j..".-.i Ã½Ã½%,, I.Efs
Ã½.,Ã½.4. I. I- 11 -1 -. - K "I -,I ''. _4.':j;L'j.'_ -Ã½L!1Ã½.11 A 4 "It!,Ã½.._'I,.ll,,,l!, I -A I A I o'.. ", Ã½ I Ã½l%'.'.Ã½jL.,Ã½ _'Ã½"',--e" '_', "I.1 11. - I,
t."":AlÃ½.14`i.,;Ã½kÃ½.Ã½'L -I "t...1
- 4L- Ã½rlÃ½.Ã½"",,.,...,,,,.,,,,,.,,,,.,.".r,. -'j" " - __-, - -...,,Ã½!, I".1?k, I,;,.:,;, -,,. - I Ã½
", ", A ',Ã½; 'Ã½- I. r- _ Ajff`.A'Q- k I- - 1IÃ½.1-.1-4-1-114-I,.'4...'_ I,Ã½Ã½,
Ã½,. - - - - - - -. ". I Ã½Ã½,,.L Ã½, -',
'I I- 1Ã½*.IIÃ½1.1;%,_;M 1LVtN-. I ".- A* 7`_,*-T- Q,,Ã½.."."t'O",.'.Ã½Ã½:Ã½',Ã½'L.".Ã½.-,Ã½Ã½,-,.,".,,' r., -.. 4, 1 Ã½, I.- S-1 f;Ã½ - 1Ã½,., _ t _ _ Ã½'.,Ã½Ã½ Z -, -",I, '.., " ", * 11, Ã½, - AA -- --Ã½v',V;Ã½,N.1_1-_-S -1
Ã½, Ã½f
i 1. I - -, Ã½Ã½...,.,.Ã½-,Ã½.-;.lt l. - Ã½ AFl:,.,:., A. "., - Ã½'..1 I,
I, _. Ã½.;Ã½..,Ã½Ã½.Ã½_,,,
-i 6, " III -,-, Ã½, I- Ã½1. r I'-Ã½'- -Ã½- -. '.'....,, " -: Ã½ Ã½ I- -,Ã½'.`:;
".
AN %Ã½_ Ã½,f". 'I I k* -,.4'. - I..,. Ã½,;,A"'.*,t Ã½,.Ã½""Ã½?,_".Ã½'r I., ", --Ã½Ã½.",-,Ã½%,O, A - I ". Ã½.*,,-.l--. -- 4;i Ã½,
Ã½
1. \N11,&lt;. "i'l. Ã½. I,Ã½ 1I`I.A;': -_,.---,,Ã½,',,'Ã½..;- jÃ½,A-oq i 3 Ã½ Ã½ I 4;Ã½.'Ã½Ã½ i Ã½ i'4Ã½ --Ã½7k %Ã½.
I. vj A,I- Ã½",'Ã½Ã½.,,IÃ½,,Ã½,,Ã½-%--rj,-..,..Ã½-,Ã½Ã½,;Ã½,Ã½.-.%Ã½l-,'.I. ",.Ã½...".ii""Ã½-Ã½',:,Ã½.;Ã½,Ã½'.1Ã½Ã½-Ã½',,--,..;
-Ã½-,,,, Ã½ I Ã½_, Ã½. ", ". - Ã½,,-,,- - 'J".
C. -, I, - V'',,,, -.1 Ã½, -,Ã½ -;Ã½ '.A-'_",`,,`--Ã½,;%,. X.Ã½l,!.
$.."10", M Q,Yna.o-,.,e.onl,74.,"4",:-"*.",,.;"'.:-IP-.j _%!l,.,j-.1,:,. "" ". __ 0 7,1Ã½Ã½,krM R 5Ã½
0 Ã½ '" -" scol to A Ã½_ I I - - -, Ã½Ã½, I. "A I i: iM.
Ã½Jvjq I. 1Ã½Ã½:.q6i,.;,Ã½V'K,, 'I "", " Ã½,C-,. _...-,l".,l`,,,Ã½- Ili t Il-,.ItÃ½ I, l, A.Ã½. - j,,l.)-,-,Ã½Ã½.":jjtzv Novo! z W AS-0 Ã½-,Al 'Ã½,, '(,--Ã½tÃ½Ã½',-%MÃ½ '.., Ã½Ã½,.Ã½ I..,
#,.-, % 1. 11 I I. I',- Ã½_,;A I, A.,-..,..,,*...'Ã½ 1. ".1 Ã½,,Ã½ I.. I I, I' I -.., I. -,;',,,,IÃ½. I,.:"-__I' I, I..,]"It
F;
1. A, Ã½I,,,Ã½,I, -l','..Ã½'.. 'A.Ã½ -Ã½,Ã½Ã½, - 1- 'j ",,;;,.,'t-?1_4,Ã½-Ii M,
1 1 - `-,.-N.r -,4. 1...Ã½`kl'14"A,1..., 'XÃ½ I.,:Ã½ I., 'JÃ½,,'I',,,',j'-,, 'Sj Ã½.-` ',AÃ½ W"Ã½Ã½41.14
"e-cft% r vz-f Ã½ I I I,.. -.. 4 1. Ã½, I- - I k,.,, t.--, i%;,,' - 1,%-:Ã½-,- I., " I Im:'. --*.. Ã½ `Ã½ "', ",Ã½ t Ã½ ',-l."I-j" - " ",Ã½, ". -,--;Ã½:,Ã½ "..,
1.Ã½:,I-Ã½Ã½v ";lT." 4,".'."? ".. A _,,, _ '."r 4-,,r,,_- `4;, '."tÃ½. - Ã½*;l - " I,,,, Ã½ -A", Ã½'- 11 lrÃ½ I "i Ã½!,,Ã½
6 i A,, "' '.4 *'jÃ½,, - Ã½,. -,,1,,l.'A,,.%.. 'a'..", ',, I ". -,,,;:,, 4 Ã½,,.Ã½;Ã½,_,Ã½ 64.. I I.. q.,.'Ã½... 'I- 'I,"r:",.,,.:-Z;Ã½Ã½.f_
jl, %, Ã½Ã½,Ã½,. I A I, " Ã½ A'. ".. - -.,, i Ã½Ã½*.,- 1.1", _,,, " Ã½OÃ½..%- Ã½,
F1 I I`..6,.-I,, NA.., I,4 f. AM 0- %-I.- -A-1l". - 111_`1_11.1 'Ã½..,..Ã½.-.Ã½'.Ã½'.,Ã½.Ã½',,.!.:-.!,...".-.Ã½-,'-'Ã½"Ã½"-Ã½,-.'Ã½Ã½7-.Ã½.*Ã½'."',.,Ã½,,.",4.,Ã½,i;fr."Ã½,-,",.-,.-i--.'!-''I,,,...,.A Ã½ - I.1 Ã½. _,, Ã½,,,,_. A-. _Ã½, `.1 1.111-Ii-%,,,,, l, 'Ã½ `,Ã½Ã½ 1_1-77-_tÃ½;Ã½,,:Ã½
it,. "il. -'A' A *.. A--,we&amp; YP I SÃ½ A Ã½ Ã½ I,,. ", I '.,, Ã½,,Ã½ _ " `Ã½.. " r..,- I - --, -, -,:.Ã½
IA.,, - Ã½4,,,..,:-, Nov - " &amp;O - "As - - 94
ICI, 11Ã½_ A-i Ã½v..!,. -.-,'Ã½'.% 'A".'..`-W Ujj"-x,;.,.,-_-,Ã½,.,,.'I,,.PÃ½Ã½. 10 " 4, iÃ½,,, - Ã½, i j A,,. " - " 4,A,! Ã½ Ayv y" &amp;jQ-N.q"Pv, A..",, Ã½ I A,, I.-"-; -,-. I', -_L -, ",,Ã½,-6 j,.! Ã½, ';I " Ã½ v-%,,!".", Ã½ - I,;Ã½ -.1;,,Ã½. j,Ã½j - 'l"; I_, "k 1.
I Ã½z;-!jÃ½"-,-,;Ã½'.,', A " A, I, n:,,,l1'A-. Ã½,. " i4,",-.,- -.-.-',,Ã½Ã½-...j:-.-,-t"".1 Ã½. l,'.." l Ã½ Ã½,.. 1.. Ã½, _* `-Ã½',,., I, i.Ã½,,.I,,, Ã½ _-Ã½, kl,Ã½, 71Ã½ -!;,.-',!-;t'A.,Ã½'. -- -'LÃ½,,Ã½, Ã½,?Ã½Ã½jÃ½.,-'- r%,
Ã½:.. _,Ã½,'.',':I-*I'le','iÃ½*i'Ã½.Ã½-l'.'.Ã½""".t,.,.*..,-Ã½..,:I ''. '', r
Ã½ I. I.?''. l"Ã½"t'!-l-.",:-; -_',I.,Ã½,,!";*.Ã½,Ã½-;I:."." Ã½,.::, Ã½,%-i,,., I Ã½ --Ã½_
'k. Ã½k,;-1.Ã½Ã½,.*;.Up'-i -.. Q,,'qj:.Ã½.,,Ã½ -, " I.., - I..'.- -, -',,:Ã½,,_ 14, I - - I..l."(- Ã½,"'."',-.", -_.-,.-'-,- "",Ã½.,Ã½;-,,,,,,_Ã½Ã½ I,,. Ã½ "t.
C,.,!, I A -l.N'.1,10, I l - Ã½.K ";"Ã½Ã½t*.Ã½.!,i'..?"Ã½ i, i I Ã½, A -. -,, - ',*.VÃ½ I -, Ã½-, Ã½ ",., A,,,, - 1'. I', 1Ã½..- 1-1 -,Ã½.;_.Ã½;Ã½,, _i. r',Ã½.. -., '-Ã½,,.".;Ã½; I.-A...,,;, A - - -, I '. - I. I A %,`I-`A",-'1.J.,- ll,'-.7Ã½.. - _ _ Ã½ Ã½ - Ã½.11,. -,,:',, ''', I,-.:i - F Ã½v i, j:, A 1,.Ã½ f Ã½-Aq, I Z i 'I I,,,Ã½, -A!, " __:'4'X.' 'Ã½_`Ã½'_ 'Ã½:Ã½,4.' 1Ã½-.',:.:Ã½Ã½.k'Ã½Ã½`Ã½\,A`,-Ã½Ã½,Ã½ I,. -Ã½-:.-.I -0--,Ã½ - l Ã½,.. Ã½: ift-,,, -.0.1. e 11Ã½1Ã½1 'x.:Ã½Ã½I,'Ã½-.2, it""., -,-Ã½'PIÃ½.,.-.4'*-,-.. A,.1.Ã½,r,;Lt"-'I.J,Ã½ Ã½..,.,. I
J- A. - t A, I. I, -..,Ã½ ""A 1,.lI,1,Ã½...,..`A.,;:Ã½' --"."i"".,.,Ii,.,li-"'Ã½Ã½".",,. I,,I,,,Ã½iÃ½Ã½Ã½..,!"".Ã½i.,,-,.Ã½.Ã½-,,.Ã½,-Ã½,i.z.-,Ã½, 1 Avi,,,,1 -,:,t _,..,l.
I!I,1-,Ã½j I ".,.".Ã½Ã½ ", " -,. -_ I P,.." N% "
A.,V:6,;-Ã½I.,-,,Ã½. 0,Zi, Ã½ A... - S ".- 7,Ã½
-, Ã½, 1,l-,tAÃ½.,1.%:. -,Ã½.Ã½,,.I,,-Ã½,,, " t;,, I n _41,-'I ". -.I,; Ã½ Ã½v, Ã½:,!._Ã½Iillii-Ã½-,.,Ã½(Ã½Ã½- - Ã½Ã½
RE "., 11AAMUM W - 1 - A " G S V " I i V., tow" 00 410"W ',,',.., - A,.-,,..-;Ã½_..Ã½-r,Ã½,.,..i.,.....Ã½1.1-..,.,, I *;,,!Ã½Ã½; -, Ã½., I. -,. I.,.,Ã½. Ã½ A.'Ã½ A Ã½-.,..%,_,,Ã½',,l-,;- %'Ã½,.'Ã½14,;I`10-,4Ã½-Ã½, I. I 11 - l.. "."
I: P z Ã½ AÃ½ 01 - -.N'Ã½ V %v - v Ã½ - 1_Ã½-_. I. 1. i l.,.`A CÃ½, -.., I. Ã½ I,k",' '. Ã½Ã½5, 0, "4. v,., l,.I.,.,kt;Ã½ -A -, - *., *,Ã½11 - 4 - -Ã½.. Ã½ -.- 1Ã½ 1..".: - Ã½Ã½ 11 I -,,, 'Ã½ '..l Ã½,
A. I,_Ã½e',Ã½Ã½. I 1, Ã½., - Ã½ I.. Ã½ Ã½ Ã½,' V- Ã½, Ã½,,--l", 1-1 W,tÃ½'%`,., Ã½. I - I 't - "'. I....,. 1. I.1; I I -_,I,Ã½-o V-Ã½,
-, Ã½ -1
- " A, -,, I,-,. Ã½;,'Ã½, "', Iil'%.,t"'. -'.-Ã½,,,Ã½,, 1. I t -..,_, '...%A-AÃ½Ã½Ix wno. fag, Y" t';.. -... M1.,:, I, -., I,,Ã½ ",,t.- \ -A, 1. A, 4 I 4" -',,--Ã½,., I*-". ", I-, I,,.-, - -."A.- Ã½., ",,Ã½ Ã½ef ":.1.. Z;
A- i y ", - a Ã½ qqr,Ã½,Ww. V.". A I, Ã½;. 4 * -, I.-,-. n I,,. - I,
Ã½A
1, " ".. --l', ",:"" " 4,,JiÃ½Ã½', -Ã½'f,*jTjr",Ã½N-.1-_ A '-.,I
P, v 0 anyt OZ -q- A -, o-, --t., I ".:Ã½-.A4,-N. l'. I; A.,. k, -
SYSIM 10, V, A a, I " CA,,,_.-,Ã½1--,,,-.,.-",Ã½,...;",Ã½,q,Ã½ll_,,.4._I.1. I "Ã½-,i- --".;,;Ã½Ã½_ _10- A Ã½, Ã½--v - ';4';!Ã½_-,, nonsN f "M y", Q j"n 4nn "WIN Q a. Q Q..-,,Ã½".,,,,;' I.Z`A'1l-,"'_,-1. 'I"" ",-, V _- qn, q. F. ",--4,* 1 1-:.Ã½,,,,: I let M to.. M so'&amp; A U 0,. I- I* A. - A. M Q "'-QvQv0.; Mansqnshy."r," -,PAjj"v,"jrj Pf"g - "'. 11, -/ - '.1 A ". - -elj IAA, I,,. - - " 1Ã½.Ã½Ã½,Ã½ Ã½ 4A..,1,-.-, A ""'41oi A,J, f, 4 jlÃ½,,' iril, -,,7,-,',kN _-,1j,',.'-`-, -,-%,,- _;,,,,Ã½-...-,;-,1,--,, Ã½I ikr, ---. j,,,., " f;" %Z.,I,,Ã½Ã½l-'.,Ã½-o'Ã½;,t",-,V-.Ã½7ii.-,-V-.Ã½I.1 Ã½, 2Ã½,, "t. It',_k - Ã½.Ã½-= oÃ½,-%.,..Ã½'Ã½-j-',Ã½l.Ã½'.."Ã½-Ã½4.Ã½',Ã½'Ã½".,:"..:"""-..Ã½:,-,Ã½,Ã½.,:-Ã½Ã½,...Ã½i;,-;Ã½-. PPORT4..!-vo, I r",,l-v"vy04%vivv-y`-%0"n Ay=qyTM - - -Q, I I Rn A ABU=,, A _-","L--'IÃ½l,,ieAWM -&amp; 'Ã½ j, NMq.,:,,Ã½,. -,!Ã½
I'%;" %Ã½ "?",w SISOM k
5' --*,' ',jI'I-l',',1',l.,%7s 'Ã½AÃ½,, Ã½'. I r. I` ". - Ã½ ",I 1..-_1 1-,'1,_1, "" N -14'.1 --. I Ã½ "...). l%! ' L %QQ,,,
4", t, 1:.Ã½Ã½., Ã½-. "'.-t I" 1.,',.'.Ã½l _.,A-,,%.:,:,%Ã½'Iv,, ", -.,,,xv "" --KM Am P 71 ",, _
Q. -.1- - I I. l. Ivy-so -m a,#.*,,!,:..,;-",:".Ã½..."...., -'.,r I,.: I - I,-, (`Ã½"W".;":.,_-_,-,,I Ã½Ã½-i.41,:,
4Ã½'Ã½ Ã½,, Ã½F. V, M XÃ½, '? l;-,." I A,,, " I'. I.,, A.!*,:Ã½Ã½:A_,Ã½,Ã½,,,- ".--_,", -,.7 I " l -; -, " I,.,,Ã½, Ã½.,," I Ã½ I. --------,
1. ltlilr.. VI! rv,,.. - '.. __, Ã½;,-;.
Xt, "AN 1, Ã½,.i,,,i-,,,',Ã½,'Ã½'Ã½'Ã½",.,.4-'-,'-',,Ã½'.Ã½,','.,.A Ã½ Ã½, 'I.' -- "t UÃ½Ã½.., ii I.' 1,-_ 1Ã½Ã½v.1, -, -. ", - IÃ½-. -..
F'j Ã½, I - I Ã½ - Ã½ -- I,..,,, Ã½ - 1,. - A I, I,..Ã½,, i,,I Ã½11,, V 'Ã½Ã½,, " -A -,";-- i'.l I - "... - "". _Ã½,f,, - I
-' r-o:,,-. jÃ½ Ã½., # 1" Ã½":.." t.;,,, I. I. " Ã½, Ã½. - - -'. 4l - -- - "l,-, "".,;, -.;. Q_-1- "",
-, Ã½, Ã½Ã½,_,Ã½;,. - " 'I'.. 'A". -A.; -.7 't
Ã½%-.* Ã½ ft*." A, -',i: I ".A., I,;, I'Ã½- -Ã½,,%'%,A*,Ã½,,Ã½,,,Ã½-A,,.,._,7Ã½ " Ã½_-, I -.,=Ã½ "" I A -,., Ã½ I ":'4k Ã½,
li, i"',, -...1 I,.4 - Ã½ Ã½ 1Ã½
- -, A",, I - A I A,__ '.. A;,Ã½, Ã½, I " JÃ½i.,
-4 I 1" A' All, " I -Ã½- A, _- A -,,.,, ".". -IÃ½-'Ã½Ã½, Ã½' - I 't Ã½Ã½`-_.-Ã½ *4,-,'.....'l... "I".,, I.. Ã½,;. 4 Ã½, _Ã½...j,
Ry 't"t - 1- 1 Inv,Ã½,`t, Ã½, All,, A ",,Ã½"]-. i "',
4 ". I M W up:Qonify,_vcnqQQ,,Ã½A".,Ã½,' Ã½ I- 't -, ], Ã½_
VITA 11 I I I il.; * ", 1'Ã½-l lÃ½, I -,. I,,,.., r. Ã½. -,.,,._.Ã½ I.i, ", A ". TqQKQ -; ", ",. 5"M "AKTIA 1-0- Qj N-WIP-M, -,--Ã½:- I" Ã½ ", - -, I A,, -,,,,,,Iir%'xY,-, I..,'i',-`--',..jQQlb4iQ,a__P- '""Pi" 6Ã½Ã½-'Ã½,.R,Ã½,,' Ã½-,."`.-_ '.. -Ã½,,
47(- t I i 'l, 1, 1'Ã½'. Ã½_, A."., 1, Ã½-Ã½,-- Ã½ t'. _;,,',Ã½ I _Ã½'Ã½-,L:,-,, '.
'A"'; 0 - j Ã½ I, X,:Ã½..., A, 1Ã½, - ""A, -,..., '. I, 0,.I ".,. l,Ã½- ': Ã½ I. -,*-`. -'-..,'. I',-, -, I,,,r, 0 ".;.Ã½.,Ã½ " Ã½:
-l',PÃ½;-'. Ã½,',-_I'?:Ã½' ':Ã½4 iÃ½Ã½,-j Ã½Ã½-_-Ã½ Ã½-Ã½Ã½71',Ã½ Ã½' jÃ½ ":'_- r., I- - 1,11
WX,. Tr,,,Ã½,IJÃ½I,Ã½,. A. I I'. ",. Ã½ Ã½:
L'A'.:, "., " - " Ã½ I Ã½ _-".i 4 '',- - 1 I 214; _.
Xii,'ljÃ½ i;,..;:1 1'. -.., A;!._'A.I,Ã½'.;,,,,,, A",!".,. I,%!"'I..",Ã½,"'..,Ã½,'Ã½., Ã½,. - Ã½ I I - 1, I -i"i-,Ã½,,-,Ã½;,-;.: '_;..1Ã½,Ã½l;-.Ã½-'.-Ã½,;Ã½---,,,Ã½.,Ã½4,,.- "r! I.,Ã½
-, - I I "' 1 #,A4,.0AA'. v;%AÃ½.., " -%I, -,-: I -,A -,,,
".,,, _Ã½I f-1,,'*Ã½ - Ii "., ":,-` - I 'i.,..,,,Ã½', -'. -.",Ã½ -. ",:.,I.. - ". - -.,r C. Ã½, Ã½.' 1, -, -,1;,.., Ã½eÃ½. - -&gt;.Ã½,, -, 4 Q " i -, i Iyw,,,,;111. %,.,,-, 1.'-,Ã½,-;, vt-,.--",J
IA -.N4 t,,*,.. J 1_1 I A Ã½ "ti--, Ã½ __,,, "
_ _ A j..,_. r.A_",.. _ ",;Ã½,
-it - - 1i, Ã½ ", 7.1 - TÃ½ - -,,"."!.Ã½",.'Ã½'.XÃ½Ã½"..Ã½;,C'I, "'I'lJ,Ã½,-';.`.. I,.',,Ã½-l, l"-,.,.-,.,;, Ã½ Ã½,Ã½, -,,
-Ã½. IÃ½ - Ã½Ã½,..-.,:Ã½Ã½ ". - "'. V.-.",Ã½ - I"I, _-_, -Ã½, ",, Ã½,In;61; e;."AÃ½.'t.Ã½.'Ã½,I., _Ã½,,-WÃ½ 'I-, I Z Ã½ A, I -4.;- A, I, ", Ã½, - - I,,,, I -.. 1j., "...."k-.1,,, '.,_'v I, ',.Ã½', -1,%,AZy*...Ã½W.,.,Ã½, I';.... Q, It _y. M ", A,I,!'-' -Ã½ -'Ã½'. '-,I,-, '_Ã½-" I" 11, - -"`Ã½_.,Ã½l. -Ã½I'/q:"Ã½,;,"', - -1 Nr -Ã½, *"Ã½.;1,.. e. ". " Ã½'Xl".f,-.,,., I; ",i
Ã½Ã½.- I'l., I, I,!" I.,. -. -, l, _t,Ã½'. Ã½;,- '! - " Ã½ 1Ã½11 I,,,`Ã½, -, -. I - -,Ã½ -,,-Ã½','_-,,. I. Ã½ I ' '-: V'. " " I- - r.'_-_" -,Ã½_,_- I - - -,.""Ã½.",f,Ã½Ã½Ã½.',,,t.,-."''.".",IÃ½,.",Ã½Ã½*,., I A _', - il"M 1" 4 Y&amp;O" I -a *,A
Ã½. I PN-0'. Ã½t',.Q *.0 "Aw s. Ã½'_ "L Ã½', A kÃ½_,," 'I Ã½, I.
Vlf.Ã½. I., A - ".. -. %, 5 Ill -, K jIÃ½,:v -,. -1.,"" " WN" W" x I Z ly, I I,, 4. Ã½Ã½',
"', A 1-N).,,',"Ã½Ã½#Wi""..Ã½iiÃ½.Ã½.1t:Ã½.:,.Ã½"..",.,.Ã½'I,... I " - -,Ã½ Ã½,.,4,,,,,,,..." I. " -,, x I - Ã½ -'Ã½'Ã½.\t-cÃ½,Ã½,X0Ã½,",Ã½,- Ã½,:,
It '\',. I -,--LÃ½-,,Ã½., Ã½Ã½ I-, i,
-.,,,Ã½ __Ã½S, Ã½ -, Ã½ A 'A "'. A, 1. Ã½ - iC, - Ã½ "Ã½ t:-: Ã½, Ã½, &gt;-. - _zi..